PLAYCORE INC
8-K, 1999-03-02
SPORTING & ATHLETIC GOODS, NEC
Previous: EMERALD FINANCIAL CORP, 8-K, 1999-03-02
Next: NOCOPI TECHNOLOGIES INC/MD/, SC 13D, 1999-03-02





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                             -----------------------

                                    FORM 8-K


                                 CURRENT REPORT


                       Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                       the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                             -----------------------


                   Date of Report
                   (Date of earliest
                   event reported):        February 16, 1999


                                 PlayCore, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


   Delaware                          0-20450                      36-3808989
(State or other                 (Commission File                (IRS Employer
jurisdiction of                      Number)                 Identification No.)
incorporation)


                1212 Barberry Drive, Janesville, Wisconsin 53545
          (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)


                                 (608) 755-4777
                         (Registrant's telephone number)



<PAGE>



Item 2.  Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

         On February 16, 1999, HI Acquisition  Corp., a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of  PlayCore  Wisconsin,  Inc.  ("PlayCore  Wisconsin"),  merged  with  and into
Heartland Industries,  Inc. (DE) ("Heartland") pursuant to an Agreement and Plan
of  Merger  dated as of  February  4,  1999,  by and among  Heartland,  PlayCore
Wisconsin,  HI  Acquisition  Corp.  and certain  stockholders  of Heartland (the
"Merger").  PlayCore  Wisconsin is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of PlayCore,  Inc.
("PlayCore").  Under  the terms of the  Merger,  (i) the  shares of  Heartland's
Series A Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value,  were  converted into aggregate cash
consideration of $5.7 million and a promissory note from PlayCore  Wisconsin for
$500,000;  (ii) the shares of Heartland's  Cumulative  Preferred Stock, $.01 par
value, were converted into aggregate cash  consideration of $0.97; and (iii) the
shares of Common Stock,  par value $.01,  were  converted  into  aggregate  cash
consideration  of $10,000.  The shares of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of HI
Acquisition Corp. were converted into one share of Common Stock, $.01 par value,
of Heartland.  Upon consummation of the Merger,  Heartland became a wholly-owned
subsidiary of PlayCore  Wisconsin.  In connection  with the  consummation of the
Merger,  approximately  $7.1 million of  Heartland's  bank debt was repaid.  The
total merger  consideration  paid by PlayCore  Wisconsin  was  determined on the
basis of arm's length  negotiations  between the parties.  There was no material
relationship  between the stockholders of PlayCore and Heartland or any of their
affiliates, directors, officers or associates prior to the Merger.

         The Merger was financed by amending and restating  the existing  Credit
Agreement between PlayCore,  PlayCore  Wisconsin and Fleet National Bank, acting
as agent for itself and the other  lenders  which from time to time are  parties
thereto. The agreement was amended and restated to increase the revolving credit
facility  under the agreement to $28.0 million from $20.0  million,  to increase
the term loan A under the agreement to $38.0 million from $32.8 million,  and to
increase the term loan B under the agreement to $9.0 million from $4.4 million.

         PlayCore is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of commercial
and consumer  playground  equipment.  Heartland  is one of the nation's  largest
manufacturers  and  marketers  of wooden  storage  products  such as yard barns,
custom built garages and weekender cabins.


Item 7.  Financial Statements and Exhibits.

         (a)      Not applicable.

         (b)      Not applicable.

         (c)      Exhibits.  The  exhibits  listed in the  accompanying  Exhibit
                  Index are filed as part of this Current Report on Form 8-K.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

                                   PLAYCORE, INC.



Date:  March 2, 1999               By:/s/ Richard E. Ruegger                    
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Richard E. Ruegger
                                      Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial
                                         Officer and Treasurer


                                      -3-
<PAGE>



                                 PLAY CORE, INC.

                   Exhibit Index to Current Report on Form 8-K
                             Dated February 16, 1999


Exhibit
Number

(2.1)    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of February 4, 1999, by and among
         PlayCore Wisconsin,  Inc., HI Acquisition Corp.,  Heartland Industries,
         Inc. (DE) and certain of the stockholders of Heartland Industries, Inc.
         (DE).  Schedules  and exhibits to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have
         not been filed  herewith.  The Company  agrees to furnish a copy of any
         omitted schedule or exhibit to the Commission upon request.

(4.1)    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 16, 1999, by
         and among PlayCore,  Inc., PlayCore Wisconsin,  Inc. and Fleet National
         Bank, as agent for itself and the other lenders which from time to time
         are parties thereto. Schedules and exhibits to the Amended and Restated
         Credit  Agreement have not been filed  herewith.  The Company agrees to
         furnish a copy of any  omitted  schedule  or exhibit to the  Commission
         upon request.

(99.1)   Press Release of PlayCore, Inc. dated February 16, 1999.



                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                      among

                            PlayCore Wisconsin, Inc.
                                       and
                              HI Acquisition Corp.
                               (the "Buyer Group")

                                       and
         certain of the Shareholders of Heartland Industries, Inc. (DE)
                              (the "Shareholders")

                                       and

                         HEARTLAND INDUSTRIES, INC. (DE)
                                 (the "Company")




                                February 4, 1999





<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

1.    The Merger............................................................1

1.1      The Merger.........................................................1
1.2      Effect of the Merger...............................................1
1.3      Adoption by Stockholders...........................................2
1.4      Adoption of this Agreement by the Sole
          Stockholder of Buyer..............................................2
1.5      Consummation of the Merger.........................................2
1.6      Charter; Bylaws; Directors and Officers............................2
1.7      The Closing........................................................2

2.    Conversion of Shares..................................................3

2.1      Conversion of Shares...............................................3
2.2      Payment of Merger Consideration....................................4
2.3      Working Capital; Adjustment to Series A Consideration..............5
2.4      Company Obligations Adjustment.....................................8
2.5      Uncollected Checks.................................................8
2.6      Stock Options, Warrants, Treasury Shares, Etc......................8
2.7      Closing of Stock Transfer Books....................................8

3.    Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders and the Company....8

3.1      Corporate...........................................................9
3.2      Capitalization......................................................9
3.3      No Violation.......................................................10
3.4      Financial Statements...............................................10
3.5      No Litigation......................................................11
3.6      No Undisclosed Liabilities.........................................11
3.7      Intellectual Property; Computer Software...........................11
3.8      Owned Real Property; Leased Property...............................11
3.9      Title to and Condition of Property.................................12
3.10     Compliance With Laws and Orders....................................13
3.11     Inventory..........................................................13
3.12     Accounts Receivable................................................13
3.13     Material Contracts.................................................14
3.14     Taxes..............................................................14
1.15     Environmental Matters..............................................15
1.16     Insurance..........................................................17
1.17     Bank Accounts......................................................17
1.18     Employee Benefits..................................................17
1.19     Absence of Certain Changes.........................................18
1.20     Labor Matters......................................................18

                                        i
<PAGE>

1.21     Major Customers and Suppliers......................................19
1.22     Product Warranty and Product Liability.............................20
1.23     Affiliates'Relationships to Company................................20
1.24     Year 2000 Compliance...............................................20
1.25     Non-Compete Agreements.............................................20
1.26     Independent Contractors............................................21
1.27     No Other Representations...........................................21

4.    Individual Representations and Warranties of each Shareholder.........21

4.1      Title to Shares....................................................21
4.2      Authorization; Validity of Agreement...............................21
4.3      No Violations; Governmental Filings................................22

5.    Representations and Warranties of the Buyer Group.....................22

5.1      Organization of the Buyer..........................................22
5.2      Authorization; Validity of Agreement...............................22
5.3      No Violations; Governmental Filings................................23

6.    Covenants and Agreements..............................................23

6.1      [intentionally omitted]............................................23
6.2      Escrow Agreement...................................................23
6.3      Noncompetition; Confidentiality....................................23
6.4      General Release....................................................24
6.5      Conduct of the Business by the Company Pending the Closing.........25
6.6      Access to Information..............................................26
6.7      HSR Filings; Consents..............................................26
6.8      Public Statements..................................................27
6.9      Repayment of Indebtedness..........................................27
6.10     Payment of Management Bonus........................................27
6.11     Payment of Transactional Fees......................................27
6.12     Tax Returns........................................................27
6.13     Appraisal Rights...................................................28
6.14     Other Actions......................................................28
6.15     Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Controlling Persons..28
6.16     Severance..........................................................29

7.    Conditions to the Closing.............................................29

7.1      Conditions Precedent to the Shareholders'Obligations to Close......29
7.2      Conditions Precedent to the Buyer Group's Obligations to Close.....30

8.    Closing Deliveries and Actions........................................31

8.1      By the Buyer Group.................................................31


                                       ii
<PAGE>

8.2      By the Shareholders................................................31

9.    Termination...........................................................32


10.   Indemnification.......................................................33

10.1     Indemnification by the Shareholders................................33
10.2     Indemnification by the Company.....................................34
10.3     Indemnification by the Buyer Group.................................34
10.4     Time Limitations...................................................34
10.5     Limitations on Amount; Order of Claims.............................35
10.6     Procedure for Indemnification--Third Party Claims 
          other than Taxes..................................................36
10.7     Procedure for Indemnification - Tax Claims.........................37
10.8     Mitigation of Damages..............................................37
10.9     Knowledge and Material Qualifiers..................................38
10.10    Recovery of Legal Fees and Expenses................................38
10.11    Certain Environmental Matters......................................38
10.12    Breach of Independent Contractor Representation....................39

11.   Miscellaneous.........................................................39

11.1     Disclosure Schedule................................................39
11.2     Shareholders'Representative........................................39
11.3     Company's Knowledge................................................40
11.4     Amendments.........................................................40
11.5     Waiver.............................................................40
11.6     Jurisdiction.......................................................40
11.7     Notices............................................................41
11.8     Entire Agreement...................................................42
11.9     Further Assurances.................................................42
11.10    Severability.......................................................42
11.11    Assignment.........................................................43

                                      iii
<PAGE>

                                    Schedules

Schedule 3.1(a)             Qualifications to do Business
Schedule 3.1(c)             Directors and Officers
Schedule 3.2(a)             Capitalization
Schedule 3.4                Financial Statements
Schedule 3.5                Litigation
Schedule 3.6                Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 3.7                Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.8                Leased Real Property; Material Facilities
Schedule 3.9(a)(i)          Leased Personal Property
Schedule 3.9(a)(ii)         Liens
Schedule 3.10(a)            Compliance with Laws and Orders
Schedule 3.10(b)            Licenses and Permits
Schedule 3.12               Accounts Receivable
Schedule 3.13               Material Contracts
Schedule 3.14               Tax Audits
Schedule 3.15               Environmental
Schedule 3.16               Insurance
Schedule 3.17               Bank Accounts
Schedule 3.18(a)            Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 3.19               Absence of Changes
Schedule 3.21(a)            Major Customers
Schedule 3.21(b)            Major Suppliers
Schedule 3.21(c)            Sales Representatives
Schedule 3.22               Product Liability
Schedule 3.23               Affiliate Obligations
Schedule 3.25               Non-compete Agreements
Schedule 4.1                Liens on the Shares
Schedule 4.3                Governmental Filings (Shareholders)
Schedule 5.3(b)             Governmental Filings (Buyer Group)
Schedule 6.3                Shareholders Subject to Non-Compete
Schedule 6.7(b)             Consents
Schedule 6.10               Management Bonus
Schedule 6.11               Transactional Fees
Schedule 7.2(d)             Material Consents
Schedule 10.11(c)           Environmental Compliance


                                       iv
<PAGE>



                             Exhibits

Exhibit A                    Shareholders
Exhibit B                    Form of Certificate of Merger
Exhibit C                    Form of Promissory Note
Exhibit D                    Working Capital Schedule
Exhibit E                    [intentionally omitted]
Exhibit F                    Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit 8.1(i)               Opinion of Counsel to the Buyer Group
Exhibit 8.2(h)               Opinion of Counsel to the Shareholders




                                       v
<PAGE>

                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                             Dated February 4, 1999

       The parties to this Agreement are PlayCore Wisconsin, Inc., a corporation
organized  under the laws of the state of Wisconsin and formerly known as Newco,
Inc. (the "Parent"), and HI Acquisition Corp., a corporation organized under the
laws of the state of  Delaware  and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Parent  (the
"Buyer" and  together  with Parent,  the "Buyer  Group"),  on the one hand,  and
Heartland  Industries,  Inc. (DE), a corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Delaware  (the  "Company")  and those  shareholders  of the Company set
forth on Exhibit A hereto (collectively the "Shareholders"),  on the other hand.
The Company is sometimes referred to herein as the "Surviving Corporation."

                                    RECITALS

       A. The Buyer Group,  the Company and the  Shareholders  desire that Buyer
merge with and into the Company (the  "Merger"),  upon the terms and  conditions
set forth herein and in accordance  with the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law
("DGCL")  with the  result  that the  Company  will  continue  as the  Surviving
Corporation and the separate existence of the Buyer shall cease.

       B. The Board of Directors of the Company has  determined  that the Merger
is in the best  interests of the Company's  stockholders  and has duly adopted a
resolution declaring advisable and approving this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby.

       C. The Shareholders wish to designate an agent and attorney-in-fact  with
authority  to act on  their  behalf  in  connection  with  the  Merger  and  the
transactions contemplated herein.

       D. The Company is engaged in the  business of  manufacturing  and selling
yard barns,  outdoor storage sheds and buildings,  garages and weekender  cabins
(the "Business").

       It is therefore agreed as follows:

       1. The Merger.

       1.1 The Merger.  Upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter set forth and
in accordance  with the DGCL, at the Effective  Time (as  hereinafter  defined),
Buyer  shall be merged  with and into the Company  and  thereupon  the  separate
existence  of Buyer shall cease and the Company  shall  continue to exist as the
Surviving Corporation under and be governed by the DGCL.

       1.2 Effect of the Merger. After the Effective Time, pursuant to the DGCL,
the separate  existence of Buyer will cease and the Surviving  Corporation shall
succeed,  without  other  transfer,  to all the rights and property of Buyer and
shall be subject to all the debts and liabilities of Buyer in the same manner as
if the Surviving Corporation had itself incurred them.

<PAGE>

       1.3 Adoption by Stockholders.  Upon the execution of this Agreement,  the
stockholders  of the  Company  holding  at least a majority  of the  outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the  "Common
Stock"),  shall adopt this Agreement and approve the  transactions  contemplated
herein and the  Certificate  of Merger (as defined in Section  1.5),  the Escrow
Agreement (as defined in section 6.2) and the Note  (defined in Section  2.1(a))
(the  Certificate of Merger,  the Escrow Agreement and the Note are collectively
referred to herein as the  "Ancillary  Instruments")  by written  consent action
(the  "Stockholders'  Consent")  as  permitted  by the  DGCL  and the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.

       1.4 Adoption of this  Agreement by the Sole  Stockholder  of Buyer.  This
Agreement has been adopted by Parent,  which is the sole  stockholder  of Buyer,
pursuant to a written consent action as permitted by the DGCL.

       1.5  Consummation of the Merger.  The Merger shall become  effective upon
the  filing  with the  Secretary  of State of the  state of  Delaware  of a duly
executed  Certificate  of Merger in the form of Exhibit B (the  "Certificate  of
Merger").  The Merger shall be effective when the Certificate of Merger has been
filed.  The date and time when the Merger is  effective  is  referred  to as the
"Effective Time".

       1.6  Charter;   Bylaws;   Directors  and  Officers.  The  Certificate  of
Incorporation  of the  Company  from and after the  Effective  Time shall be the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Surviving  Corporation as provided by the
DGCL.  The Bylaws of the Company from and after the Effective  Time shall be the
Bylaws of the Surviving  Corporation.  The initial directors and officers of the
Surviving Corporation on and after the Effective Time shall be the directors and
officers, respectively, of the Buyer immediately prior to the Effective Time, in
each case until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified.

       1.7  The  Closing.   The   consummation  of  the  Merger  and  the  other
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at
the offices of Foley & Lardner, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee,  Wisconsin
53213 at 10:00 a.m.,  local time, on February 15, 1999, or such other date, time
or place as may be agreed to in  writing by the  parties  hereto  (the  "Closing
Date").

       2. Conversion of Shares.

       2.1 Conversion of Shares.  By virtue of the Merger and without any action
on the part of the holders of capital  stock of the  Company,  at the  Effective
Time all  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company shall be converted
as follows:

       (a) Company  Series A Preferred  Stock.  The shares of series A preferred
stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"),
issued  and  outstanding  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time  shall  be
converted into (i) the right to receive in cash an aggregate amount equal to the
Series A Cash  Consideration,  (ii) the right to receive in cash an aggregate of
$1,321,600, plus any interest earned thereon in accordance with the terms of the
Escrow  Agreement  (as defined  herein)  less any amounts paid to Buyer Group in
accordance with the terms thereof (the "Additional Series A Consideration")  and
(iii) the right to receive an 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

aggregate of $500,000  pursuant to a subordinated  Promissory Note (the "Note"),
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the "Note Consideration" together
with the Series A Cash  Consideration and the Additional Series A Consideration,
the  "Series A  Consideration"),  in each  case to be paid to the  Shareholders'
Representative  (as defined  herein) in accordance with Section 2.2 allocated as
set forth in Schedule 2.2.  Immediately  after the Effective Time, all shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall  automatically
be  canceled  and  retired  and  shall  cease to  exist,  and each  holder  of a
certificate  representing  any such  shares  shall cease to have any rights with
respect  thereto,  except the right to receive his, her or its pro rata share of
the Series A Consideration  allocated as set forth in Schedule 2.2. The Series A
Cash  Consideration  is subject to  adjustment  as set forth in Sections 2.3 and
2.4. "Series A Cash Consideration"  shall mean an amount equal to $4,970,863 (A)
plus or minus the amount of Cash  (defined  below) as of January 31,  1999,  (B)
less (1) the amount paid by the Company to certain  management  personnel of the
Company  pursuant to Section 6.10, (2) the amount paid by the Company to certain
third  parties  pursuant  to  Section  6.11,  (3) the  amount of the  Cumulative
Consideration  and Common  Consideration,  as such terms are  defined in Section
2.1(b) and (c) below, and (C) either (1) adjusted  downward dollar for dollar by
the amount the outstanding  balance  (principal and accrued  interest) under the
Provident  Loan  Agreement as of January 31, 1999 is greater than  $6,207,537 or
(2)  adjusted  upward  dollar for dollar by the amount the  outstanding  balance
under  the  Provident  Loan  Agreement  as of  January  31,  1999 is  less  than
$6,207,537. "Cash" shall mean the sum of (whether positive or negative) the cash
in the Bank Accounts (as defined  herein) as of January 31, 1999 plus the amount
of cash  evidenced  by the checks  listed on the Branch  Check List (as  defined
herein) as determined in accordance with past practice of the Company.

       (b)  Company  Cumulative   Preferred  Stock.  The  shares  of  cumulative
preferred  stock of the  Company,  par  value  $.01 per share  (the  "Cumulative
Preferred  Stock"),  issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective
Time shall be  converted  into the right to receive in cash an  aggregate of the
product  of  .01  and  the  number  of  shares  of  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock
outstanding   immediately   prior  to  the  Effective   Time  (the   "Cumulative
Consideration")  to be paid to the  Shareholders'  Representative  in accordance
with Section 2.2 allocated as set forth in Schedule 2.2.  Immediately  after the
Effective  Time,  all shares of  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock shall no longer be
outstanding and shall  automatically be canceled and retired and cease to exist,
and each holder of a  certificate  representing  any such shares  shall cease to
have any rights with  respect  thereto,  except the right to receive his, her or
its pro rata share of the  Cumulative  Consideration  allocated  as set forth in
Schedule 2.2.

       (c)  Company  Common  Stock.  The  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the
right to receive in cash an  aggregate  of the  product of .01 and the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time (the
"Common  Consideration")  to be  paid  to the  Shareholders'  Representative  in
accordance with Section 2.2 allocated as set forth in Schedule 2.2.  Immediately
after  the  Effective  Time,  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall no longer be
outstanding and shall  automatically be canceled and retired and cease to exist,
and each holder of a  certificate  representing  any such shares  shall cease to
have any rights with  respect  thereto,  except the right to receive his, her or
its pro  rata  share  of the  Common  Consideration  allocated  as set  forth in
Schedule 2.2.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

       (d) Buyer's Shares. Each of the shares of common stock, par value $.01 of
the Buyer (the "Buyer's Common Stock"), issued and outstanding immediately prior
to  the  Effective  Time  shall,  upon  surrender  of the  certificate  formerly
representing  the Buyer's Common Stock, be converted into and become one validly
issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  share of common  stock of the  Surviving
Corporation.

       (e) Dissenting Shareholders. Any issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock held by a stockholder  of the Company who shall not have voted in favor of
the  Merger  nor  consented  thereto  in  writing  and who shall  have  properly
demanded,  in writing,  appraisal for such shares in accordance with Section 262
of the  DGCL  and  who  objects  to the  Merger  and  complies  with  all of the
provisions of the DGCL  concerning  the right of such person to dissent from the
Merger and demand  appraisal of such shares (a "Dissenting  Stockholder")  shall
not  be  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  any  portion  of  the  Merger
Consideration (as defined below),  but shall, from and after the Effective Time,
represent only the right to receive such  consideration  as may be determined to
be due to such Dissenting  Stockholder pursuant to the DGCL; provided,  however,
shares of stock outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by
a  Dissenting  Stockholder  who shall,  after the  Effective  Time,  effectively
withdraw  his, her or its demand for  appraisal or lose his, her or its right of
appraisal,  in either case pursuant to the DGCL, of such shares,  shall, if such
shares are shares of Series A Preferred Stock, be deemed to be converted,  as of
the Effective  Time, into the right to receive his, her or its pro rata share of
the Class A Consideration  in accordance with this Article 2, without  interest,
or, if such shares are shares of  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock,  be deemed to be
converted,  as of the Effective  Time, into the right to receive his, her or its
pro rata share of the Cumulative  Consideration  in accordance with this Article
2, without interest,  or if such shares are shares of Common Stock, be deemed to
be converted,  as of the Effective  Time,  into the right to receive his, her or
its pro rata share of the Common  Consideration  in  accordance  with Article 2,
without  interest.  Any party hereto  which  receives a demand from a Dissenting
Stockholder  for payment of his,  her or its shares of Company  stock shall give
prompt  notice of such demand to each other  party  hereto.  Such  notice  shall
include  the  identity  of the  Dissenting  Shareholder  and a  summary  of such
Dissenting Shareholder's demand.

       2.2 Payment of Merger Consideration.

       (a) Common  Stock,  Cumulative  and Series A  Considerations.  The Common
Stock Consideration,  Cumulative  Consideration and Series A Consideration shall
be paid by the  Buyer in  accordance  with  Schedule  2.2 and  delivered  to the
Shareholders'  Representative  for payment to the stockholders of the Company in
accordance with Section 2.2(d).

       (b)  Additional   Series  A  Consideration.   The  Additional   Series  A
Consideration  shall  be paid by the  Buyer to the  escrow  agent  (the  "Escrow
Agent") under the Escrow Agreement to be entered into pursuant to Section 6.2.

       (c) Note  Consideration.  Payments  under  the Note  shall be paid by the
Buyer Group to the Shareholders'  Representative in accordance with the terms of
the Note and this  Agreement.  Payments under the Note may be offset pursuant to
Section  10.5(b)  by the  amount of any  indemnification  claim  which the Buyer
Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates  or the Surviving  Corporation  may have pursuant to
Article 10; provided,  however, that if Shareholders'  Representative objects


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

to Buyer's  offset for amounts  due under the Note for any such claim  within 30
days of notice of such  claim and such  claim is greater  than  $50,000,  or the
aggregate of such claim and all prior  claims for which the Buyer Group  claimed
an offset is greater than $75,000,  the amount due under the Note (to the extent
of such claim) shall be paid to the Escrow Agent to be held as Additional Series
A Consideration and distributed in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.

       (d) Shareholders' Representative.  The Shareholders' Representative shall
be solely responsible for distributing to each holder of shares of Common Stock,
Cumulative  Preferred  Stock and Series A Preferred Stock such holder's pro rata
share  of  Common   Consideration,   Cumulative   Consideration   and  Series  A
Consideration  (collectively,  the  "Merger  Consideration"),  respectively,  in
accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock, Cumulative Preferred Stock
and  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  owned by such  holder  immediately  prior  the
Effective Time as set forth on Schedule 3.2. Shareholders'  Representative shall
distribute   Merger   Consideration   to  stockholders   only  upon  receipt  by
Shareholders'  Representative  of such  holder's  stock  certificate  evidencing
Series  A  Preferred  Stock,   Cumulative   Preferred  Stock  or  Common  Stock,
respectively.  Shareholders'  Representative shall forward all such certificates
to the Company upon receipt.  If the  Shareholders'  Representative  fails or is
unable to distribute all of the Merger  Consideration  received by it within 120
days  of  such  receipt,   it  shall  promptly   return  any  remaining   Merger
Consideration to the Buyer Group.  Buyer Group shall indemnify the Shareholders'
Representative  and the Shareholders  against any legitimate claim by any person
who held capital stock of the Company  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time
for payment of such returned Merger Consideration; provided, however, that Buyer
Group's  indemnification  obligation  under this Section shall not exceed in the
aggregate the amount of such returned  Merger  Consideration.  No interest shall
accrue or be payable on any Merger  Consideration except as provided in the Note
or under Delaware law.  Neither the Buyer Group,  Surviving  Corporation nor the
Shareholders'  Representative  shall be liable to any holder of shares of Common
Stock,  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock or Series A Preferred  Stock for any Merger
Consideration (or dividends or distributions  with respect thereto) delivered to
a public official as required by any applicable  abandoned property,  escheat or
similar law.

       2.3 Working Capital; Adjustment to Series A Consideration.

       (a) Within 90 days following the Closing,  the Buyer Group shall cause to
be delivered to the Shareholders'  Representative,  a "Working Capital Schedule"
as of January 31, 1999 (the "Closing  Working Capital  Schedule") to be prepared
in  accordance  with the past  practices  of the  Company and the results of the
Inventory (as defined below). A Working Capital Schedule  Forecast as of January
31,  1999  is  annexed  hereto  as  Exhibit  D (the  "Working  Capital  Schedule
Forecast")  which has been prepared by the Company in  accordance  with the past
practices of the Company.  The Closing Working Capital  Schedule shall set forth
the Buyer Group's  calculations at and as of January 31, 1999 of the Net Working
Capital  and the  Series A Cash  Consideration  Adjustment  , as such  terms are
defined in subsection (e) of this Section 2.3. On January 29, 1999,  Company has
conducted its standard month end physical  inventory in accordance with the past
practices of the Company (the "Inventory").  The Company shall allow Buyer Group
and its  representatives  and advisors to conduct such testing of the  Inventory
prior to


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

the Closing Date as they deem appropriate,  and if discrepancies are determined,
the Buyer Group may require the Company to conduct a second inventory that shall
be  conducted  no more than three days prior to the Closing  Date at which Buyer
Group and its  representatives and advisors may be present and fully participate
in all aspects of such second inventory.

       (b) The Shareholders'  Representative  and the Shareholders'  accountants
shall  review the same and advise the Buyer  Group  within 45 days of receipt of
the Closing Working Capital Schedule of any dispute or disagreement.

       (c) Any dispute or  disagreement  which may arise between the Buyer Group
and the Shareholders'  Representative as to the appropriate amount of the Series
A Cash  Consideration  Adjustment  calculated in accordance  with this Agreement
shall be resolved in the following manner:

              (i) If the Shareholders' Representative disputes the amount of the
       Series A Cash Consideration  Adjustment,  he shall notify the Buyer Group
       in  writing (a  "Dispute  Notice"),  within 45 days after  receipt of the
       Closing Working Capital Schedule,  that such party disputes the amount of
       the Series A Cash  Consideration  Adjustment  as set forth in the Closing
       Working Capital Schedule.  Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail
       the nature of the dispute and shall include a  computation  of the amount
       claimed  as  the  proper  amount  of  the  Series  A  Cash  Consideration
       Adjustment calculated in accordance with this Agreement.

              (ii)  During the 45 day period  following  the date of delivery of
       the Dispute Notice, the Shareholders'  Representative and the Buyer Group
       shall in good faith attempt to resolve such dispute by mutual  agreement;
       if the  Shareholders'  Representative  and the  Buyer  Group  are able to
       resolve  the  dispute,  the  parties  shall set  forth the  Series A Cash
       Consideration  Adjustment in a written  agreement  signed by both parties
       (the "Series A Cash Consideration Adjustment Agreement").

              (iii)  If at the end of the 45 day  period  following  the date of
       delivery of the Dispute Notice, the Shareholders'  Representative and the
       Buyer Group shall have failed to reach a mutual  written  agreement  with
       respect  to  the  proper  amount  of  the  Series  A  Cash  Consideration
       Adjustment,  the matter shall be referred to the Chicago office of Arthur
       Andersen,  independent  certified public accountants (the  "Arbitrator"),
       which shall act as an arbitrator and shall issue and deliver, by personal
       delivery, its report (the "Arbitrator's Report") as to its calculation of
       the  Series A Cash  Consideration  Adjustment  in  accordance  with  this
       Agreement  within 60 days after the date such  dispute is referred to the
       Arbitrator.   The  Arbitrator  shall  have  the  right  to  conduct  such
       investigation  as it deems necessary in order to perform its duties under
       this  Section  2.3,  and each  party  shall  cooperate  fully  with  such
       investigation.  The Buyer Group on the one hand and the  Shareholders  on
       the other hand shall bear the costs and  expenses  of the  Arbitrator  in
       connection  with any such  arbitration.  This  provision for  arbitration
       shall be specifically  enforceable by the parties hereto and the decision
       of the  Arbitrator  in  accordance  with the  provisions  hereof shall be
       final,  conclusive,  binding and enforceable  against each of the parties
       hereto.

       (d) Not later  than the close of  business  on the  second  business  day
following the  Determination  Date (as defined in subsection (e) of this Section
2.3), (i) if the Series A Cash  


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

Consideration Adjustment is a negative number, the Shareholders shall be jointly
and severally obligated to deliver to the Buyer Group in the aggregate an amount
equal  to the  absolute  value  of such  number  or (ii)  if the  Series  A Cash
Consideration  Adjustment is a positive number, the Buyer Group shall be jointly
and severally obligated to deliver to the Shareholders' Representative an amount
equal to such number, provided,  however, that the amount delivered by the Buyer
Group  pursuant  to this  Section  2.3(d)(ii)  shall not exceed  the  difference
between (1) principal and accrued but unpaid interest thereon  outstanding under
the Provident Loan Agreement (as defined herein) as of January 31, 1999 less the
amount of Cash (as defined in Section 2.1(a)) and (2) $5,302,000.  If the Series
A Cash Consideration  Adjustment is zero, than no amount shall be due under this
Agreement to any party hereto.

       (e) As  used  herein,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  following
meanings:

              (i) (a)  "Current  Assets"  shall mean the  current  assets of the
       Company,  specified in Exhibit D,  calculated in accordance with the past
       practices of the Company,  and (b) "Current  Liabilities"  shall mean the
       current liabilities of the Company, specified in Exhibit D, calculated in
       accordance  with the past  practices  of the  Company,  less any  Accrued
       Interest and Management Fees (as described in Exhibit D).

              (ii) "Net Working  Capital" shall mean Current Assets less Current
       Liabilities, as calculated in accordance with this Section 2.3.

              (iii)  "Determination Date" shall mean the earlier of (A) the date
       which is 45 days  following the delivery of the Closing  Working  Capital
       Schedule,  provided that no Dispute  Notice shall have been  delivered to
       either the Buyer Group or the Shareholders'  Representative by such date,
       and (B) if a Dispute  Notice  is  timely  delivered  in  accordance  with
       subsection  (e) of this Section 2.3, the earlier of (1) mutual  agreement
       by  the  parties  of  the  amount  of the  Series  A  Cash  Consideration
       Adjustment and (2) the date of delivery of the Arbitrator's Report.

              (iv)  "Series A Cash  Consideration  Adjustment  " shall  mean the
       difference between  $3,300,000 and the Net Working Capital.  The Series A
       Cash  Consideration  Adjustment  will  be a  positive  number  if the Net
       Working  Capital is greater than  $3,300,000 and a negative number if the
       Net Working  Capital is less than  $3,300,000 in each case, as calculated
       and set forth in (A) the Closing Working Capital Schedule,  if no Dispute
       Notice  shall  have  been  delivered  to either  the  Buyer  Group or the
       Shareholders' Representative pursuant to this Agreement by the date which
       is 45  days  following  the  delivery  of  the  Closing  Working  Capital
       Schedule,  (B) the Series A Cash Consideration  Adjustment Agreement,  if
       any,  if the  parties  mutually  agree in  writing  to the  Series A Cash
       Consideration  Adjustment, or (C) the Arbitrator's Report, if such report
       is required and delivered in accordance with this Agreement.

       2.4 Company Obligations  Adjustment.  After taking into consideration the
payments (the "Sections 6.9, 6.10 and 6.11  Payments") to be made by the Company
to  the  third  parties  referred  to  in  Sections  6.9,  6.10  and  6.11  (the
"Obligees"),  (a) any additional  amounts  determined to be actually owed to the
Obligees by the Company shall, after receipt of invoices or


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

other documentation from each Obligee setting forth the final amount owed by the
Company to such Obligee for the obligations  described in Sections 6.9, 6.10 and
6.11, be paid by the Shareholders to the Buyer Group and (b) any amount by which
the Section 6.9,  6.10 and 6.11  Payments  were greater than the actual  amounts
owed to the  Obligees  by the  Company  shall,  upon  receipt  by the  Surviving
Corporation  of  such  amount  from  the  Obligees,  be  paid  by the  Surviving
Corporation  to the  Shareholders'  Representative  as additional  Series A Cash
Consideration to be distributed by the Shareholders'  Representative pursuant to
Section 2.2.

       2.5 Uncollected  Checks.  If any of the checks listed in the Branch Check
List fail to result in actual credit to the Company,  the Shareholders  shall be
jointly and severally liable to pay to the Buyer Group the amount uncollected on
such  checks,  and shall make such payment  within 45 days of the Closing  Date.
Such payment by the Shareholders  shall be conditioned upon an assignment to the
Shareholders of the Company's rights against the makers of such checks.

       2.6 Stock Options, Warrants, Treasury Shares, Etc. Prior to the Effective
Time, the Company shall cause each  outstanding  stock option,  warrant or other
right to purchase any capital stock of the Company,  if any, whether or not then
exercisable or vested, to be canceled,  and no cash or other consideration shall
be paid or delivered in exchange  therefor.  Any shares of capital stock held in
the treasury of the Company,  if any, shall be canceled and retired and no cash,
securities or other consideration shall be paid in respect of such shares.

       2.7  Closing  of Stock  Transfer  Books.  On and  after  the date of this
Agreement there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of the Company
of shares of capital  stock of the  Company  that were  issued  and  outstanding
immediately prior to the date hereof.

       3.  Representations  and Warranties of the  Shareholders and the Company.
The  Company  and  Shareholders,  severally  in the manner  provided  in Section
10.1(b),  make the following  representations and warranties to the Buyer Group,
each of which is true and  correct  on the date  hereof  and shall  survive  the
Closing of the transactions provided for herein as set forth in Section 10.4.

       3.1 Corporate.

       (a) The Company is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware,  and is duly qualified as
a  foreign  corporation  in all  jurisdictions  in  which it is  required  to be
qualified.  The  states in which the  Company is  licensed  or  qualified  to do
business are listed in Schedule 3.1(a).

       (b) The Company has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to own,
lease and operate its  properties and to carry on its business as and where such
business is now being conducted.

       (c) The  copies of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the
Company,  including any  amendments  thereto,  which have been  delivered by the
Company to Buyer Group are true, correct and complete copies of such instruments
as  presently  in effect.  The  corporate  minute book and stock  records of the
Company  which  have been  furnished  to Buyer  Group for  inspection  


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

are true,  correct and complete and  accurately  reflect all material  corporate
action  taken by the  Company.  The  directors  and  officers of the Company are
listed in Schedule 3.1(c) (the "Directors and Officers").

       (d) The  Company has all  necessary  power,  legal  right,  capacity  and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Instrument to
which it is a party,  perform its  obligations  hereunder and  thereunder and to
consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and
each Ancillary Instrument to which the Company is a party has been authorized by
the Company's  Board of Directors and will be authorized by the  stockholders of
the  Company  upon  execution  of the  Stockholders'  Consent  and,  except  for
execution of the Stockholders' Consent, no further action by the Company's Board
of Directors or stockholders is necessary therefore.

       3.2 Capitalization.

       (a) The  authorized  capital  stock of the Company  consists of 1,900,000
shares of Common  Stock,  100,000  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock and 1,000
shares of  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock.  There are  1,000,000  shares of Common
Stock,  1,143.32  shares  of Series A  Preferred  Stock  and  85.6547  shares of
Cumulative  Preferred Stock issued and outstanding (the Series A Preferred Stock
and Cumulative  Preferred Stock are  collectively  referred to as the "Preferred
Stock").  Schedule  3.2(a) sets forth each holder of Common Stock and  Preferred
Stock and the number of shares of Common  Stock,  Series A  Preferred  Stock and
Cumulative  Preferred  Stock held by each such holder  immediately  prior to the
Effective  Time.  All such  shares of capital  stock of the  Company are validly
issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(a),
there are no (i)  securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for any of the
Company's  capital stock or other  securities,  (ii) options,  warrants or other
rights to purchase or  subscribe  to capital  stock or other  securities  of the
Company or securities  which are convertible  into or  exchangeable  for capital
stock or other securities of the Company,  or (iii) Contracts or arrangements of
any kind  relating to the  issuance,  sale or  transfer of any capital  stock or
other equity  securities of the Company,  any such  convertible or  exchangeable
securities or any such options, warrants or other rights.

       (b) The Company does not own nor ever has owned any outstanding shares of
capital  stock or other equity  interests  of any  partnership,  joint  venture,
trust,  corporation,  limited liability company or other entity and there are no
obligations  of the  Company to  repurchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire  any
capital stock or equity interest of the Company.

       3.3 No  Violation.  Neither the  execution  or delivery by the Company of
this Agreement or any of the Ancillary  Instruments to which it is a party,  the
performance  by the Company of its  obligations  hereunder or thereunder nor the
consummation by the Company of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will, (a)
violate any provision of the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation,  Bylaws or
other  organizational  documents,  (b)  except  for the  Contracts  set forth on
Schedule 6.7(b), violate any provision of any Contract to which the Company is a
party or by which any of the properties or assets of the Company may be bound or
otherwise subject, (c) violate any statute,  law, ordinance,  rule or regulation
(collectively,  "Laws") or any order, writ, injunction, judgment, plan or decree
(collectively,  "Orders")  of any  court,  arbitrator,  department,  commission,


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

board,  bureau,  agency,  authority,  instrumentality  or  other  body,  whether
federal,   state,  municipal,   foreign  or  other  (collectively,   "Government
Entities"),  or (d) except for applicable  requirements of the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust   Improvements  Act  of  1976  (the  "HSR  Act"),   will  require  any
authorization,  consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any
Government Entity.

       3.4 Financial  Statements.  Schedule 3.4 contains (i) the balance  sheet,
related statements of operations, changes in shareholder's equity and cash flows
(including  the related notes) of the Company for the fiscal years ended January
31, 1997 and January 31, 1996  respectively  audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
(now known as PricewaterhouseCoopers) and the report of that firm is included in
Schedule  3.4,  and the draft  audited  balance  sheet,  related  statements  of
operations,  changes  in  shareholder's  equity and cash  flows  (including  the
related notes) of the Company for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998 (all of
the  foregoing,  the  "Financial  Statements")  and (ii) a  balance  sheet as of
November  30,  1998  and  the  related  statement  of  operations,   changes  in
shareholder's  equity and cash flows for the  nine-month  period then ended (the
"Interim Financial  Statement").  The Financial Statements and Interim Financial
Statement are true, complete and accurate, have been prepared in accordance with
the books and records of the Company,  fairly present the financial position and
results of  operations  and cash flow of the Company as of the dates thereof and
for the periods  covered  thereby  and have been  prepared  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles  consistently applied ("GAAP"),  except
with respect to the Interim Financial Statement for the absence of footnotes and
for adjustments and accruals.

       3.5 No  Litigation.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  3.5,  there is no
action, suit, arbitration,  proceeding, investigation or inquiry, whether civil,
criminal or  administrative  ("Litigation")  pending or, to the Knowledge of the
Company,  threatened  against  Company,  its directors (in such  capacity),  its
business or any of its  assets.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.5,  neither
Company  nor its  business  or assets is subject to any Order of any  Government
Entity.

       3.6 No Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except as and to the extent specifically
disclosed in the Interim Financial  Statement,  or in Schedule 3.6, Company does
not have any liabilities,  commitments or obligations (secured or unsecured, and
whether  accrued,  absolute,   contingent,   direct  or  indirect),  other  than
commercial  liabilities and  obligations  incurred since the date of the Interim
Financial  Statement in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practice.

       3.7  Intellectual  Property;  Computer  Software.  Schedule 3.7 lists all
trademarks,  tradenames,  business  identifiers,  service marks, logos,  assumed
names, copyrights, patents, material computer programs, and all material related
registrations and applications therefor (collectively,  "Intellectual Property")
that are owned by the  Company or used by the  Company in the  operation  of its
business.  All such Intellectual  Property,  together with all inventions,  know
how, trade secrets, discoveries, improvements, designs, shop and royalty rights,
all other types of  intellectual  property that are owned by the Company or used
by the Company in the operation of its  business,  are referred to herein as the
"Trade Rights".  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7, the Company has all rights
by virtue of  ownership,  license or other  agreement to use all Trade Rights in
connection  with its business  consistent  with past practice.  All Trade Rights
shown as registered in Schedule 3.7 has been  properly  registered,  all pending
registrations  and  applications  have  been  properly  made and  filed  and all
annuity,  maintenance,  renewal  and other fees  relating  to  registrations  or


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

applications  are  current.  The  Company  has all Trade  Rights to conduct  the
Business of Company as it is currently  being  conducted.  The  operation of the
Company's  Business as it is currently  conducted is not  infringing and has not
infringed any Trade Rights of another person or entity,  nor to the Knowledge of
the Company is any other  person or entity  infringing  the Trade  Rights of the
Company  utilized  by the  Company in the  operation  of its  Business  as it is
currently conducted.  Company has not granted any license or made any assignment
of any Trade Rights,  nor does Company pay any royalties or other  consideration
for the right to use any Trade  Rights of others.  Without  limiting  any of the
foregoing  general  representations  and  warranties,  except  as  disclosed  on
Schedule  3.7,  Company  has not  entered  into any  contracts,  commitments  or
understandings  regarding Trade Rights related to the new yard barn door further
described in Schedule 3.7 and, to the Shareholders' or Company's  knowledge,  no
person or entity  other than  Company has made or asserted any claim or right to
such Trade Rights.

       3.8 Owned Real Property;  Leased Property.  The Company does not own, and
has never owned,  any real  property.  The Company leases no real property other
than those  listed in  Schedule  3.8 and  Company is not a party to any lease of
real  property  other than those  described in Schedule  3.8. All real  property
leases  described  in  Schedule  3.8 to which the Company is a party are in full
force and effect in accordance  with their terms and no real property  lease has
been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended except as set forth in Schedule
3.8.  Company is not in default under any real property lease, nor has any event
or omission  occurred which through the passage of time or the giving of notice,
or both, would constitute a default thereunder, and to the knowledge of Company,
no landlord or subtenant is in default under any such real property  lease,  nor
has any event or  omission  occurred,  which  through the passage of time or the
giving of notice,  or both, would constitute a default  thereunder.  Company has
delivered to Buyer Group true, complete and correct copies of each real property
lease listed in Schedule 3.8, and all  assignments,  supplements  and amendments
related  thereto,  each such real property lease represents the entire agreement
of understanding  between each respective landlord or subtenant and Company with
respect to the leased real property.  Schedule 3.8 sets forth the material terms
for each real property  lease,  which terms are true,  complete and correct.  No
security  deposits have been deposited with any landlord  except as set forth in
Schedule 3.8. Except as set forth on Schedule  6.7(b),  no consents are required
from  any  landlord  as a  result  of  the  transactions  contemplated  in  this
Agreement.  These are now in full force and effect for all leased real  property
duly  issued  certificates  of  occupancy   permitting  the  real  property  and
improvements located thereon to be legally used and occupied as the same are now
constituted.  To Company's  knowledge,  with respect to the leased real property
comprising the facilities designated as material facilities on Schedule 3.8 (the
"Material Facilities"),  (a) no fact or condition exists which would prohibit or
adversely  affect  the  ordinary  rights of access to and from the  leased  real
property from and to the existing  highways and roads and there is no pending or
threatened restriction or denial,  governmental or otherwise,  upon such ingress
and egress, and (b) there is not (i) any claim of adverse  possession  involving
any of the Material Facilities, (ii) any property which encroaches on any of the
boundaries of any Material  Facility,  or (iii) any structure of any other party
which  encroaches  on the  boundaries  of any  Material  Facility.  To Company's
knowledge,  no public  improvements  have been commenced and none are planned in
which either case may result in special  assessments against or otherwise have a
material  adverse  effect on any  Material  Facility.  To  Company's  knowledge,
neither  in whole nor any part of the  leased  real  property  is subject to any
governmental  decree or order to be sold or is being


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

condemned,  expropriated  or  otherwise  taken by any public  authority  with or
without  payment  of  compensation  therefor,  nor  has any  such  condemnation,
expropriation or taking been proposed.

       3.9 Title to and Condition of Property.

       (a) Title.  The Company has good title,  free and clear of all mortgages,
liens, security interests, claims, pledges, licenses, options, conditional sales
contracts,    assessments,    levies,   easements,   covenants,    reservations,
restrictions,  limitations,  charges or  encumbrances  of any nature  whatsoever
(collectively,  "Liens"),  to all of Company's assets,  business and properties,
including  without  limitation all such assets and  properties  reflected in the
Interim Financial  Statement,  except for (i) those items of the leased personal
property listed on Schedule  3.9(a)(i) which are leased by the Company  pursuant
to  leases  listed on  Schedule  3.13,  (ii) the  Liens  set  forth on  Schedule
3.9(a)(ii),  and  (iii)  Liens,  such as liens  for  taxes  not yet  delinquent,
mechanics' liens or Liens for municipal and zoning  ordinances and easements for
public  utilities,  which  do not  materially  interfere  with or  restrain  the
Company's  operation  of the  Business  or the use of the  Company's  assets and
properties.

       (b) Condition.  All material assets owned or utilized by the Company, are
in reasonable operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted).

       3.10 Compliance With Laws and Orders.

       (a) Compliance.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.10(a),  Company is in
Material  compliance  with all applicable  Laws and Orders,  including,  without
limitation,  those  applicable to  discrimination  in  employment,  occupational
safety and health, trade practices, competition and pricing, product warranties,
zoning,  building and sanitation,  employment,  retirement and labor  relations,
product advertising and the Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined).  Except
as set forth in Schedule  3.10(a),  since  January 1, 1994,  the Company has not
received  notice of any  Material  violation  or  alleged  violation  of, and is
subject to no Liability for past or continuing  Material  violation of, any Laws
or Orders.  All  reports and  returns  required to be filed by Company  with any
Government  Entity have been filed,  and were  accurate and complete when filed.
Without  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing  (i)  Company has made all
required  payments to its  unemployment  compensation  reserve accounts with the
appropriate  governmental  departments  of the states  where it is  required  to
maintain such  accounts,  and each of such  accounts has a positive  balance and
(ii)  Company has  delivered to Buyer Group copies of all reports of Company for
the past five (5) years  required  under the  federal  Occupational  Safety  and
Health Act of 1970, as amended, and under all other applicable health and safety
laws and regulations. The deficiencies,  if any, noted on such reports have been
corrected.

       (b)  Licenses  and  Permits.  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  3.10(b),
Company  has all  Material  licenses,  permits,  approvals,  authorizations  and
consents of all Government Entities and all certification organizations required
for the conduct of the Business (as  presently  conducted  and as proposed to be
conducted) and operation of Company's  facilities.  All such licenses,  permits,
approvals,  authorizations  and consents are described in Schedule  3.10(b) and,
except as set forth in Schedule  3.10(b),  are in full force and effect.  To the
Knowledge  of the Company and except as set forth in Schedule  3.10(b),  Company
(including  its  operations,  properties and assets) is and has


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

been in  Material  compliance  with all such  permits and  licenses,  approvals,
authorizations and consents.

       3.11  Inventory.  The  inventory  of the Company has been,  and as of the
Effective  Time will have been,  acquired in the open  market,  in the  ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice, at market prices prevailing at
the time and consists,  and as of the Effective Time will have  consisted,  of a
quality and quantity usable and saleable in the ordinary course of business, net
of reserves.

       3.12  Accounts  Receivable.  The accounts  receivable of the Company have
arisen,  and as of the Effective  Time will have arisen,  from arm's length bona
fide transactions actually made in the ordinary course of the Company's business
consistent  with past  practice.  All  accounts  receivable  of the  Company are
collectible  (net of the reserve  shown on the Interim  Financial  Statement for
doubtful  accounts)  in the  ordinary  course of  business;  are  subject  to no
counterclaim  or setoff other than in the ordinary  course of business;  and are
not in dispute.  Schedule 3.12 contains an aged schedule of accounts  receivable
included in the Interim Financial Statement.

       3.13  Material  Contracts.  Schedule  3.13  sets  forth a list  of  every
contract,  obligations,  understanding,  agreement or other commitment  (whether
written or oral)  (collectively,  "Contracts")  entered into by the Company that
(i) provides  for  aggregate  future  payments by or to the Company of more than
$50,000 or has an  unexpired  term  exceeding  six months or may not be canceled
upon more than 30 days notice  without any liability,  penalty or premium;  (ii)
that was entered into by the Company  with any  Affiliate  (as herein  defined);
(iii) that involves the purchase,  lease or ownership of any real property by or
for the Company;  or (iv) that is a loan agreement,  promissory note,  letter of
credit, guaranty or other evidence of indebtedness (the foregoing, collectively,
"Material Contracts").  The Company has provided to Buyer Group a true, complete
and correct copy of each Material  Contract.  Without limiting the generality of
the  foregoing,  Company  is not a  party  to nor is it  bound  by any  Contract
requiring  Company to assign any  interest  in any trade  secret or  proprietary
information,  or  prohibiting  or  restricting  Company  from  competing  in any
business or geographical area or soliciting  customers or otherwise  restricting
it from  carrying  on its  business  anywhere  in the  world.  Company is not in
default under any Material Contract, nor to the knowledge of the Company has any
event or omission  occurred  which  through the passage of time or the giving of
notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder or cause the acceleration
of any of Company's  obligations or result in the creation of any Lien on any of
the assets owned, used or occupied by Company.  To the Company's  knowledge,  no
third  party is in default  under any  Material  Contract,  nor has any event or
omission occurred which, through the passage of time or the giving of notice, or
both,  would  constitute  a  default  thereunder  or give  rise to an  automatic
termination,  or the right of discretionary termination,  thereof. Each Material
Contract  which by its terms  requires  the  consent  of a party  thereto to the
Merger and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
is listed on Schedule 6.7(b).

       3.14 Taxes.

       (a) Tax  Returns.  The  Company:  (i) has duly and timely  filed with the
appropriate  authorities all Tax Returns (as defined below) required to be filed
by or on behalf of the Company on or before the date hereof and has delivered to
the Buyer Group true and complete


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

copies of all such Tax  Returns  for each of its three  (3) most  recent  fiscal
years, which Tax Returns are true,  correct and complete,  and (ii) has duly and
timely  paid or caused to be timely  paid all Taxes (as  defined  below) due and
payable in respect of all periods up to and including the date hereof, including
without  limitation all Taxes shown as due on any Tax Return. The provision made
on the Interim  Financial  Statement for Taxes is sufficient  for the payment of
all Taxes not yet payable in respect of all periods up to and including the date
hereof.

       (b) Tax Audits.  The federal and state income Tax Returns of Company have
been  audited by the  Internal  Revenue  Service and  appropriate  state  taxing
authorities  for the periods and to the extent set forth in Schedule  3.14,  and
Company  has not  received  from the  Internal  Revenue  Service or from the tax
authorities  of any state,  county,  local or other  jurisdiction  any notice of
underpayment  of taxes  or  other  deficiency  which  has not been  paid nor any
objection to any return or report  filed by Company.  There are  outstanding  no
agreements or waivers  extending the statutory period of limitations  applicable
to any Tax Return.

       (c) Other.  Since January 1, 1993,  Company has not (i) filed any consent
or  agreement  under  Section  341(f) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended  (the  "Code"),  (ii) applied for any tax ruling,  (iii)  entered into a
closing  agreement  with any  taxing  authority,  (iv) filed an  election  under
Section  338(g) or  Section  338(h)(10)  of the Code (nor has a deemed  election
under Section  338(e) of the Code  occurred),  (v) made any payments,  or been a
party to an agreement  (including this  Agreement) that under any  circumstances
could  obligate  it to make  payments  that will not be  deductible  because  of
Section  280G of the  Code,  or (vi) been a party to any tax  allocation  or tax
sharing  agreement.  The Company is not a "United  States real property  holding
company" within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

       For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Tax" means any tax, fee,  levy,  duty,
assessment or other  governmental  charge imposed by any governmental  authority
(including without limitation any income, franchise,  gross receipts,  property,
sales,  use,  excise,  services,  value added, ad valorem,  withholding,  social
security,   estimated,   accumulated  earnings,  transfer,  license,  privilege,
payroll,  profits, capital stock, employment,  unemployment,  severance,  stamp,
minimum, environmental, occupancy, customs or occupation tax), including without
limitation any liability therefor as a result of Treasury  Regulation  '1.1502-6
(or any  comparable  state,  local or foreign Tax  provision),  as a  transferee
(including  under  Section 6901 of the Code or any  comparable  state,  local or
foreign Tax  provision) or as a result of any Tax sharing or similar  agreement,
and any interest,  additions to tax and penalties in connection therewith.  "Tax
Return" means any return,  declaration,  report,  estimate,  claim,  information
return or statement and any  amendment  thereto,  together  with any  supporting
information  or  schedules,  which  is  filed  or  required  to be  filed  under
applicable Law in connection  with the  determination,  assessment,  collection,
payment,  refund  or  administration  of any  Tax,  whether  on a  consolidated,
combined, unitary or separate basis or otherwise.

       3.15 Environmental Matters.

       (a)  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 3.15 the following  terms
shall have the following meanings:



                                      -14-
<PAGE>

       "Environmental  Claim" shall mean any investigation,  notice,  violation,
demand,  suit,   injunction,   order,  consent  decree,   penalty,  fine,  lien,
proceeding,  or claim (whether  administrative,  judicial, or private in nature)
arising (i)  pursuant to, or in  connection  with, a violation by the Company of
any  Environmental  Law, (ii) in connection with any Hazardous  Material,  (iii)
from any abatement,  removal, remedial,  corrective, or other response action by
the Company in connection with a Hazardous Material,  Environmental Law or order
of a Government Entity or (iv) from any damage,  injury,  threat, or harm to the
environment by the Company.

       "Environmental  Law" shall mean any  current  Legal  Requirement  and any
Legal  Requirement in effect as of and including the Closing Date  pertaining to
the  protection  of  the  environment,   including   without   limitation,   the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and Liability Act of 1980,
as amended by the Superfund  Amendments and  Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 USC
9601 et  seq.,  the  Solid  Waste  Disposal  Act,  as  amended  by the  Resource
Conservation  and Recovery Act of 1976 and Hazardous and Solid Waste  Amendments
of  1984,  42 USC  6901 et seq.  ("RCRA"),  and any  implementing  law,  and any
amendment, rule, or regulation issued thereunder.

       "Governmental  Approval"  shall  mean  any  permit,  license,   variance,
certificate,  clearance, closure, exemption, decision or action or approval of a
Government Entity which is required under an Environmental Law.

       "Hazardous  Material" shall mean any material which is hazardous or toxic
to the  environment  and which is subject to regulation,  control or remediation
under    Environmental   Law,   including,    without   limitation,    asbestos,
polychlorinated  biphenyl  ("PCBs") and petroleum  (including  crude oil and any
fraction thereof).

       "Legal  Requirement"  shall mean any treaty,  convention,  statute,  law,
regulation,  ordinance,  Governmental Approval,  injunction,  judgement,  order,
consent  decree,  or other  requirement  of any  Government  Entity  relating to
health, safety, natural resources and the environment.

       "Release" shall mean any spilling,  leaking, pumping, pouring,  emitting,
emptying, discharging, injection, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into
the indoor or outdoor environment including, without limitation, the abandonment
or  discarding  of barrels,  drums,  containers,  tanks,  and other  receptacles
containing or previously containing any Hazardous Material.

       (b) Warranties and Representations. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15:

       (i)  The  Company  has  obtained  all  necessary  Governmental  Approvals
necessary for the operations of their businesses and properties.

       (ii) The  Company  has not (a) caused  any  Release  or  disposal  of any
Hazardous  Material  at the Real  Property  or (b)  caused  any  Release  of any
Hazardous Material at any third party property.



                                      -15-
<PAGE>

       (iii) The  Company has not  received  any  notification  of any actual or
potential responsibility for any Release at any third party property.

       (iv) To the Knowledge of the Company, no real property leased or owned by
the Company contains any: (a) underground  storage tank, (b) asbestos containing
building material, PCBs, radon, or urea formaldehyde foam, (c) landfill or dump,
or (d) hazardous waste  management  facility as defined  pursuant to RCRA or any
comparable state law.

       (v) To the  Knowledge of the  Company,  there is no  Environmental  Claim
involving any real  property  leased by the Company or other  property  formerly
leased or operated by the Company or any  subsidiary  or to the knowledge of the
Company threatened against the Company or any subsidiary.

       (vi) To the Knowledge of the Company,  there are no conditions  on, under
or in any way affecting  the real property  owned or leased by the Company which
would impose liability to the Company under any Environmental Law.

       (vii)  Company  does not  utilize  and has not  utilized  in the past any
underground storage tanks, or any underground hoists, at any real property owned
or leased by the Company, or formerly owned or leased by the Company.

       3.16  Insurance.  Schedule  3.16  contains  a  list  of all  policies  of
insurance  covering  the  Company,  including  policies  of life,  fire,  theft,
casualty,  product liability,  workmen's  compensation,  business  interruption,
employee fidelity and other casualty and liability insurance.  All such policies
are valid,  outstanding  and enforceable  policies,  and no such policy (nor any
previous  policy)  provides  for  or is  subject  to any  currently  enforceable
retroactive rate or premium adjustment, loss sharing arrangement or other actual
or contingent  liability arising wholly or partially out of events arising prior
to the date hereof.  No notice of  cancellation or termination has been received
with respect to any such policy,  and neither  Company nor any  Shareholder  has
knowledge of any act or omission of Company  which could result in  cancellation
of any such policy prior to its scheduled  expiration date. There is no claim by
Company  pending  under  any  such  policies  as  to  which  coverage  has  been
questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies, and neither
Company nor any of the  Shareholders  knows of any basis for denial of any claim
under any such policy.

       3.17 Bank  Accounts.  Schedule 3.17 sets forth the names and locations of
all banks,  depositories  and other financial  institutions in which the Company
has an account  and the names of all persons  authorized  to draw  thereon  (the
"Bank Accounts").

       3.18 Employee Benefits.

       (a) Schedule  3.18(a) lists each  "employee  benefit plan" (as defined in
Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA")),  and  all  other  material  employee  benefit  (including,   without
limitation,  non-qualified),  bonus,  deferred  compensation,  incentive,  stock
option,  phantom  equity,  stock  appreciation  rights (or other  


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

equity-based),  severance,  change-in-control  and fringe  benefit plans (each a
"Plan" and collectively the "Plans") currently maintained for the benefit of, or
contributed  to or by the  Company  or any  trade or  business,  whether  or not
incorporated  that,  together  with the  Company  would be deemed  treated  as a
"single employer" within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 (the "Code") (an "ERISA  Affiliate").  A true, complete and correct copy
of each Plan and any and all  documents  related  thereto have been  provided by
Company to the Buyer Group.

       (b) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has  maintained,  adopted
or  established,  contributed to or been required to contribute to, or otherwise
participated  or been required to participate in (i) a  "multiemployer  plan" as
defined in Section  3(37) of ERISA or (ii) a Plan  subject to Title IV of ERISA,
Section 302 of ERISA,  or Sections 412 and 4971 of the Code. No amount is due or
owing from the Company on account of a "multiemployer plan" or on account of any
withdrawal therefrom.

       (c) The Company is in Material  compliance  with all provisions of ERISA,
the Code and all other Laws  applicable  to the Plans.  The  Company  has timely
filed all  Material  reports with  respect to any Plans.  The  Internal  Revenue
Service has issued a favorable  determination  letter with  respect to each Plan
that is intended to be a "qualified  plan" within the meaning of Section  401(a)
of the Code,  and,  as of the date  hereof  there are no  circumstances  nor any
events that have occurred that could  materially  adversely affect the qualified
status of any such plan or the related trust.

       (d) The Company is not  subject to any  Material  dispute or  controversy
under any Law governing the Plans.

       (e) There does not now  exist,  nor do any  circumstances  now exist that
could reasonably be expected to result in, any Material liability of the Company
under (i) Title IV of ERISA,  (ii) section 302 of ERISA,  (iii) sections 412 and
4971 of the Code,  (iv) section  4980B of the Code or sections 502 or 601-608 of
ERISA, or (v) any other legal  requirement  with respect to any Plan, other than
such  liabilities  that arise  solely out of, or relate  solely to, the benefits
provided to participants and beneficiaries of such Plans.

       (f) No Plan provides Material benefits,  including,  without  limitation,
death or medical benefits  (whether or not insured),  with respect to current or
former employees of the Company beyond their retirement or other  termination of
service, other than (i) coverage mandated by applicable law, (ii) death benefits
or retirement  benefits under any "employee  pension benefit plan" as defined in
Section  3(2)  of  ERISA,  (iii)  deferred   compensation  benefits  accrued  as
liabilities on the books of the Company, or (iv) benefits the full cost of which
is borne by the current or former employee (or his beneficiary).

       3.19 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as and to the extent set forth in
Schedule 3.19, since the date of the Interim  Financial  Statement there has not
been  (a) any  material  adverse  change  in the  financial  condition,  assets,
liabilities,  business,  prospects or  operations  of Company other than changes
caused by general  economic  or industry  conditions  or trends or (b) any loss,
damage or destruction,  whether covered by insurance or not, affecting Company's
business or properties.



                                      -17-
<PAGE>

       3.20  Labor  Matters.   Within  the  last  five  years  Company  has  not
experienced any labor disputes, union organization attempts or any work stoppage
due to labor  disagreements  in  connection  with its  business.  Company  is in
compliance  with  all  applicable  Laws  respecting  employment  and  employment
practices,  terms and conditions of employment  and wages and hours,  and is not
engaged in any unfair labor  practice.  There is no unfair labor practice charge
or complaint against Company pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened.
There is no labor  strike,  dispute,  request  for  representation,  slowdown or
stoppage actually pending or, to the Company's knowledge,  threatened against or
affecting Company nor any secondary boycott with respect to products of Company.
There  are  no  administrative  charges  or  court  complaints  against  Company
concerning alleged employment discrimination or other employment related matters
pending or threatened before the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or
any  Government  Entity.  The  Company  has never  been a party to a  collective
bargaining agreement with any union.

       3.21 Major Customers and Suppliers.

       (a) Major Customers. Schedule 3.21(a) contains a list of the five largest
customers,  including  distributors,  of  Company  for  each of the two (2) most
recent fiscal years  (determined  on the basis of the total dollar amount of net
sales) showing the total dollar amount of net sales to each such customer during
each such  year.  Neither  Company  nor any  Shareholder  has any  knowledge  or
information of any facts indicating that any of the customers listed on Schedule
3.21(a) will not  continue to be  customers of the Company  after the Closing at
substantially the same level of purchases as heretofore.

       (b) Major  Suppliers.  Schedule  3.21(b)  contains a list of the  fifteen
largest  suppliers  to Company for each of the two (2) most recent  fiscal years
(determined  on the basis of the total dollar amount of  purchases)  showing the
total dollar amount of purchases from each such supplier  during each such year.
Neither  Company nor any  Shareholder  has any knowledge or  information  of any
facts  indicating that any of the suppliers  listed on Schedule 3.21(b) will not
continue to be suppliers to the Company  after the Closing and will not continue
to supply the Company with  substantially the same quantity and quality of goods
at competitive prices.

       (c) Sales  Representatives.  The  Company  has no, and has not had in the
last twelve months, any franchisees. The Company does not sell, and has not sold
during the last three years, its Products to any entity for resale other than to
retailers. Schedule 3.21(c) contains (i) a list of all persons and entities that
sell the  Company's  Products  (defined in Section  3.22) on a commission  basis
pursuant to a Contract with Company (collectively, "Sales Representatives"), and
clearly identifies such Sales  Representatives with whom the Company has entered
into a written  Contract  regarding the sale of the Company's  Products,  (ii) a
sample copy of all written sales  representative  or dealer Contracts and policy
statements,  together with a description  of all  substantial  modifications  or
exceptions thereto,  and (iii) a description of all material oral Contracts with
any Sales  Representative.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.21(c), the Company
has provided to Buyer Group a true,  complete and correct  executed copy of each
written Contract regarding the sale of the Company's Products, including without
limitation each sales  representative and dealer Contract.  The Company has paid
all  commissions  due any Sales  Representative  where the  failure  to pay such
amount would cause such  obligation to be in default of the  Company's  Contract
with


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

such Sales Representative.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(c), the Company
has not terminated  any Sales  Representative  in the last twelve  months.  Each
Sales Representative which has been terminated in the last twelve months (i) has
been paid all  commissions due such Sales  Representative  which were accrued in
the ordinary course,  (ii) was terminated in accordance with all applicable Laws
and with any Contract  Company had with such Sales  Representative  and (iii) is
not currently involved in any dispute with Company relating to such termination.

       3.22 Product  Warranty and Product  Liability.  Schedule  3.22 contains a
true, correct and complete copy of Company's standard warranty or warranties for
sales of Products (as defined below) and, except as stated therein, there are no
warranties,  commitments  or obligations  with respect to the return,  repair or
replacement  of Products.  Schedule 3.22  contains a description  of all product
liability  claims and similar  Litigation  relating to products  manufactured or
sold, or services rendered, which are presently pending or which to Company's or
any  Shareholder's  knowledge  are  threatened,  or which have been  asserted or
commenced  against  Company within the last two years (whether or not covered by
insurance).  There are no defects  in design,  construction  or  manufacture  of
Products which would adversely  affect  performance or create an unusual risk of
injury to persons or property.  None of the Products has been the subject of any
replacement,  field fix,  retrofit,  modification  or recall campaign by Company
and, to Company's knowledge, no facts or conditions exist which could reasonably
be expected to result in such a recall campaign. The Products have been designed
and  manufactured so as to meet and comply with all  governmental  standards and
specifications  currently in effect and have received all governmental approvals
necessary to allow their sale and use. As used herein, the term "Products" means
any  and  all  products  currently  or  at  any  time  previously  manufactured,
distributed or sold by Company, or by any predecessor of Company under any brand
name or mark under which products are or have been manufactured,  distributed or
sold by Company.

       3.23 Affiliates' Relationships to Company.

       (a) No  Adverse  Interests.  No  Affiliate  has any  direct  or  indirect
interest in (i) any entity which does  business  with Company or is  competitive
with Company's business,  or (ii) any property,  asset or right which is used by
Company in the conduct of its business.

       (b)  Obligations.  All  obligations of any Affiliate to Company,  and all
obligations  of  Company to any  Affiliate,  which are not  otherwise  listed on
Schedule  3.13,  are listed on Schedule  3.23. All Contracts of the Company with
any Affiliate,  stockholder of the Company,  Affiliate of any stockholder of the
Company or any third party relating to the payment of any fees for investment or
advisory  services  are set forth on Schedule  3.23  regardless  of whether such
Contracts are set forth on any other Schedule hereto.

       3.24 Year 2000 Compliance.  To the knowledge of the Company,  none of the
assets of the Company will require any material repair,  rewrite,  conversion or
other adaptation that would cost the Company more than $100,000 in the aggregate
in order to allow such  assets to be used on any date after  December  31,  1999
without material  failure  resulting from the assets' use of or reference to any
date after December 31, 1999.



                                      -19-
<PAGE>

       3.25 Non-Compete Agreements. Schedule 3.25 contains a list of all persons
with  whom  the  Company  has  entered  into  an  agreement   which  contains  a
non-competition covenant (the "Non-compete Agreements").  Except as set forth in
Schedule  3.25,  the  Company has  provided  to Buyer Group a true,  correct and
complete  executed  copy of  each  Non-Compete  Agreement.  Schedule  3.25  also
contains a list of all Company Division Managers, Regional Managers,  Production
Center Managers,  Branch  Managers,  and Assistant Branch Managers with whom the
Company  has  not  entered  into  a  Non-compete  Agreement.  To  the  Company's
Knowledge,  except as set forth in Schedule 3.25, no current or past Non-compete
Agreement has been held invalid by any Government Entity. Except as set forth on
Schedule  3.25,  the Company has  enforced  the  Non-compete  Agreements  in all
instances  in which the Company has been made aware of a material  violation  of
the non-competition covenant set forth in a particular Non-compete Agreement.

       3.26  Independent  Contractors.  Company  has at all  times  treated  the
persons  engaged by it to assemble  and install its Products  (the  "Independent
Contractors") as independent contractors consistent with the standards set forth
in Revenue Ruling 87-41 1987-1 CB 296.

       3.27 No Other Representations.  Except as provided herein in this Article
3 and  Article  4 below,  neither  the  Company  nor the  Shareholders  make any
representations or warranties to the Buyer Group.

       4. Individual  Representations  and Warranties of each Shareholder.  Each
Shareholder  hereby  severally  and not jointly  represents  and warrants to the
Buyer Group as follows:

       4.1 Title to Shares. The shares of capital stock of the Company set forth
opposite  such  Shareholder's  name on  Schedule  3.2 are  owned of  record  and
beneficially by such Shareholder,  free and clear of all Liens,  except for such
Liens,  if any, as set forth on  Schedule  4.1,  which  Liens,  if any,  will be
satisfied at the Closing.  The shares of capital stock owned by such Shareholder
have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 4.2
Authorization;  Validity of Agreement. Such Shareholder has all necessary power,
legal right,  capacity and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement and
each  Ancillary  Instrument  to  which it is a party,  perform  his,  her or its
obligations   hereunder  and  thereunder  and  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby. As to each Shareholder that is an entity, this
Agreement and each Ancillary Instrument to which such Shareholder is a party has
been  duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate,   partnership,  trust  or
beneficiary  action,  as the case may be, on the part of such Shareholder and no
further action on behalf of any manager, owner, partner, shareholder,  director,
officer,  beneficiary or trustee of such Shareholder is necessary therefor. This
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such  Shareholder  and is, and
each  such  Ancillary  Instrument  to which  such  Shareholder  is a party  when
executed  and  delivered  will  be,  a  valid  and  binding  obligation  of such
Shareholder,  enforceable against such Shareholder in accordance with its terms,
subject  to (a)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other
similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors'  rights generally
and (b) equitable principles of law.



                                      -20-
<PAGE>

       4.3 No Violations; Governmental Filings.

       (a) The execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement,  and each
Ancillary  Instrument to which such  Shareholder is a party, by such Shareholder
does  not,  and  the  consummation  by  such  Shareholder  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby  will not,  (i) violate  any  provision  of the
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  Bylaws or other  corporate,  organizational  or
governing  document  of such  Shareholder,  (ii)  violate any  provision  of any
Contract to which such  Shareholder is a party or by which any of its properties
or assets may be bound or  otherwise  subject or (iii)  violate any Order of any
Government  Entity or any Law applicable to such Shareholder or any of his, hers
or its properties or assets.

       (b)  Except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule  4.3,  no  filing,   notice  or
registration  with any  Governmental  Entity is required in connection  with the
execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  this  Agreement,  or  any  Ancillary
Instrument to which such  Shareholder  is a party,  by such  Shareholder  or the
consummation  by such  Shareholder of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or
thereby.

       5.  Representations and Warranties of the Buyer Group. Each member of the
Buyer Group jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Shareholders as
follows:

       5.1  Organization  of the  Buyer.  Each  member of the  Buyer  Group is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation.  The Parent is the parent entity of
Buyer. The amount of Parent's total assets as of December 31, 1998 was in excess
of $75,000,000.

       5.2 Authorization;  Validity of Agreement. Each member of the Buyer Group
has all  necessary  power,  legal right,  capacity and  authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement, and each Ancillary Instrument to which any member of the
Buyer Group is a party,  perform its  obligations  hereunder and  thereunder and
consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and
each  Ancillary  Instrument  to which a member of the Buyer Group is a party has
been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of such
member of the Buyer Group.  This  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by each member of the Buyer Group and is, and each Ancillary Instrument to which
a member of the Buyer Group is a party when  executed and  delivered  will be, a
valid and  binding  obligation  of such member of the Buyer  Group,  enforceable
against such member of the Buyer Group in accordance with its terms,  subject to
(a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now
or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (b) equitable
principles of law.

       5.3 No Violations; Governmental Filings.

       (a) The execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement,  and each
Ancillary  Instrument  to which a member of the Buyer Group is a party,  by each
member of the Buyer Group does not, and the  consummation  by each member of the
Buyer Group of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby will not, (i)
violate any  provision of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of any
member of the Buyer Group,  (ii) violate any  provision of any Contract to which
any member of the Buyer  Group is a party or by which any of its  properties  or


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

assets  may be bound or  otherwise  subject  or (iii)  violate  any Order of any
Government Entity or any Law, applicable to any member of the Buyer Group or any
of its properties or assets.

       (b)  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  5.3(b),  no  filing,  notice  or
registration with any Governmental Entity is required by any member of the Buyer
Group in  connection  with  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of this
Agreement, or any Ancillary Instrument to which a member of the Buyer Group is a
party, or the  consummation by any member of the Buyer Group of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.

       6. Covenants and Agreements.

       6.1 [intentionally omitted].

       6.2  Escrow  Agreement.  At  the  Closing,  Shareholders,   Shareholders'
Representative  and Buyer shall  execute and deliver an escrow  agreement in the
form of Exhibit F hereto (the "Escrow Agreement").

       6.3 Noncompetition;  Confidentiality.  Subject to the Closing,  and as an
inducement  to Buyer and Parent to  execute  this  Agreement  and  complete  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and  in  order  to  preserve  the  goodwill
associated with the business of Company, each Shareholder listed on Schedule 6.3
(the "Non-Compete Shareholders") hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

       (a) Covenant Not to Compete.  For a period of five years from the Closing
Date, no Non-Compete Shareholder will directly or indirectly:

              (i) engage in, continue in or carry on any business which competes
       with the Business or is substantially  similar thereto,  including owning
       or controlling any financial  interest in any  corporation,  partnership,
       firm or other form of business organization which is so engaged;

              (ii) consult with, advise or assist in any way, whether or not for
       consideration,  any  corporation,  partnership,  firm or  other  business
       organization  which is now or  becomes a  competitor  of  Company  or the
       Surviving  Corporation  in any  aspect  with  respect  to  the  Business,
       including,  but not limited to,  advertising  or otherwise  endorsing the
       products  of any  such  competitor;  soliciting  customers  or  otherwise
       serving as an  intermediary  for any such  competitor;  loaning  money or
       rendering  any other form of financial  assistance  to or engaging in any
       form of business transaction on other than an arm's length basis with any
       such competitor;

              (iii) offer  employment to an employee of Company or the Surviving
       Corporation, without the prior written consent of Parent; or

              (iv) engage in any  practice  the purpose of which is to evade the
       provisions  of this  covenant  not to  compete or to commit any act which
       adversely affects the Business;



                                      -22-
<PAGE>

       provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the ownership of
       securities  of  corporations  which are listed on a  national  securities
       exchange or traded in the national  over-the-counter  market in an amount
       which  shall  not  exceed  5% of  the  outstanding  shares  of  any  such
       corporation. The parties agree that the geographic scope of this covenant
       not to compete shall extend to all states,  provinces or regions in which
       the  Company is  currently  engaged  or has  engaged in any aspect of the
       Business.  The  parties  agree that the Buyer  Group may sell,  assign or
       otherwise transfer this covenant not to compete,  in whole or in part, to
       any person, corporation, firm or entity that purchases all or part of the
       business of the Company.  In the event a court of competent  jurisdiction
       determines  that the  provisions  of this  covenant  not to  compete  are
       excessively broad as to duration,  geographical scope or activity,  it is
       expressly  agreed that this covenant not to compete shall be construed so
       that the remaining provisions shall not be affected,  but shall remain in
       full  force and  effect,  and any such  over  broad  provisions  shall be
       deemed, without further action on the part of any person, to be modified,
       amended and/or  limited,  but only to the extent  necessary to render the
       same valid and enforceable in such jurisdiction.

       (b) Covenant of Confidentiality.  No Non-Compete Shareholder shall at any
time subsequent to the Closing, except as explicitly requested by Buyer, (i) use
for any purpose,  (ii)  disclose to any person,  or (iii) keep or make copies of
documents,  tapes, discs or programs  containing,  any confidential  information
concerning Company. For purposes hereof,  "confidential  information" shall mean
and include, without limitation,  all Intellectual Property in which Company has
an  interest,  all  customer  lists  and  customer  information,  and all  other
information  concerning Company's processes,  apparatus,  equipment,  packaging,
products,  marketing and distribution  methods,  not previously disclosed to the
public directly by Company.

       (c) Equitable Relief for Violations.  Each Non-Compete Shareholder agrees
that the provisions and restrictions contained in this Section 6.3 are necessary
to protect the legitimate  continuing interests of Buyer Group and the Surviving
Corporation, and that any violation or breach of these provisions will result in
irreparable  injury  to the  Buyer  Group  for  which a remedy  at law  would be
inadequate  and that, in addition to any relief at law which may be available to
the  Buyer  Group  for such  violation  or breach  and  regardless  of any other
provision contained in this Agreement, the Buyer Group shall be entitled to seek
injunctive and other equitable relief as a court may grant after considering the
intent of this Section 6.3.

       6.4 General Release. Upon Closing,  each of the Shareholders  absolutely,
unconditionally   and   irrevocably   releases  and   discharges  the  Surviving
Corporation  and the directors,  officers,  agents and employees of Company from
all claims  that any of the  undersigned  may have  against  the  Company or its
directors,  officers,  agents and employees,  whether known or unknown,  whether
contingent or absolute, whether liquidated or unliquidated,  whether foreseen or
unforeseen,   whether   anticipated  or  unanticipated,   whether  suspected  or
unsuspected, whether arising in favor of any Shareholder as a result of his, her
or its capacity as a stockholder,  director,  officer or employee of the Company
or in any other capacity,  and whether arising by operation of law or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this release shall not apply to any claim any
Shareholder  may have which  arises  after the Closing Date or arises under this
Agreement or any document executed in connection herewith; and (ii) this release
shall  not  apply to any  claim  any of the  undersigned  may have in his or her
capacity as an employee of the Company for employment  


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

compensation for current periods and employee benefits  generally  applicable to
all  employees  of the  Company.  In  addition  to and  in no way  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing, no Shareholder shall seek to enforce any obligation
of contribution  against the Company with respect to any of the  representations
or warranties  contained in Article 3 or with respect to the  performance of any
of the covenants made by Company herein.

       6.5 Conduct of the Business by the Company  Pending the  Closing.  During
the period from the date hereof to the Closing, the Company covenants,  and each
Shareholder  covenants,  to cause the  Company,  to conduct its  business in the
ordinary course, consistent with past practice.  Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing,  unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,  prior
to the  Closing,  the Company  covenants  that it will not and the  Shareholders
covenant to use their  commercially  reasonable efforts so that the Company will
not:

       (a) issue or sell any stock or any other security;

       (b) declare or pay any dividend or other  distribution  (whether in cash,
stock or property or any combination thereof) to any of its stockholders;

       (c) make any loans,  advances or capital contributions to, or investments
in, any other  person or entity  (other than loans or advances to  employees  in
accordance with past practices);

       (d) sell, lease or otherwise  dispose of any of its properties or assets,
except for sales in the  ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past
practice;

       (e) make any capital expenditure or commitment for additions to property,
plant, equipment or other capital assets in excess of $100,000;

       (f) take any action  which  materially  adversely  affects the rights and
franchises  of Company,  the business  organization  of Company or the Company's
present  relationships  with suppliers and customers and others having  business
relationships with Company;

       (g) enter into any Contract,  except  Contracts which are in the ordinary
course of business and consistent  with past  practice,  are not material to the
Company  (individually  or in the aggregate) and would not have been required to
be disclosed in the  Disclosure  Schedule had they been in existence on the date
of this Agreement;

       (h) amend its Certificate of  Incorporation or Bylaws or make any changes
in authorized or issued capital stock;

       (i)  directly  or  indirectly  (through a  representative  or  otherwise)
solicit or furnish  any  information  to any  prospective  buyer,  commence,  or
conduct presently  ongoing,  negotiations with any other party or enter into any
agreement with any other party concerning the sale of Company,  Company's assets
or  business  or any part  thereof  or any  equity  securities  of  Company  (an
"Acquisition Proposal"); or

       (j) enter  into any  agreement  to do, or take,  or agree in  writing  or
otherwise to take or consent to, any of the foregoing actions.



                                      -24-
<PAGE>

       6.6 Access to  Information.  Between the date of this  Agreement  and the
Closing, the Company's officers,  directors,  employees, agents, accountants and
counsel to, upon reasonable notice, shall (a) afford the officers, employees and
authorized agents,  accountants,  counsel and representatives of the Buyer Group
complete access,  during normal business hours, to (i) the offices,  properties,
plants, other facilities, books, Contracts, documents and records of the Company
and any  records  concerning  the  Company  maintained  and  accumulated  by its
representatives,   and  (ii)  those  officers,  directors,   employees,  agents,
accountants  and counsel of the Company who have any  knowledge  relating to the
Company or the Company's  business;  (b) furnish to the officers,  employees and
authorized agents,  accountants,  counsel and representatives of the Buyer Group
such additional financial and operating data and other information regarding the
Company or the Company's business (including, without limitation, any Contracts,
licenses  and  patents  in effect as of the date  hereof and any  Contracts,  or
licenses  being  negotiated  or entered  into  between  the date  hereof and the
Closing  Date),  properties  and  goodwill of the Company as the Buyer Group may
from time to time request;  (c) with and only with the prior written  consent of
the Shareholders' Representative, allow the Buyer Group access to any properties
for the purposes of conducting environmental, safety and health audit activities
(including sampling); and (d) with the prior consent of the Shareholders in each
instance, allow access to vendors, customers, manufacturers of its machinery and
equipment, and others having business dealings with Company.

       6.7 HSR Filings; Consents.

       (a) The Company, the Shareholders, and the Buyer Group will promptly take
all actions  necessary and shall  promptly  cooperate with each other party with
regard to any filing  required  under the HSR Act, and shall use all  reasonable
efforts,  and cooperate with each other, to promptly comply with any request for
additional information in connection therewith.

       (b) Prior to the  Closing,  the  Company  shall use its best  efforts  to
obtain the consents set forth on Schedule 6.7(b).

       (c) Prior to the Closing, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to
obtain an estoppel  certificate or status letter,  in a form acceptable to Buyer
Group, from the landlord under each lease of real property comprising all or any
portion of a Material Facility.

       6.8 Public Statements. Announcements concerning the transactions provided
for in this Agreement by Buyer Group,  Company or Shareholders may be subject to
the  approval  of the other  parties  in all  essential  respects,  except  that
approval  of  the  Shareholders  or  Company  shall  not be  required  as to any
statements or other  information  which Parent may submit to the  Securities and
Exchange Commission or Parent's  stockholders or be required to make pursuant to
any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the American
Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange on which the securities
of Parent are traded,  or  otherwise  be  required to make by Law.  Shareholders
shall act hereunder only through Shareholders' Representative.

       6.9 Repayment of  Indebtedness.  At or prior to the Effective  Time,  the
Buyer  shall  satisfy  in full and retire all  outstanding  indebtedness  of the
Company under that certain Loan and Security  Agreement  dated October 14, 1994,
by and between the Company and The  Provident  Bank (and as amended from time to
time, the "Provident Loan  Agreement") and all notes,  loan 


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

agreements and other documents and instruments evidencing, securing or otherwise
pertaining to the Provident Loan Agreement.

       6.10 Payment of  Management  Bonus.  At the Effective  Time,  the Company
shall pay to certain management  personnel of the Company the "Management Bonus"
described on Schedule 6.10.

       6.11 Payment of  Transactional  Fees. At the Effective  Time, the Company
shall pay to Stonebridge  Associates,  LLC, Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP,
attorneys for the Company and the  Shareholders  and such other  accountants and
consultants  the fees set  forth on  Schedule  6.11  for  services  rendered  in
connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

       6.12 Tax Returns.

       (a) After the Closing  Date,  the Buyer and the  Shareholders  shall each
make available to the other, upon reasonable request,  all information,  records
or other  documents  relating  to  Company  Taxes  and shall  preserve  all such
information,  records  or other  documents  until  after the  expiration  of any
applicable statute of limitations (including extensions).

       (b) After the Closing, the Shareholders and the Buyer each shall:

              (i) assist (and cause the Company and its  personnel  to assist at
       no charge) the Company in preparing any Company tax returns in accordance
       with this Section 6.12;

              (ii)  cooperate  fully in preparing for any audits of, or disputes
       with taxing  authorities  regarding,  any tax returns with respect to the
       Company;

              (iii)  make  available  to the other and to any tax  authority  as
       reasonably requested all information,  records, and documents relating to
       taxes of the Company;

              (iv) provide  timely notice to the other in writing of any pending
       or threatened tax audits or  assessments  with respect to the Company for
       taxable periods for which the other may have a liability under Article 10
       hereof; and

              (v) furnish the other with copies of all  correspondence  received
       from any tax  authority in connection  with any tax audit or  information
       request with respect to any taxable period for which the other may have a
       liability under Article 10 hereof.

       6.13 Appraisal Rights.  Shareholders' Representative and each Shareholder
will be responsible for and take all actions necessary to resolve any claims for
appraisal rights under the DGCL by any Dissenting Shareholder. Each party hereto
will keep  each  other  party  hereto  fully  informed  and aware of any  events
relating to any claims for  appraisal  rights  under the DGCL by any  Dissenting
Shareholder.

       6.14 Other  Actions.  Each of the parties hereto shall use all reasonable
efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all actions,  (ii) do, or cause to be
done, all things, and (iii) execute and deliver all such documents,  instruments
and other papers,  as in each case may be necessary, 


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

proper or advisable under applicable laws, or reasonably required to in order to
carry out the terms and  provisions of this Agreement and to consummate and make
effective the transactions contemplated hereby.

       6.15 Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Controlling Persons.

       (a) For a period of six (6) years after the Effective Time,  Parent shall
cause  Company  to insure  and  guaranty  that the  provisions  with  respect to
indemnification  by the Company now  existing in favor of any of the present and
former  directors  and officers of the Company (all of the  foregoing,  together
with their respective heirs and representatives,  the "Indemnified Parties"), as
set forth in its  certificate of  incorporation  or by laws or pursuant to other
agreements  (including any insurance  policies),  shall survive the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  and shall not be amended,  repealed or modified
in any manner as to  adversely  affect the rights of such  Indemnified  Parties.
Parent agrees that, from and after the Effective Time, it shall cause Company to
maintain,  for not less than six years  from the  Effective  Time,  the  current
policies of  directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance  maintained by the
Company;  provided that the Company may substitute therefor policies of at least
the same coverage containing terms and conditions which are no less advantageous
to the Indemnified Parties;  provided,  further, that neither Parent nor Company
shall be under any  obligation  to indemnify  any  Indemnified  Party under this
Section   6.15  for  any  breach  by  an   Indemnified   Party  of  any  of  its
representations,  warranties  or  covenants  set  forth  herein or for any acts,
omissions  or other  matters  described  in clauses (i) - (iii) of Section  10.1
hereof.

       (b) If the Company or any of its successors or assigns (i) reorganizes or
consolidates  with or merges  into any other  person  and is not the  resulting,
continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or
(ii)  liquidates,  dissolves  or  transfers  all  or  substantially  all  of its
properties  and  assets  to any  person,  then,  and in each such  case,  proper
provision  will be made so that the  successors  and  assigns  of the  surviving
company assume the obligations set forth in this Section 6.15.

       (c)  Anything to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  nothing in this Section
6.15  shall  limit the right of the Buyer  Group  from  asserting  its rights to
indemnification from the Shareholders under Article 10.

       (d)  This  Section  6.15  shall   survive  the  Closing  of  any  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby, is intended to benefit the Indemnified Parties
(each of which  shall be  entitled  to enforce  this  Section  6.15  against the
Surviving Corporation as a third party beneficiary of this Agreement), and shall
be binding on all successors and assigns of Surviving Corporation.

       6.16  Severance.  If within twelve (12) months of the Closing Date any of
the persons set forth in Section 6.1 are  terminated  from  employment  with the
Company and are entitled due to such termination to any severance payments under
an Officer Agreement  identified in Schedule 3.18(a), the Shareholders shall pay
to the  Company an amount  equal to  one-half  of the  amount of such  severance
payments made to such person pursuant to such Officer Agreement.



                                      -27-
<PAGE>

       7. Conditions to the Closing.

       7.1 Conditions  Precedent to the Shareholders'  Obligations to Close. The
obligations  of the  Shareholders  to consummate the  transactions  contemplated
hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Shareholders, at or
prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

       (a) the  representations  and warranties of the Buyer Group  contained in
this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date
made and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date;

       (b) the Buyer Group shall have  performed  in all  material  respects its
obligations  under  this  Agreement   (including   delivery  of  the  items  and
performance of the actions required, as specified in Section 8.1) required to be
performed by it at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms hereof;

       (c) any waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated; and

       (d) the  consents  required  to be  obtained  by the  Company  under this
Agreement shall have been obtained.

       7.2 Conditions  Precedent to the Buyer Group's  Obligations to Close. The
obligations  of the Buyer  Group to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated
hereby shall be subject to the  satisfaction or written waiver by each member of
the Buyer Group, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

       (a)  the   representations   and   warranties  of  the  Company  and  the
Shareholders  contained  in this  Agreement  shall  be true and  correct  in all
material  respects as of the date made and as of the Closing  Date as if made on
and as of the Closing Date;

       (b) the Company and the Shareholders shall have performed in all material
respects each of their obligations under this Agreement  (including  delivery of
the items and  performance of the actions  required as specified in Section 8.2)
required  to be  performed  by them at or prior to the  Closing  pursuant to the
terms hereof;

       (c) any waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated;

       (d) the Company  shall have  obtained  the consents set forth on Schedule
7.2(d);

       (e) the Company shall have  delivered to the Buyer Group a fully executed
Shareholders' Consent;

       (f) no  Litigation  shall  have  been  commenced  or  threatened,  and no
investigation by any Government Entity shall have been commenced,  against Buyer
Group,  Company, or


                                      -28-
<PAGE>

Shareholder or any of the affiliates, officers or directors of any of them, with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby;

       (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Buyer Group a written release
from each party,  other than the Company,  to each Contract (i) either set forth
on Schedule 3.23 or (ii) of the type  described in Section  3.23(b) to which the
Company has been a party during the six months prior to the date hereof, in each
case  terminating  such Contract and releasing the Company from all  obligations
under such  Contract and  certifying  that all amounts owed to such party by the
Company under such Contract have been paid in full;

       (h) the  Company  shall have  delivered  to the Buyer Group a list of all
checks  received by a Company  branch office from customers of the Company which
as of the Closing  Date have not yet been  deposited  in a Company  Bank Account
(the "Branch Check List") and the Branch Check List shall be true and correct in
all respects;

       (i) the Company shall have delivered to the Buyer Group  Stockholder  and
Board of Directors  consent  actions  authorizing  the actions of the  Company's
directors  and  officers  for  certain  periods  prior to the  Closing in a form
reasonably satisfactory to Buyer Group; and

       (j) the Company  shall have  delivered  to the Buyer Group a  certificate
executed by the secretary of the Company  certifying  (i) the  signatures of the
officers of the Company executing this Agreement or any Ancillary Instrument and
(ii) the identities of each holder of Common Stock,  Series A Preferred Stock or
Cumulative  Preferred  Stock and the number of each class of shares held by such
holder immediately prior to the Effective Time.

       8. Closing Deliveries and Actions.

       8.1 By the Buyer Group. At the Closing, the Buyer Group shall:

       (a) cause payment to be made to the Escrow Agent in  accordance  with the
terms of Section 2.2(b);

       (b) cause payment to be made to The Provident Bank in accordance with the
terms of Section 6.9;

       (c) cause  payment of the  Management  Bonus in  accordance  with Section
6.10;

       (d) cause payment to be made to Stonebridge Associates, LLC in accordance
with the terms of Section 6.11;

       (e)  cause  payment  to be made for all  other  outstanding  professional
services in accordance with Section 6.11;

       (f)  cause  payment  to be made to the  Shareholders'  Representative  in
accordance with Section 2.2;



                                      -29-
<PAGE>

       (g)  deliver to  Shareholders  a  certificate  executed  by an  executive
officer of the Buyer  attesting to the  satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 7.1(a) and 7.1(b);

       (h) deliver to Shareholders the Escrow Agreement, executed by each member
of the Buyer Group; and

       (i) deliver to  Shareholders  the opinion of Foley & Lardner,  counsel to
the Buyer Group, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 8.1(i).

       8.2 By the Shareholders. At the Closing, there shall also be delivered to
the Buyer:

       (a) the  stock  certificates  representing  the  shares  of  stock of the
Company  owned by the  Shareholders,  duly endorsed in blank or  accompanied  by
stock transfer powers and the minute books,  stock  certificate  books and stock
transfer ledgers of the Company;

       (b) a  certificate  executed  by  the  Shareholders'  Representative  (as
hereinafter  defined)  attesting to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 7.2(a), 7.2(b) and 7.2(h);

       (c) a certificate  with respect to the Company from the state of Delaware
and all jurisdictions in which the Company is qualified to do business attesting
as to its good standing therein as of dates recent to the Closing Date;

       (d) the Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company,  certified as true
and correct by the  Secretary of State of the state of Delaware,  and the Bylaws
of the Company, certified as true and correct by the Secretary of the Company;

       (e)  the  Escrow   Agreement,   executed  by  each  Shareholder  and  the
Shareholders' Representative;

       (f) a tax, lien and judgment search showing no items not disclosed in the
Disclosure Schedules;

       (g) the  resignations,  dated the  Closing  Date,  of each  Director  and
Officer;

       (h) the  opinion of Parker  Chapin  Flattau & Klimpl,  LLP counsel to the
Shareholders and the Company, in the form attached as Exhibit 8.2(h); and

       (i) the consents  required to be obtained by the Company or  Shareholders
under this  Agreement,  including  without  limitation the consents set forth in
Schedule 6.7(b).

       9. Termination. This agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing (a)
by mutual written consent of the Buyer Group and the  Shareholders or (b) by the
Buyer Group,  on the one hand,  or the  Shareholders,  on the other hand, if the
Closing  shall not have  occurred on or before  February 28, 1999,  provided the
terminating  party has not,  through  breach of a  representation,  warranty  or
consent,  prevented  the Closing from  occurring on or before such date.  Prompt
written  notice  of any such  termination  shall be given to the  other  parties
specifying 

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

the reason for such  termination  and upon any such  termination  this Agreement
shall  forthwith  terminate  without,  however,  any waiver of the rights of the
parties for breaches of this Agreement.

       10. Indemnification.

       10.1 Indemnification by the Shareholders.

       (a) Each  Shareholder,  severally  in the  manner  set  forth in  Section
10.1(b)  and  Section  10.1(c),  hereby  agrees to  indemnify,  defend  and hold
harmless each member of the Buyer Group,  the Surviving  Corporation and each of
their respective  directors,  officers,  employees and controlled or controlling
persons ("Buyer's  Affiliates") for all losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages,
judgments,  awards, costs and expenses (including without limitation,  interest,
penalties,   court  costs  and  attorneys  fees  and  expenses)   (collectively,
"Damages") incurred by, asserted against,  resulting to or imposed on any member
of the Buyer Group, Buyer's Affiliates or the Surviving Corporation, directly or
indirectly, as a result of or arising out of (i) the inaccuracy or breach of any
representation  or warranty of any Shareholder or the Company  contained or made
in this Agreement  (regardless  of whether such breach is deemed  "material" for
purposes of Section  7.2(a))  made by any  Shareholder  or the Company as of the
date of this Agreement or the Closing Date;  (ii) the breach by any  Shareholder
or the Company of any covenant,  agreement or obligation of any  Shareholder  or
the Company contained in this Agreement  (regardless of whether such covenant is
deemed "material" for purposes of Section 7.2(b)) made by any Shareholder or the
Company  as of the date of this  Agreement  or the  Closing  Date;  or (iii) any
assertion by any past or current stockholder of the Company in their capacity as
a stockholder  of (A) any claim for appraisal  rights for shares of stock of the
Company  pursuant  to the DGCL or any other  applicable  Law, or (B) any suit or
action  relating to the Merger or any of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement or any of the Ancillary Instruments or (C) any suit or action relating
to any action taken by the stockholders and/or directors of the Company in their
capacity as  stockholders  and/or  directors of the Company.  Regardless  of the
foregoing,  however,  breaches of  representations  and warranties  contained in
Sections 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 hereof shall be subject only to several indemnification
by  the  respective   Shareholders   who  shall  have  made  and  breached  such
representations and warranties.

       (b) With respect to any Damages for which the  Shareholders may be liable
under this Section 10.1 (other than as set forth in the last sentence of Section
10.1(a)):

              (i)  William  J.  Kidd and  Carla G.  Kidd  shall be  jointly  and
       severally responsible for 30.42% of such Damages;

              (ii)  James  Sulat,  the Stein 1995  Irrevocable  Trust and Tradco
       (Barbados) Inc. shall be jointly and severally  responsible for 26.96% of
       such Damages;

              (iii) Kurt L. Kamm and Judy L. Kamm shall be jointly and severally
       responsible for 21.18% of such Damages; and

              (iv) All of the  Shareholders  other than those named in items (i,
       (ii) and (iii) above (the "Remaining  Shareholders") shall be jointly and
       severally  responsible for 21.44% of such Damages in the manner set forth
       in Section 10.1(c).



                                      -31-
<PAGE>

       (c) An  amount  of  Series  A Cash  Consideration  equal  to the  maximum
exposure of the Remaining  Shareholders pursuant to Section 10.5(c) will, rather
than be paid to the Remaining Shareholders, be paid to the Escrow Agent and held
as a separate  escrow fund under the Escrow  Agreement (the  "Additional  Escrow
Fund"). The Additional Escrow Fund will be held pursuant to the Escrow Agreement
for a period  of 18 months  after the  Closing  and no amount  thereof  shall be
released  eight months after the Closing at the time certain  other escrow funds
are to be  released  under the Escrow  Agreement.  Any claim for  Damages  under
Section  10.1,  with respect to the  Remaining  Shareholders'  joint and several
obligations  for an aggregate of 21.44% of such Damages,  shall be asserted only
against  the  Additional  Escrow Fund by the Buyer Group by notice to the Escrow
Agent under Section 5 of the Escrow  Agreement.  To the extent no claim has been
asserted by the Buyer Group with  respect to Damages  under  Section 10.1 on the
18-month  anniversary of the Closing (and after resolution of any claim that may
be  outstanding  on such 18-month  anniversary),  any  remaining  portion of the
Additional  Escrow Fund shall be paid to the  Shareholders'  Representative  for
delivery to the Remaining  Shareholders  in amounts pro rata  according to their
ownership  of  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  immediately  prior to the
Effective Time.

       10.2 Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify,  defend
and hold  harmless  each  member  of the  Buyer  Group  and each of the  Buyer's
Affiliates  for all Damages  incurred  by,  asserted  against,  resulting  to or
imposed  on any  member of the  Buyer  Group or any of the  Buyer's  Affiliates,
directly or  indirectly,  as a result of or arising out of (i) the breach of any
representation  or warranty of any Shareholder or the Company  contained in this
Agreement  which  occurs  prior to the  Closing  Date;  (ii) the  breach  by any
Shareholder  or the Company of any  covenant,  agreement  or  obligation  of any
Shareholder or the Company contained in this Agreement which occurs prior to the
Closing Date; or (iii) any assertion by any past or current  stockholder  of the
Company of any suit or action relating to the Merger or any of the  transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or  any  of the  Ancillary  Instruments.  The
indemnification  obligations  of the Company  under this Section 10.2 shall only
exist  until,  and shall be  automatically  terminated  and  extinguished  upon,
Effective Time.

       10.3  Indemnification by the Buyer Group. The Buyer Group shall indemnify
Shareholders for any Damages as a result of (i) the breach of any representation
or warranty made by the Buyer Group in this Agreement and (ii) the breach by any
member of the Buyer Group of any covenant,  agreement or obligation of the Buyer
Group contained in this Agreement.

       10.4 Time  Limitations.  The  Shareholders  shall have no  liability  for
indemnification  with respect to any  representation or warranty (other than the
representations and warranties in Sections 3.14, 3.15, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3) unless,
on or before  eighteen  months  after the  Closing,  a member of the Buyer Group
notifies the  Shareholders of a claim of indemnity  specifying the basis thereof
in reasonable detail. A claim for indemnification  under Section 10.1(i) arising
out of the inaccuracy or a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in
Section  3.14 (a "Tax  Related  Claim")  may be made by any  member of the Buyer
Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates or the Surviving  Corporation  at any time until the
expiration of the applicable  statute of limitations (and any extension thereof,
which  extension shall require the consent of the  Shareholders'  Representative
which shall not be unreasonably  withheld).  A claim for  indemnification  under
Section 10.1(i) arising out of the inaccuracy or a breach of any  representation
or warranty set forth in Section 3.15 


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

(an "Environmental Claim") may be made by any member of the Buyer Group, Buyer's
Affiliates or the Surviving Corporation at any time until the fifty-fourth month
anniversary of the Closing.  A claim for  indemnification  under Section 10.1(i)
arising out of the  inaccuracy or breach of any  representation  or warranty set
forth in Section  4.1,  4.2 or 4.3 may be made by any member of the Buyer Group,
Buyer's  Affiliates or the Surviving  Corporation  at any time until the seventh
anniversary of the Closing.

       10.5 Limitations on Amount; Order of Claims.

       (a) The  Shareholders  shall not have any liability  for  indemnification
under  Section  10.1(i)  arising  out  of  the  inaccuracy  or a  breach  of any
representation  or  warranty  of the  Company or the  Shareholders,  (other than
representations  and  warranties  in Section 3.15) unless and until the total of
all Damages  incurred by the Buyer Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates  or the Surviving
Corporation  exceeds  $250,000 (the "Basket"),  and then the Shareholders in the
aggregate  shall only be  responsible  for the Damages in excess of that amount.
The Shareholders shall not have any liability for indemnification  under Section
10.1(i) for any  inaccuracy or breach of any  representation  or warranty of the
Shareholders  or the  Company  (other than  representations  and  warranties  in
Section  3.15)  unless and until the total of all Damages  incurred by the Buyer
Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates  or  the  Surviving  Corporation  for  a  particular
inaccuracy  or  breach of  representation  or  warranty  exceeds  $10,000,  (the
"Mini-Basket")  and, in such event, the amount of such item shall be counted for
purposes of determining  whether the Basket has been exceeded and, if the Basket
has  been  exceeded,  the  Buyer  Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates  or the  Surviving
Corporation shall be entitled to  indemnification  for such breach to the extent
the Basket would then be exceeded.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  neither the
Basket nor the  Mini-Basket  shall  apply to Damages  incurred  by Buyer  Group,
Buyer's  Affiliates or the Surviving  Corporation  arising out of or relating to
Environmental Claims.

       (b) In the event of any  indemnification  claim for Damages under Section
10.1, the Buyer Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates or the Surviving  Corporation  shall
seek  indemnification  in the following  manner:  (i) first, from the Additional
Series A Consideration in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow
Agreement,  (ii)  second,  to the extent that such Damages have not already been
satisfied in the manner set forth in Section 10.5(b)(i),  then by a reduction of
the Note by the amount of such Damages not already  satisfied and (iii) then the
Buyer Group,  Buyer's Affiliates or the Surviving  Corporation shall be entitled
to receive  payment for the balance of such  Damages  from the  Shareholders  as
contemplated  in Section 10.1(b) and Section  10.1(c);  provided,  however,  and
notwithstanding the foregoing,  Buyer Group, Buyer's Affiliates or the Surviving
Corporation may seek indemnification from any or all Shareholders for any breach
by any Shareholder of its obligations  set forth in Sections  2.3(d),  2.4, 2.5,
10.11(c) or 6.16  without  first  seeking  indemnification  from the  Additional
Series A  Consideration  or through a reduction of the Note. Any amounts due and
payable to another party pursuant to Sections 2.3(d), 2.4, 2.5, 10.11(c) and 6.6
shall bear interest at a rate of 1 1/2% per month until paid by the party owing.

       (c) The maximum aggregate liability of the Shareholders for Damages under
Section 10.1 shall be:



                                      -33-
<PAGE>

              (i) for all  Damages  other  than with  respect  to  Environmental
       Claims  or  claims  for   indemnification   under  Section  10.1(iii)  (a
       "Shareholder  Claim"),  a maximum of  $1,500,000  (such  claims  "General
       Claims");

              (ii) for Damages with respect to Environmental  Claims  (exclusive
       of amounts owed under  10.11(c)),  a maximum of $1,750,000 and subject to
       the  provisions  of  subsection  (d) below  (less any damages for General
       Claims or Shareholder Claims); and

              (iii) for Damages with respect to Shareholder Claims, a maximum of
       $3,000,000  (less  any  Damages  for  General  Claims  and  Environmental
       Claims).

       (d) In the event  Shareholders'  liability for Damages exceeds $1,500,000
and Buyer Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates  or the Surviving  Corporation  shall seek
indemnification  for an Environmental  Claim,  Shareholders shall be responsible
for providing indemnification for such Environmental Claim in an amount equal to
fifty percent  (50%) of the  Environmental  Claim until the aggregate  liability
reaches the maximum described in Section 10.5(c)(ii) above.

       10.6 Procedure for Indemnification--Third Party Claims other than Taxes.

       (a)  Except in the case of any  action,  suit or  proceeding,  or written
threat thereof relating to a Tax Claim, promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party of  written  notice of the  commencement  against  it by any  third  party
(including but not limited to any  Governmental  Entity) of any action,  suit or
proceeding,  or written threat thereof,  such indemnified party will, if a claim
is to be made against an  indemnifying  party under this Article 10, give notice
to the indemnifying  party thereof.  The indemnified  party shall furnish to the
indemnifying  party  in  reasonable  detail  the  information  possessed  by the
indemnified party with respect to such indemnification claim.

       (b) The  indemnifying  party shall have 30 days after the notice from the
indemnified  party to notify the indemnified party in writing of its election to
defend the third party claim or demand on behalf of the  indemnified  party.  If
the  indemnifying  party elects to defend such third party claim or demand,  the
indemnified  party shall make available to the indemnifying  party all materials
reasonably  required for that purpose and shall  otherwise  assist and cooperate
with the indemnifying  party in the defense of such third party claim or demand,
and so long as the  indemnifying  party is  defending  such third party claim in
good faith, the indemnified party shall not pay, settle or compromise such third
party claim or demand.  If the  indemnifying  party  elects to defend such third
party claim or demand,  the  indemnifying  party shall have the right to control
the defense of such third party claim or demand, at the indemnifying party's own
expense.  If the  indemnifying  party does not elect to defend  such third party
claim or demand or does not  defend  such  third  party  claim or demand in good
faith,  the  indemnified  party  shall have the right,  in addition to any other
right or remedy it may have hereunder,  at the indemnifying  party's expense, to
defend such third party claim or demand.

       10.7 Procedure for Indemnification - Tax Claims.

       (a)  If  a  notice  of  deficiency,   proposed  adjustment,   adjustment,
assessment,  audit,  examination or other  administrative  or court  proceeding,
suit, dispute or other claim (a "Tax


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

Claim") shall be delivered, sent, commenced or initiated to or against the Buyer
by any Tax  authority  with  respect to Taxes for which the Buyer is entitled to
indemnification  from the  Shareholders,  the Buyer  shall  promptly  notify the
Shareholders in writing of the Tax Claim.

       (b) If the Tax Claim  relates to any period of time prior to the  Closing
Date, the Shareholders  may, within 30 days after written notice from the Buyer,
assume and control the defense of such Tax Claim at their own cost and  expense,
subject to Section 10.5(a),  and with their own counsel, and the Buyer agrees to
cooperate with the  Shareholders in pursuing such contest.  If the  Shareholders
elect to assume the defense of any such Tax Claim,  notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary contained herein: (i) the Shareholders shall consult with the Buyer
and shall not enter into any  settlement  or make a payment  with respect to any
such Tax Claim  without  the  Buyer's  consent  (which  consent  is  within  the
reasonable  discretion of the Buyer); (ii) the Shareholders shall keep the Buyer
informed of all material developments and events relating to any such Tax Claim;
and  (iii)  at its own cost and  expense,  the  Buyer  shall  have the  right to
participate in (but not to control) the defense of any such Tax Claim.

       (c) In connection with the contest of any Tax Claim that the Shareholders
have the right to control but do not timely elect to control pursuant to Section
10.7(b)  hereof or any Tax Claim  which  relates to any period of time after the
Closing  Date,  such  contest  shall  be  controlled  by  the  Buyer,   and  the
Shareholders agree to cooperate with the Buyer in pursuing such contest.

       10.8  Mitigation of Damages.  Anything to the contrary  contained  herein
notwithstanding,  in all events,  any party who may have any claim for indemnity
hereunder shall take all  commercially  reasonable steps to mitigate the Damages
that arise in connection with such matters.

       (a) No party shall have any liability to another party under this Article
10 for Damages to the extent that such  Damages  relate to a liability or matter
with respect to which the indemnified  party has made recovery from an insurance
company or from the person causing the damages, to the extent of such recovery.

       (b) If the indemnifying  party makes any payment pursuant to this Article
10 or otherwise by reason of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or
the other  documents  executed  hereunder  under any  theory  of  recovery,  the
indemnifying party shall be subrogated, to the extent of such payment and to the
extent permitted by law, to any rights and remedies of the indemnified  party to
recoup  amounts paid from third parties with respect to the matters  giving rise
to indemnification hereunder.

       (c) The  obligation of an  indemnifying  party shall be adjusted so as to
give effect to any net reduction in federal, state or local income tax liability
determined  on a  consolidated  basis  to  which  the  party  being  indemnified
hereunder will be actually  entitled in connection with the  satisfaction by the
indemnifying  party of any  indemnification  claim  brought  by the party  being
indemnified.

       (d) The remedies provided in this Article 10 shall be exclusive as to any
claim by a party under this Agreement or any other document  executed  hereunder
or arising  out of the 


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

transactions provided for herein and therein and shall preclude assertion by any
party of any other rights or the seeking of any other remedies  against  another
party, including, without limitation, any rights or remedies such party may have
under any Environmental Law.

       10.9  Knowledge  and Material  Qualifiers.  For  purposes of  determining
whether and the extent to which Buyer  Group,  Buyer's  Affiliates  or Surviving
Corporation are able to seek indemnification from the Shareholders under Section
10.1(i) for the  inaccuracy or breach of any  representation  or warranty of any
Shareholder or the Company, the use of the term "Knowledge" or "Material",  when
capitalized  herein, as a qualifier in any such representation or warranty shall
be disregarded and all claims for such indemnification shall be determined as if
neither term was present in such representation or warranty.  The parties hereto
expressly  acknowledge  that the sole purpose for using the term  "Knowledge" or
"Material",  when capitalized  herein,  in any  representation or warranty is to
determine  whether the Company and the  Shareholders  have satisfied the Closing
condition set forth in Section 7.2(a).

       10.10  Recovery  of Legal  Fees and  Expenses.  In the event that a party
hereto shall assert a claim for  indemnification  against any other party hereto
and it shall  be  determined  that  the  asserting  party  is not  entitled  for
indemnification  with respect to such claim,  the asserting party shall promptly
pay to  the  non-asserting  party  all of  the  non-asserting  party's  expenses
(including  but  not  limited  to  legal  fees  and  expenses)  incurred  by the
non-asserting  party  in  investigating,  negotiating,  litigating,  arbitrating
and/or otherwise addressing such claim.

       10.11 Certain Environmental Matters.

       (a) The  Shareholders  shall only be liable for  Damages  incurred by the
Surviving Corporation as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty in
Section 3.15 where: (i) the Surviving  Corporation is required by a Governmental
Entity to incur such  Damages;  or (ii) the  Surviving  Corporation  incurs such
Damages to meet the requirements of any Environmental Law.

       (b) The Surviving  Corporation shall not initiate any sampling activities
on  the  property  unless:  (i)  the  Surviving  Corporation  is  required  by a
Governmental Entity to perform such activities;  (ii) the Surviving  Corporation
performs such  activities to meet the  requirements  of any  Environmental  Law;
(iii) the Surviving Corporation initiates such activities in connection with the
potential   purchase  of  any  leased   property  by  third  parties;   or  (iv)
Shareholders' Representative consents to the Surviving Corporation's performance
of such activities.

       (c) The Shareholders shall reimburse the Surviving Corporation, severally
in accordance with Section 10.1(b),  for all costs and expenses  incurred by the
Surviving  Corporation  on or  after  the  Closing  Date  to put  the  Surviving
Corporation and its business,  facilities and assets in minimum  compliance with
all  Environmental  Laws to the extent  provided  in  Schedule  10.11(c) up to a
maximum of $75,000.  Buyer Group may not seek indemnification under this Article
10 for amounts reimbursed by the Shareholders under this Section 10.11(c)

       (d) For purposes of determining  whether and to the extent to which Buyer
Group,   Buyer's   Affiliates  or  Surviving   Corporation   are  able  to  seek
indemnification  from the Shareholders  under Section 10.1(i) for the inaccuracy
or breach of any  representation  or warranty 


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

of any Shareholder or the Company set forth in Section 3.10(a),  Section 3.10(b)
or 3.15, the language "Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(a)",  "Except as set
forth in Schedule  3.10(b)" and "Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15" contained
in such sections,  respectively,  shall be disregarded  and the  information set
forth in Schedule  3.10(a),  Schedule  3.10(b) and Schedule 3.15 shall be deemed
not to have been disclosed to the Buyer Group. The parties  acknowledge that the
sole  purpose of including  such  schedules  in the  Disclosure  Schedules is to
determine  whether the condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) has been met by the
Company and the Shareholders for purposes of Closing.

       10.12 Breach of Independent Contractor  Representation.  The Shareholders
shall not be liable for  Damages  incurred  by the  Surviving  Corporation  as a
result of a breach of a representation or warranty  contained in Section 3.26 in
the  event  of  any  change  in the  Surviving  Corporation's  treatment  of the
Independent Contractors from the manner of treatment by the Company prior to the
date hereof.

       11. Miscellaneous.

       11.1  Disclosure  Schedule.  Information  set  forth  in  the  disclosure
schedules to this Agreement  (collectively referred to herein as the "Disclosure
Schedule")  specifically  refers to the article and section of this Agreement to
which such information is responsive and such information shall not be deemed to
have been  disclosed  with  respect  to any other  article  or  section  of this
Agreement or for any other  purpose.  The  Disclosure  Schedule  shall not vary,
change or alter the language of the representations and warranties  contained in
this Agreement  and, to the extent the language in the Disclosure  Schedule does
not  conform  in every  respect  to the  language  of such  representations  and
warranties, such language shall be disregarded and be of no force or effect.

       11.2 Shareholders' Representative. Each Shareholder hereby designates and
appoints  William  J.  Kidd  as  the  exclusive  agent,   attorney-in-fact   and
representative  (the "Shareholders'  Representative")  for and on behalf of each
such Shareholder with full power of substitution, to:

       (a) receive and accept service of any and all notices, requests and other
communications  to be delivered to the Shareholders in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement including, without limitation, service of all legal process;

       (b)  pay  all  Merger   Consideration   received  by  the   Shareholders'
Representative  to the holders of the Common Stock,  Cumulative  Preferred Stock
and Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with this Agreement;

       (c) send to the Buyer or its  successors  or assigns any and all notices,
requests  and  other  communications  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this
Agreement; and

       (d)  be  each   Shareholder's   sole  and  exclusive   representative  to
communicate,  respond, consent, confess, answer or otherwise act with respect to
any matter  arising  out of or  involving  this  Agreement  (including,  without
limitation,  all notices,  requests and demands by the Buyer Group  claiming for
indemnification under this Agreement). In the event of, and from the


                                      -37-
<PAGE>

time of the death or  disability  of  William  J. Kidd,  the Buyer  Group  shall
continue  to address  all  notices,  requests  and other  communications  to the
remaining  party or  parties,  until  there is  delivered  to the Buyer Group an
instrument duly executed by all the Shareholders or their legal  representatives
appointing a successor to such deceased or disabled person(s) on all of the same
terms and conditions as set forth herein.

       11.3 Company's  Knowledge.  Whenever a representation  made by Company in
this Agreement is subject to the  qualification  of "knowledge" or  "Knowledge,"
such  representation  is based upon the  knowledge  of any of the  Directors  or
Officers after due inquiry and investigation.

       11.4 Amendments. This agreement can be amended, supplemented or modified,
any provision hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument making specific
reference to this Agreement  signed by the party against whom the same is sought
to be enforced.

       11.5  Waiver.  No course of dealing  of any party  hereto,  no  omission,
failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in asserting or exercising  any
right hereunder, and no partial or single exercise of any right hereunder by any
party  hereto shall  constitute  or operate as a waiver of any such right or any
other right  hereunder.  No waiver of any  provision  hereof  shall be effective
unless  in  writing  and  signed  by or on  behalf  of the  party to be  charged
therewith.  No waiver of any provision  hereof shall be deemed or construed as a
continuing  waiver,  as a waiver in respect of any other or subsequent breach or
default of such provision,  or as a waiver of any other provision  hereof unless
expressly  so stated in  writing  and  signed by or on behalf of the party to be
charged therewith.

       11.6  Jurisdiction.  This agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Delaware  (regardless  of the laws that might  otherwise  govern  under
applicable principles of conflicts of law) as to all matters,  including but not
limited to matters of validity, construction,  effect, performance and remedies.
Jurisdiction  and venue of any suit or action to enforce  this  Agreement or for
indemnification  under the  provisions of Article 10 hereof shall rest solely in
any state or federal court  located in the State of Delaware and the Buyer,  the
Company and each Shareholder hereby submits to the personal  jurisdiction of the
state and federal  courts in Delaware for the purpose of  resolving  any and all
matters  arising under or in respect of this  Agreement and agrees that personal
service  upon each such party may be made by  delivery  thereof to such party at
the address specified herein.

       11.7 Notices. All notices and other communications  hereunder shall be in
writing  and shall be deemed  given  upon (a)  transmitter's  confirmation  of a
receipt of a  facsimile  transmission  or (b)  confirmed  delivery by a standard
courier service or delivery by hand at the following addresses (or at such other
address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

                           if to the Company, to:

                           Heartland Industries, Inc.
                           11590 North Meridian, Suite 690
                           P.O. Box 1770
                           Carmel, Indiana  46032
                           Facsimile:  (317) 575-9962

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

                           with a copy to:

                           Edward R. Mandell, Esq.
                           Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10036
                           Facsimile: (212) 704-6288

                           if to the Shareholders, to:

                           William J. Kidd
                           Kidd & Company, LLC
                           Three Pickwick Plaza
                           Greenwich, CT  06830
                           Facsimile: (203) 661-1839

                           with a copy to:

                           Edward R. Mandell, Esq.
                           Parker Chapin Flattau & Klimpl, LLP
                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10036
                           Facsimile: (212) 704-6288

                           if to the Buyer Group or Surviving Corporation, to:

                           Frederic L. Contino, Chief Executive Officer
                           PlayCore, Inc.
                           1212 Barberry Drive
                           Janesville, Wisconsin 53545
                           Facsimile: (608)755-4763

                           with a copy to:

                           Benjamin F. Garmer, III, Esq.
                           Foley & Lardner
                           Firstar Center
                           777 East Wisconsin Avenue
                           Mlwaukee, Wisconsin 53202-5367
                           Facsimile: (414) 297-4900

       11.8 Entire  Agreement.  This agreement  (together with the Schedules and
Exhibits  hereto) and the  agreements and documents  delivered  pursuant to this
Agreement,  constitute  the entire  agreement of the parties with respect to the
subject  matter  hereof,   and   collectively   supersede 


                                       39
<PAGE>

all other prior or  contemporaneous  negotiations,  commitments,  agreements and
understandings  (whether  written or oral),  between the parties with respect to
the subject matter hereof. The covenants, representations, warranties, terms and
conditions of this Agreement  represent a negotiated  allocation of the economic
risks  of  this  transaction  and  shall  be  unaffected  by  any  investigation
heretofore  or hereafter  made by Buyer Group,  or any  knowledge of Buyer Group
other than as  specifically  disclosed in the Disclosure  Schedule  delivered to
Buyer Group at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

       11.9 Further Assurances.  Each party hereto covenants and agrees promptly
to execute, deliver, file or record such agreements,  instruments,  certificates
and other  documents  and to perform  such other and  further  acts as the other
party hereto may  reasonably  request or as may otherwise be necessary or proper
to consummate and perfect the transactions contemplated hereby.

       11.10 Severability.  If any term,  provision,  covenant or restriction of
this Agreement is held by a court of competent  jurisdiction  or other authority
to be invalid,  void, or  unenforceable,  then (a) such  provision,  covenant or
restriction  shall  be  construed  by  limiting  and  reducing  it  so  as to be
enforceable  to the fullest  extent  permitted  under  applicable  law and shall
thereupon  be enforced as so limited  and reduced and (b) the  remainder  of the
terms, provisions,  covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

       11.11  Assignment.  This agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall
be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their
respective  successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any
of the rights, interest or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the
parties  hereto  without the prior written  consent of the other  parties.  This
agreement  is not  intended to confer upon any other  person  except the parties
hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.


                                       40
<PAGE>

       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first written above.

                                    HI ACQUISITION CORP.

                                    By: /s/Richard E. Ruegger
                                    Name:  Richard E. Ruegger
                                    Title: Vice President - Finance
                                           and Secretary


                                    PLAYCORE WISCONSIN, INC.

                                    By: /s/Richard E. Ruegger
                                    Name:  Richard E. Ruegger
                                    Title: Vice President - Finance
                                           and Treasurer





                           [Intentionally Left Blank]





                                       41
<PAGE>


HEARTLAND INDUSTRIES, INC. (DE)

By: /s/Richard R. Hettlinger              
    Richard R. Hettlinger, President


                                           The UCLA-Kamm Unitrust, Shareholder
/s/William J. Kidd
William J. Kidd, Shareholder               By:     /s/Kurt C. Kamm
                                                   Kurt C. Kamm, Trustee

/s/Carla G. Kidd                                   /s/Judy L. Kamm
Carla G. Kidd, Shareholder                         Judy L. Kamm, Trustee


/s/Kurt L. Kamm               
Kurt L. Kamm, Shareholder                  Stein 1995 Irrevocable Trust,
                                            Shareholder

                                           By:     /s/Issac Stein
Judy L. Kamm                                       Issac Stein, Trustee
Judy L. Kamm, Shareholder


/s/James Sulat                             Tradco (Barbados) Inc., Shareholder
James Sulat, Shareholder
                                           By:/s/
                                           Name:
/s/Frank LaHaye                            Title:
Frank LaHaye, Shareholder                   

                                           Peregine Ventures II,. L.P., 
                                            Shareholder

/s/Gene Miller                             By:/s/
Gene Miller, Shareholder                   Name:
                                           Title:


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY








- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                                 PLAYCORE, INC.

                            PLAYCORE WISCONSIN, INC.

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                      Originally dated as of March 13, 1997

                  Amended and Restated as of February 16, 1999


                           FLEET NATIONAL BANK, Agent









- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------







<PAGE>

                                                                             

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                        

1.       Definitions; Certain Rules of Construction............................1
2.       The Credits..........................................................30
         2.1.     Revolving Credit............................................30
                  2.1.1.   Revolving Loan.....................................30
                  2.1.2.   Maximum Amount of Revolving Credit.................30
                  2.1.3.   Borrowing Requests.................................31
                  2.1.4.   Revolving Notes....................................31
         2.2.     Term Loan A.................................................31
                  2.2.1.   Term Loan A........................................31
                  2.2.2.   Term Loan A Notes..................................32
         2.3.     Term Loan B.................................................32
                  2.3.1.   Term Loan B........................................32
                  2.3.2.   Term Loan B Notes..................................32
         2.4.     Letters of Credit...........................................32
                  2.4.1.   Issuance of Letters of Credit......................32
                  2.4.2.   Requests for Letters of Credit.....................33
                  2.4.3.   Form and Expiration of Letters of Credit...........33
                  2.4.4.   Lenders' Participation in Letters of Credit........33
                  2.4.5.   Presentation.......................................33
                  2.4.6.   Payment of Drafts..................................34
                  2.4.7.   Uniform Customs and Practice.......................34
                  2.4.8.   Subrogation........................................35
                  2.4.9.   Modification, Consent, etc.........................36
         2.5.     Application of Proceeds.....................................36
                  2.5.1.   Revolving Loan.....................................36
                  2.5.2.   Term Loans.........................................36
                  2.5.3.   Letters of Credit..................................36
                  2.5.4.   Specifically Prohibited Applications...............36
         2.6.     Nature of Obligations of Lenders to Make Extensions of
                  Credit ..... ...............................................36
3.              Interest; LIBOR Pricing Options; Fees.........................37
         3.1.     Interest....................................................37
         3.2.     LIBOR Pricing Options.......................................37
                  3.2.1.   Election of LIBOR Pricing Options..................37
                  3.2.2.   Notice to Lenders and Borrower.....................38
                  3.2.3.   Selection of LIBOR Interest Periods................38
                  3.2.4.   Additional Interest................................39
                  3.2.5.   Violation of Legal Requirements....................39
                  3.2.6.   Funding Procedure..................................39
         3.3.     Commitment Fees.............................................40

                                       -i-


<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


         3.4.     Letter of Credit Fees.......................................40
         3.5.     Changes in Circumstances; Yield Protection..................40
                  3.5.1.   Reserve Requirements, etc..........................40
                  3.5.2.   Taxes..............................................41
                  3.5.3.   Capital Adequacy...................................41
                  3.5.4.   Regulatory Changes.................................42
                  3.5.5.   Compensation Claims................................42
                  3.5.6.   Mitigation.........................................42
         3.6.     Computations of Interest and Fees...........................43
4.       Payment..............................................................43
         4.1.     Payment at Maturity.........................................43
         4.2.     Scheduled Required Prepayments..............................43
                  4.2.1.   Term Loan A........................................43
                  4.2.2.   Term Loan B........................................44
         4.3.     Contingent Required Prepayments.............................45
                  4.3.1.   Excess Credit Exposure.............................45
                  4.3.2.   Excess Cash Flow...................................45
                  4.3.3.   Net Asset Sale Proceeds............................46
                  4.3.4.   Net Debt Proceeds..................................46
                  4.3.5.   Net Equity Proceeds................................46
         4.4.     Voluntary Prepayments.......................................46
         4.5.     Letters of Credit...........................................47
         4.6.     Reborrowing; Application of Payments, etc...................47
                  4.6.1.   Reborrowing........................................47
                  4.6.2.   Order of Application...............................47
                  4.6.3.   Payment with Accrued Interest, etc.................48
                  4.6.4.   Payments for Lenders...............................48
5.       Conditions to Extending Credit.......................................48
         5.1.     Conditions on Initial Closing Date..........................48
                  5.1.1.  Notes...............................................49
                  5.1.2.   Payment of Fees....................................49
                  5.1.3.   Legal Opinions.....................................49
                  5.1.4.   Guarantee and Security Agreement...................49
                  5.1.5.   Guarantee and Pledge Agreement.....................49
                  5.1.6.   Real Estate Collateral.............................49
                  5.1.7.   Perfection of Security.............................50
                  5.1.8.   Acquisition........................................50
                  5.1.9.   Capitalization, etc................................51
                  5.1.10.   Termination of Prior Credit Agreement.............51
                  5.1.11.   Unaudited Annual Financial Statements.............52

                                      -ii-


<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


                  5.1.12.   Insurance.........................................52
                  5.1.13.   Environmental Review..............................52
                  5.1.14.   Amendment of Securities Purchase Agreements.......52
                  5.1.15.   Proper Proceedings................................52
                  5.1.16.   General...........................................52
         5.2.     Conditions to Each Extension of Credit......................53
                  5.2.1.   Officer's Certificate..............................53
                  5.2.2.   Legality, etc......................................53
6.       General Covenants....................................................53
         6.1.     Taxes and Other Charges; Accounts Payable...................53
                  6.1.1.   Taxes and Other Charges............................53
                  6.1.2.   Accounts Payable...................................54
         6.2.     Conduct of Business, etc....................................54
                  6.2.1.   Types of Business..................................54
                  6.2.2.   Maintenance of Properties..........................54
                  6.2.3.   Statutory Compliance...............................54
                  6.2.4.   Compliance with Material Agreements................55
         6.3.     Insurance...................................................55
                  6.3.1.   Business Interruption Insurance....................55
                  6.3.2.   Property Insurance.................................55
                  6.3.3.   Liability Insurance................................55
                  6.3.4.   Flood Insurance....................................55
         6.4.     Financial Statements and Reports............................56
                  6.4.1.   Annual Reports.....................................56
                  6.4.2.   Quarterly Reports..................................57
                  6.4.3.   Monthly Reports....................................59
                  6.4.4.   Borrowing Base Reports.............................59
                  6.4.5.   Other Reports......................................59
                  6.4.6.   Notice of Litigation, Defaults, etc................60
                  6.4.7.   ERISA Reports......................................60
                  6.4.8.   Other Information; Audit...........................60
         6.5.     Certain Financial Tests.....................................61
                  6.5.1.   Consolidated Net Worth.............................61
                  6.5.2.   Consolidated EBITDA................................61
                  6.5.3.   Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.....62
                  6.5.4.   Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Plus Rent to 
                           Consolidated Fixed
         Charges Plus Rent....................................................62
                  6.5.5.   Capital Expenditures...............................63
         6.6.     Indebtedness................................................63
         6.7.     Guarantees; Letters of Credit...............................64

                                      -iii-


<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


         6.8.     Liens.......................................................65
         6.9.     Investments and Acquisitions................................66
         6.10.    Distributions...............................................67
         6.11.    Asset Dispositions and Mergers..............................68
         6.12.    Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries; Subsidiary 
                  Distributions...............................................69
                  6.12.1.   Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries.................69
                  6.12.2.   No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions.......69
         6.13.    Voluntary Prepayments of Other Indebtedness.................69
         6.14.    Derivative Contracts........................................69
         6.15.    Negative Pledge Clauses.....................................70
         6.16.    ERISA, etc..................................................70
         6.17.    Transactions with Affiliates................................70
         6.18.    Interest Rate Protection....................................70
         6.19.    Environmental Laws..........................................71
                  6.19.1.   Compliance with Law and Permits...................71
                  6.19.2.   Notice of Claims, etc.............................71
7.       Representations and Warranties.......................................71
         7.1.     Organization and Business...................................71
                  7.1.1.   The Holding Company................................71
                  7.1.2.   Subsidiaries.......................................72
                  7.1.3.   Qualification......................................72
                  7.1.4.   Capitalization.....................................72
         7.2.     Financial Statements and Other Information; Material
                  Agreements..................................................73
                  7.2.1.   Financial Statements and Other Information.........73
                  7.2.2.   Material Agreements................................74
         7.3.     Agreements Relating to Financing Debt, Investments, etc.....74
         7.4.     Changes in Condition........................................75
         7.5.     Title to Assets.............................................75
         7.6.     Operations in Conformity With Law, etc......................75
         7.7.     Litigation..................................................75
         7.8.     Authorization and Enforceability............................76
         7.9.     No Legal Obstacle to Agreements.............................76
         7.10.    Defaults....................................................77
         7.11.    Licenses, etc...............................................77
         7.12.    Tax Returns.................................................77
         7.13.    Certain Business Representations............................78
                  7.13.1.   Labor Relations...................................78
                  7.13.2.   Antitrust.........................................78
                  7.13.3.   Consumer Protection...............................78
                  7.13.4.   Extraordinary Obligations.........................78

                                      -iv-


<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


                  7.13.5.   Future Expenditures...............................78
                  7.13.6.   Year 2000 Issues..................................78
         7.14.    Environmental Regulations...................................79
                  7.14.1.   Environmental Compliance..........................79
                  7.14.2.   Environmental Litigation..........................79
                  7.14.3.   Hazardous Material................................79
                  7.14.4.   Environmental Condition of Properties.............80
         7.15.    Pension Plans...............................................80
         7.16.    Acquisition Agreement, etc..................................80
         7.17.    Government Regulation; Margin Stock.........................80
                  7.17.1.   Government Regulation.............................80
                  7.17.2.   Margin Stock......................................81
         7.18.    Disclosure..................................................81
8.       Defaults.............................................................81
         8.1.     Events of Default...........................................81
                  8.1.1.   Payment............................................81
                  8.1.2.   Specified Covenants................................81
                  8.1.3.   Other Covenants....................................81
                  8.1.4.   Representations and Warranties.....................81
                  8.1.5.   Cross Default, etc.................................82
                  8.1.6.   Ownership; Liquidation; etc........................82
                  8.1.7.   Enforceability, etc................................83
                  8.1.8.   Judgments..........................................83
                  8.1.9.   ERISA..............................................83
                  8.1.10.   Bankruptcy, etc...................................84
         8.2.     Certain Actions Following an Event of Default...............84
                  8.2.1.   Terminate Obligation to Extend Credit..............84
                  8.2.2.   Specific Performance; Exercise of Rights...........84
                  8.2.3.   Acceleration.......................................85
                  8.2.4.   Enforcement of Payment; Credit Security; Setoff....85
                  8.2.5.   Cumulative Remedies................................85
         8.3.     Annulment of Defaults.......................................85
         8.4.     Waivers.....................................................86
9.       Expenses; Indemnity..................................................86
         9.1.     Expenses....................................................86
         9.2.     General Indemnity...........................................87
         9.3.     Indemnity With Respect to Letters of Credit.................87
10.      Operations; Agent....................................................87
         10.1.    Interests in Credits........................................88
         10.2.    Agent's Authority to Act, etc...............................88

                                       -v-


<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


         10.3.    Borrower to Pay Agent, etc..................................88
         10.4.    Lender Operations for Advances, Letters of Credit, etc......88
                  10.4.1.   Advances..........................................88
                  10.4.2.   Letters of Credit.................................89
                  10.4.3.   Agent to Allocate Payments, etc...................89
                  10.4.4.   Delinquent Lenders; Nonperforming Lenders.........90
         10.5.    Sharing of Payments, etc....................................91
         10.6.    Amendments, Consents, Waivers, etc..........................91
         10.7.    Agent's Resignation.........................................93
         10.8.    Concerning the Agent........................................93
                  10.8.1.   Action in Good Faith, etc.........................93
                  10.8.2.   No Implied Duties, etc............................93
                  10.8.3.   Validity, etc.....................................94
                  10.8.4.   Compliance........................................94
                  10.8.5.   Employment of Agents and Counsel..................94
                  10.8.6.   Reliance on Documents and Counsel.................94
                  10.8.7.   Agent's Reimbursement.............................94
         10.9.    Rights as a Lender..........................................95
         10.10.   Independent Credit Decision.................................95
         10.11.   Indemnification.............................................96
11.      Successors and Assigns; Lender Assignments and Participations........96
         11.1.    Assignments by Lenders......................................96
                  11.1.1.   Assignees and Assignment Procedures...............96
                  11.1.2.   Terms of Assignment and Acceptance................97
                  11.1.3.   Register..........................................98
                  11.1.4.   Acceptance of Assignment and Assumption...........98
                  11.1.5.   Federal Reserve Bank..............................99
                  11.1.6.   Further Assurances................................99
         11.2.    Credit Participants.........................................99
         11.3.    Replacement of Lender......................................100
12.      Confidentiality.....................................................101
13.      Foreign Lenders.....................................................101
14.      Notices.............................................................102
15.      Course of Dealing; Amendments and Waivers...........................102
16.      No Strict Construction..............................................103
17.      Defeasance..........................................................103
18.      Venue; Service of Process...........................................103
19.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL................................................104
20.      General.............................................................104


                                      -vi-


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBITS

1         -  Heartland Financial Data for Periods Prior to Initial Closing Date

2.1.4     -  Revolving Note

2.2.2     -  Term Loan A Note

2.3.2     -  Term Loan B Note

5.1.4     -  Guarantee and Security Agreement

5.1.5     -  Guarantee and Pledge Agreement

5.2.1     -  Officer's Certificate

6.4.      -  Compliance Certificate

7.1       -  Holding Company and its Subsidiaries

7.2.2     -  Material Agreements

7.3       -  Financing Debt, Certain Investments, etc.

7.14      -  Hazardous Material Sites

10.1      -  Commitments

11.1.1    -  Assignment and Acceptance



                                      -vii-


<PAGE>



                                 PLAYCORE, INC.

                            PLAYCORE WISCONSIN, INC.

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


       This  Agreement,  dated  as of  February  16,  1999,  is  among  PlayCore
Wisconsin,  Inc., a Wisconsin  corporation formerly known as "Newco,  Inc.", the
Subsidiaries  of  PlayCore  Wisconsin,  Inc.  from  time to time  party  hereto,
PlayCore  Wisconsin,   Inc.'s  corporate  parent,  PlayCore,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  formerly known as "Swing-N-Slide  Corp.",  the Lenders from time to
time party hereto and Fleet National Bank,  both in its capacity as a Lender and
in its capacity as agent for itself and the other Lenders.  The parties agree as
follows:

       Recitals:  Pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Lenders are extending to the
Borrower  a  $28,000,000  revolving  credit  facility,  including  a  $1,000,000
sub-allotment  for Letters of Credit,  a $38,000,000  Term Loan A facility and a
$9,000,000 Term Loan B facility.  All the credit  facilities mature on March 13,
2003,  except the Term Loan B  facility,  which  matures on June 30,  2003.  The
credit  facilities  are  guaranteed  by the Holding  Company and the  Borrower's
Subsidiaries and are secured by liens on substantially  all the assets and stock
of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries.  Proceeds of the term loan facilities are
being used by the Borrower to acquire  Heartland on the Initial Closing Date for
an  aggregate  cash  purchase  price  of  approximately  $12,500,000,  to  repay
indebtedness and for general corporate purposes as provided herein.

       Amendment and Restatement: Effective as of the Initial Closing Date, this
Agreement  amends and restates in its entirety the Credit  Agreement dated as of
March 13,  1997,  as amended  and in effect on the date  hereof  prior to giving
effect to this  Agreement,  among the Borrower,  its  Subsidiaries,  the Holding
Company  and a group of  lenders  for which  Fleet is  acting  as agent.  On the
Initial  Closing  Date  the  Lenders  will  make  such   assignments  and  other
arrangements  among  themselves so that the Notes and Letter of Credit  Exposure
are held by the Lenders in accordance with their Percentage  Interests.  Amounts
in respect of interest, commitment fees, Letter of Credit fees and other amounts
payable hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of the Credit
Agreement  referred to above as in effect prior to the amendment and restatement
on the Initial Closing Date for periods prior to the Initial Closing Date and in
accordance with this Agreement (as it amends and restates such Credit Agreement)
for periods from and after the Initial Closing Date.

1.  Definitions;  Certain Rules of Construction.  Certain  capitalized terms are
used in this  Agreement  and in the other  Credit  Documents  with the  specific
meanings  defined  below in this  Section  1.  Except  as  otherwise  explicitly
specified to the contrary or unless the context clearly requires otherwise,  (a)
the capitalized  term "Section"  refers to sections of this  Agreement,  (b) the
capitalized term "Exhibit" refers to exhibits to this Agreement,  (c) references
to a



<PAGE>



particular  Section include all subsections  thereof,  (d) the word  "including"
shall be construed as "including without  limitation",  (e) accounting terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meaning provided under GAAP, (f) references to
a particular statute or regulation include all rules and regulations  thereunder
and any successor  statute,  regulation  or rules,  in each case as from time to
time in effect,  (g)  references  to a particular  Person  include such Person's
successors  and assigns to the extent not  prohibited by this  Agreement and the
other Credit Documents and (h) references to "Dollars" or "$" mean United States
Funds. References to "the date hereof" mean the date first set forth above.

       1.1.  "Accumulated Benefit Obligations" means the actuarial present value
of the accumulated benefit obligations under any Plan,  calculated in accordance
with Statement No. 87 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

       1.2.  "Acquisition"  means the merger of HI Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
corporation  that is a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Borrower,  into Heartland
pursuant to the Acquisition  Agreement,  pursuant to which the Heartland Sellers
will receive an aggregate of $12,500,000 in cash and Seller  Subordinated  Notes
in the aggregate principal amount of $500,000.

       1.3. "Acquisition Agreement" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
February 4, 1999 among the Borrower,  HI Acquisition  Corp.,  certain  Heartland
shareholders and Heartland,  as in effect on the date hereof and as subsequently
amended in accordance with Section 6.2.4.

       1.4. "Affected Lender" is defined in Section 11.3.

       1.5. "Affiliate" means, with respect to the Holding Company (or any other
specified  Person),  any  other  Person  directly  or  indirectly   controlling,
controlled  by or under  direct or  indirect  common  control  with the  Holding
Company  (or such  specified  Person),  and shall  include  (a) any  officer  or
director or general partner of the Holding  Company (or such specified  Person),
(b) any Person of which the Holding  Company (or such  specified  Person) or any
Affiliate  (as  defined  in clause (a) above) of the  Holding  Company  (or such
specified Person) shall, directly or indirectly,  beneficially own either (i) at
least 10% of the outstanding  equity securities having the general power to vote
or (ii) at least 10% of all  equity  interests  or (c) any  Person  directly  or
indirectly  controlling  the Holding  Company  through a  management  agreement,
voting agreement or other contract.

       1.6.  "Agent"  means  Fleet  in its  capacity  as agent  for the  Lenders
hereunder,  as well as its successors  and assigns in such capacity  pursuant to
Section 10.7.

       1.7.  "Agreement"  means  this  Credit  Agreement  as  from  time to time
amended, modified and in effect.


                                       -2-


<PAGE>




       1.8.  "Applicable Margin" means, (a) prior to August 1, 1999, the highest
percentage  rate set forth in the table  below  and (b) on each day  during  any
month  commencing  after July 31, 1999,  the  percentage  in the table below set
opposite  the ratio of (i)  Consolidated  Senior  Debt as of the end of the most
recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements
have been (or are required to have been)  furnished to the Lenders in accordance
with  Sections  6.4.1  and 6.4.2  prior to the  first day of such  month to (ii)
Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

Ratio of Consolidated Senior Debt       Applicable Base       Applicable
to Consolidated EBITDA                  Rate Margin           LIBOR Margin

Greater than or equal to 3.0            2.00%                 3.25%

Greater than or equal to 2.75 and
 less than 3.0                          1.75%                 3.00% 
Greater than or equal to 2.5 and 
less than 2.75                          1.50%                 2.75% 

Greater  than or equal to 2.25 and
less than 2.5                           1.25%                 2.50% 

Greater than or equal to 2.00 and 
less than 2.25                          1.00%                 2.25% 

Less than 2.00                          0.75%                 2.00% 

Changes  in the  Applicable  Margin  shall  occur on the first day of each month
after  quarterly  financial  statements have been (or are required to have been)
furnished to the Lenders in accordance with Sections 6.4.1 or 6.4.2 from time to
time.  In the event  that the  financial  statements  required  to be  delivered
pursuant to Section 6.4.1 or 6.4.2,  as applicable,  are not delivered when due,
then during the period from the date upon which such financial  statements  were
required to be delivered until the date upon which they are actually  delivered,
the ratio of Consolidated Senior Debt to Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed for
purposes of this definition to be greater than 3.0.

       1.9.  "Applicable  Maturity Date" means (a) with respect to the Revolving
Loan,  the Final  Revolving  Maturity Date, (b) with respect to Term Loan A, the
Final Term Loan A Maturity  Date and (c) with  respect to Term Loan B, the Final
Term Loan B Maturity Date.

       1.10. "Applicable Rate" means, at any date, the sum of:

              (a) (i) with  respect to each  portion of the  Revolving  Loan and
              Term  Loan A subject  to a LIBOR  Pricing  Option,  the sum of the
              Applicable  Margin plus the LIBOR Rate with  respect to such LIBOR
              Pricing Option;


                                       -3-


<PAGE>



                     (ii) with  respect to each other  portion of the  Revolving
              Loan and Term Loan A, the sum of the  Applicable  Margin  plus the
              Base Rate;

                     (iii)  with  respect  to  Term  Loan B  subject  to a LIBOR
              Pricing Option,  the sum of 3.75% plus the LIBOR Rate with respect
              to such LIBOR Pricing Option;

                     (iv) with respect to each other portion of Term Loan B, the
              sum of 2.75% plus the Base Rate;

         plus       (b) an  additional  2%  effective  on  the  day  the  Agent
                     notifies the Borrower that the interest rates hereunder are
                     increasing as a result of the occurrence and continuance of
                     an Event of Default  until the  earlier of such time as (i)
                     such Event of Default is no longer  continuing or (ii) such
                     Event of Default is deemed no longer to exist, in each case
                     pursuant to Section 8.3.

       1.11. "Assignee" is defined in Section 11.1.1.

       1.12. "Assignment and Acceptance" is defined in Section 11.1.1.

       1.13. "Banking Day" means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on
which banks in Boston,  Massachusetts are authorized or required by law or other
governmental action to close and, if such term is used with reference to a LIBOR
Pricing  Option,  any day on which  dealings  are  effected  in  Eurodollars  in
question by first-class banks in the London inter-bank Eurodollar markets in New
York, New York.

       1.14. "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code.

       1.15.  "Bankruptcy  Default"  means an Event of  Default  referred  to in
Section 8.1.10.

       1.16.  "Base  Rate"  means,  on any date,  the greater of (a) the rate of
interest  announced  by Fleet at the Boston  Office as its Prime Rate or (b) the
sum of 1/2% plus the Federal Funds Rate.

       1.17. "Borrower" means PlayCore Wisconsin,  Inc., a Wisconsin corporation
formerly known as "Newco, Inc."

       1.18. "Borrowing Base" means, on any date, the sum of:

              (a)  80%  of  Eligible  Accounts   Receivable   arising  from  the
              Swing-N-Slide Division,


                                       -4-


<PAGE>



         plus        (b) 85% of Eligible  Accounts  Receivable  arising from the
                     Game Time Division,

         plus        (b) the following percentages of Eligible Inventory for the
                     categories indicated below:

                            (i)    50% of Eligible  Inventory  consisting of raw
                                   materials,

                            (ii)   25%  of  Eligible  Inventory   consisting  of
                                   work-in-process,

                            (iii)  50%  of  Eligible  Inventory   consisting  of
                                   finished goods;

provided,  however, that the Borrowing Base shall be reduced to $1.00 during any
period when the Holding  Company  has failed to furnish the  computation  of the
Borrowing  Base  required  by  Section  6.4.4,  commencing  five days after such
computation was originally due.

       1.19.  "Boston  Office"  means the principal  banking  office of Fleet in
Boston, Massachusetts.

       1.20.  "By-laws" means all written  by-laws,  rules,  regulations and all
other documents relating to the management, governance or internal regulation of
any Person  other than an  individual,  or  interpretive  of the Charter of such
Person, all as from time to time in effect.

       1.21.  "Capital  Expenditures"  means,  for any period,  amounts added or
required to be added to the property,  plant and equipment or other fixed assets
account on the  Consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower (or other  specified
Person) and its  Subsidiaries,  prepared in accordance  with GAAP, in respect of
(a)  the  acquisition,   construction,   improvement  or  replacement  of  land,
buildings,  machinery,  equipment,  leaseholds  and any other  real or  personal
property,  (b) to the  extent  not  included  in clause  (a)  above,  materials,
contract labor and direct labor relating  thereto  (excluding  amounts  properly
expensed as repairs and  maintenance  in accordance  with GAAP) and (c) software
development costs to the extent not expensed;  provided,  however,  that Capital
Expenditures shall not include amounts added or required to be added as a result
of  acquisitions  of the stock or  substantially  all of the  assets of  another
company as a going concern permitted by Section 6.9.

       1.22.  "Capitalized  Lease"  means  any  lease  which is  required  to be
capitalized  on the  balance  sheet  of the  lessee  in  accordance  with  GAAP,
including Statement Nos. 13 and 98 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

       1.23.  "Capitalized  Lease Obligations" means the amount of the liability
reflecting  the  aggregate  discounted  amount  of  future  payments  under  all
Capitalized Leases calculated in

                                       -5-


<PAGE>



accordance  with  GAAP,  including  Statement  Nos.  13 and 98 of the  Financial
Accounting Standards Board.

       1.24. "Cash Equivalents" means:

              (a) negotiable  certificates of deposit,  time deposits (including
       sweep  accounts),  demand  deposits  and  bankers'  acceptances  having a
       maturity of nine months or less and issued by any United States financial
       institution having capital and surplus and undivided profits  aggregating
       at least $100,000,000 and rated at least Prime-1 by Moody's or A-1 by S&P
       or issued by any Lender;

              (b) corporate obligations having a maturity of nine months or less
       and  rated at least  Prime-1  by  Moody's  or A-1 by S&P or issued by any
       Lender;

              (c) any direct  obligation  of the United States of America or any
       agency  or  instrumentality  thereof,  or of any  state  or  municipality
       thereof,  (i) which has a  remaining  maturity at the time of purchase of
       not more than one year or which is subject to a repurchase agreement with
       any Lender (or any other financial  institution referred to in clause (a)
       above)  exercisable  within one year from the time of  purchase  and (ii)
       which, in the case of obligations of any state or municipality,  is rated
       at least AAA by Moody's or AAA by S&P; and

              (d) any mutual fund or other pooled  investment  vehicle  rated at
       least Aa by Moody's or AA by S&P which invests principally in obligations
       described above.

       1.25. "CERCLA" means the federal  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

       1.26.  "Charter"  means the  articles  of  organization,  certificate  of
incorporation,  statute,  constitution,  joint  venture  agreement,  partnership
agreement, trust indenture, limited liability company agreement or other charter
document of any Person  other than an  individual,  each as from time to time in
effect.

       1.27.  "Closing Date" means the Initial  Closing Date and each other date
on which any  extension of credit is made  pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 or
2.4.

       1.28. "Code" means the federal Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

       1.29.  "Commitment"  means,  with  respect to any Lender,  such  Lender's
obligations  to extend the  credits  contemplated  by  Section  2. The  original
Commitments are set forth in Exhibit 10.1 and the subsequent  Commitments  shall
be recorded from time to time in the Register.


                                       -6-


<PAGE>



       1.30.  "Computation  Covenants" means Sections 6.5, 6.6.7, 6.6.13, 6.9.6,
6.9.7, 6.9.8, 6.9.9, 6.10.3, 6.10.4, 6.10.5, 6.11.1, 6.11.4 and 6.16.

       1.31. "Consolidated" and "Consolidating", when used with reference to any
term,  mean that term as  applied  to the  accounts  of the  Borrower  (or other
specified  Person)  and all of its  Subsidiaries  (or other  specified  group of
Persons),  or such of its  Subsidiaries  as may be specified,  consolidated  (or
combined) or  consolidating  (or  combining),  as the case may be, in accordance
with  GAAP  and  with   appropriate   deductions   for  minority   interests  in
Subsidiaries.

       1.32. "Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any period,  Consolidated
EBITDA  minus  Capital  Expenditures  (including,  for the portion of any period
prior to the Initial Closing Date, Capital Expenditures incurred by Heartland as
set forth in  Exhibit  1) minus  taxes  based  upon or  measured  by net  income
(including Distributions to the Holding Company in respect of taxes permitted by
Section  6.10.6,  but not including  deferred taxes) to the extent deducted from
Consolidated Net Income used to determine Consolidated EBITDA.

       1.33. "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the total of:

              (a)    Consolidated Net Income; plus


              (b)    all amounts  deducted in computing  such  Consolidated  Net
                     Income in respect of:

                     (i)    depreciation,   amortization   and   other   noncash
                            charges,

                     (ii)   Consolidated Interest Expense,

                     (iii)  taxes   based  upon  or   measured   by  net  income
                            (including  Distributions  to the Holding Company in
                            respect of taxes permitted by Section 6.10.6), and

                     (iv)   any extraordinary and nonrecurring losses,

minus                (c)    to   the   extent   included   in   computing   such
                            Consolidated  Net  Income  any   extraordinary   and
                            nonrecurring gains;

provided,  however, that Consolidated EBITDA for portions of any period prior to
the Initial  Closing Date shall  include  amounts for  Heartland as set forth in
Exhibit 1.

       1.34.  "Consolidated  Excess Cash Flow" means, for any period,  the total
of:

                     (a)    Consolidated EBITDA,


                                       -7-


<PAGE>



         minus       (b)    Capital Expenditures,

         minus       (c)    taxes  based upon or measured by net income that are
                            actually  paid  (or to be  paid  currently)  in cash
                            (including  Distributions  to the Holding Company in
                            respect of taxes permitted by Section 6.10.6),

         minus       (d)    Consolidated   Fixed   Charges   (but  in  no  event
                            including contingent prepayments required by Section
                            4.3),

         minus       (e)    voluntary  prepayments  of the Term  Notes and other
                            term   Financing   Debt  of  the  Borrower  and  its
                            Subsidiaries  (including  Distributions  paid to the
                            Holding   Company  on   account  of  the   voluntary
                            prepayment of its term Financing  Debt) permitted by
                            this Agreement,

         minus       (f)    Consolidated  Working  Capital Factor (if a positive
                            number),

         plus        (g)    Consolidated  Working  Capital Factor (if a negative
                            number);  provided,  however,  that  in  adding  the
                            Consolidated   Working  Capital  Factor  to  compute
                            Consolidated  Excess  Cash  Flow,  the amount of the
                            negative   Consolidated   Working   Capital   Factor
                            described in this clause (g) shall be added as if it
                            were a positive number.

       1.35. "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, for any period, the sum of:

                     (a)    Consolidated Interest Expense,

         plus        (b)    the  aggregate  amount  of all  mandatory  scheduled
                            payments and sinking fund  payments  with respect to
                            principal paid by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
                            in respect of  Consolidated  Total  Debt,  including
                            payments   in  the   nature   of   principal   under
                            Capitalized  Leases  and  Distributions  paid to the
                            Holding  Company on account of  mandatory  scheduled
                            payments and sinking fund  payments  with respect to
                            its  Financing  Debt,  but  in  no  event  including
                            contingent prepayments required by Section 4.3,

         plus        (c)    mandatory  dividends paid or payable by the Borrower
                            or any of its Subsidiaries to third parties.

       1.36.   "Consolidated  Interest  Expense"  means,  for  any  period,  the
aggregate amount of interest,  including commitment fees, payments in the nature
of interest  under  Capitalized  Leases and net  payments  under  Interest  Rate
Protection  Agreements,   accrued  by  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  in
accordance with GAAP on a Consolidated basis, whether such interest is reflected
as  an  item  of  expense  or  capitalized,  and  excluding  in  any  event  the
amortization of deferred financing charges and PIK Interest and including in any
event Distributions paid to the

                                       -8-


<PAGE>


Holding  Company on account of interest on its Financing  Debt and cash payments
made  during  such  period on account of PIK  Interest  expensed  during a prior
period.

       1.37. "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (or
loss) of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  determined in accordance with GAAP
on a Consolidated  basis minus the amount of  Distributions  paid to the Holding
Company  pursuant  to  Sections   6.10.3,   6.10.4  and  6.10.6  and  any  other
Distributions  paid to the  Holding  Company on account  of taxes,  interest  on
Indebtedness, management fees and corporate overhead expense; provided, however,
that Consolidated Net Income shall not include:

              (a) the income (or loss) of any Person  accrued  prior to the date
       such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or  consolidated  with
       the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

              (b) the income (or loss) of any Person  (other than a  Subsidiary)
       in  which  the  Borrower  or  any of its  Subsidiaries  has an  ownership
       interest;  provided,  however,  that (i)  Consolidated  Net Income  shall
       include  amounts in respect of the income of such  Person  when  actually
       received  in  cash by the  Borrower  or such  Subsidiary  in the  form of
       dividends or similar Distributions and (ii) Consolidated Net Income shall
       be reduced by the aggregate amount of all Investments,  regardless of the
       form  thereof,  made by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  in such
       Person for the purpose of funding any deficit or loss of such Person;

              (c) all amounts included in computing such net income (or loss) in
       respect of (i) the  write-up of any asset on or after  December 31, 1997,
       including  the  subsequent  amortization  or expensing of the  written-up
       portion of assets on account of the Acquisition or (ii) the retirement of
       any  Indebtedness  or equity at less than face value after  December  31,
       1997;

              (d) extraordinary and nonrecurring gains;

              (e) the income of any Subsidiary to the extent the payment of such
       income in the form of a Distribution  or repayment of Indebtedness to the
       Borrower  or a Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary  is not  permitted,  whether  on
       account of any Charter or By-law restriction, any agreement,  instrument,
       deed or lease or any  law,  statute,  judgment,  decree  or  governmental
       order, rule or regulation applicable to such Subsidiary;

              (f) any after-tax gains or losses attributable to returned surplus
       assets of any Plan;

              (g) the write off after the Initial  Closing  Date of  capitalized
       financing costs incurred prior to the Initial Closing Date;


                                       -9-


<PAGE>



              (h) any  deferred or other credit  representing  the excess of the
       equity  in any  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower  at the date of  acquisition
       thereof over the cost of the Investment in such Subsidiary;

              (i) any restoration to income of any contingency  reserve,  except
       to the extent  that  provision  for such  reserve  was made out of income
       accrued during the same period;

              (j) any  aggregate  net gain  (but  not any  aggregate  net  loss)
       arising  from the sale,  conversion,  exchange  or other  disposition  of
       capital  assets,  including  (i)  all  non-current  assets  and,  without
       duplication,  (ii) the  following,  whether  or not  current:  (A)  fixed
       assets,  whether  tangible  or  intangible,  (B)  all  inventory  sold in
       conjunction  with the  disposition  of fixed assets and (C) all shares of
       capital stock or other securities;

              (k) any net  gain  from the  collection  of any  proceeds  of life
       insurance policies;

              (l) any gain arising from the acquisition of any shares of capital
       stock or other  securities,  or the  extinguishment,  under GAAP,  of any
       Indebtedness, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

              (m) any net  income or gain  (but not any net  loss)  from (i) any
       change in accounting  principles in accordance  with GAAP, (ii) any prior
       period adjustments  resulting from any change in accounting principles in
       accordance  with  GAAP  and  (iii)  any  discontinued  operations  or the
       disposition thereof;

              (n) any portion of  Consolidated  Net Income that cannot be freely
       converted into United States Funds; and

              (o) any other non-cash gain included in Consolidated Net Income.

       1.38. "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date, the total of:

              (a)  stockholders'  equity of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries
       determined in accordance with GAAP on a Consolidated basis, excluding the
       effect of any foreign currency translation adjustments;

       minus  (b) the  amount  by  which  such  stockholders'  equity  has  been
       increased  after December 31, 1997 by the items  described in clauses (a)
       through (o) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income or by goodwill.

       1.39.  "Consolidated  Rental Obligations" shall mean, for any period, all
rents and other  amounts  (including  as such  amounts all  payments  which such
Person is obligated to make

                                      -10-


<PAGE>



to the lessor on  termination  of any lease  and/or on  surrender  of the leased
property  other than  payments for which such Person is  contingently  liable on
account  of  early  termination  or  breach  of such  lease)  paid,  payable  or
guaranteed  during  such  period  by the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  on a
Consolidated  basis,  as lessee or  sublessee  under  any  lease  (other  than a
Capitalized  Lease),  excluding  any amount  required  to be paid by such Person
(whether  or not  designated  as  rents  or  additional  rents)  on  account  of
maintenance,   repairs,   insurance,   taxes,  utilities  and  similar  charges,
determined in accordance with GAAP; provided,  however, that Consolidated Rental
Obligations  for portions of any period prior to the Initial  Closing Date shall
include  amounts for Heartland as set forth in Exhibit 1. Whenever the amount of
Consolidated  Rental  Obligations  are determined for any period,  to the extent
that such Consolidated Rental Obligations are not definitely determinable by the
terms of the  lease,  the  Consolidated  Rental  Obligations  not so  definitely
determinable  shall be estimated in good faith and in such reasonable  manner as
the board of directors of the Holding  Company may  determine (as evidenced by a
certified  resolution  of such  board of  directors  promptly  delivered  to the
Agent).

       1.40.  "Consolidated Senior Debt" means, at any date,  Consolidated Total
Debt minus the Seller Subordinated Debt minus the Senior Subordinated Notes.

       1.41. "Consolidated Total Debt" means, at any date, all Financing Debt of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.

       1.42.  "Consolidated  Working Capital Factor" means, for any period,  the
amount (whether positive or negative) equal to:

                                 Current Assets

              (a) Accounts Receivable:

                     (i)    the amount, if any, by which accounts  receivable at
                            the end of such period were  greater  than  accounts
                            receivable at the beginning of such period,

              minus  (ii)   the amount, if any, by which accounts  receivable at
                            the end of  such  period  were  less  than  accounts
                            receivable at the beginning of such period,

              (b) Inventory:

              plus   (i)    the amount, if any, by which inventory at the end of
                            such  period  was  greater  than  inventory  at  the
                            beginning of such period,


                                      -11-


<PAGE>



              minus  (ii)   the amount, if any, by which inventory at the end of
                            such period was less than inventory at the beginning
                            of such period,

              (c) Prepaid Expenses:

              plus   (i)    the amount, if any, by which prepaid expenses at the
                            end  of  such  period  were   greater  than  prepaid
                            expenses at the beginning of such period,

              minus  (ii)   the amount, if any, by which prepaid expenses at the
                            end of such period were less than  prepaid  expenses
                            at the beginning of such period,

                            Current Liabilities

              (d) Accounts Payable:

              plus   (i)    the amount, if any, by which accounts payable at the
                            end of such period were less than  accounts  payable
                            at the beginning of such period,

              minus  (ii)   the amount, if any, by which accounts payable at the
                            end  of  such  period  were  greater  than  accounts
                            payable at the beginning of such period,

              (e) Accrued Expenses

              plus   (i)    the amount, if any, by which accrued expenses at the
                            end of such period were less than  accrued  expenses
                            at the beginning of such period,

              minus  (ii)   the amount, if any, by which accrued expenses at the
                            end  of  such  period  were   greater  than  accrued
                            expenses at the beginning of such period,

all  with  respect  to the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  as  determined  in
accordance with GAAP on a Consolidated basis.

       1.43. "Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures" means the Holding Company's
10%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  due  2004  issued  (a)  in  1995  to
GreenGrass  Holdings in an original aggregate principal amount of $4,300,000 and
(b) in  1997  to  other  stockholders  of the  Holding  Company  in an  original
aggregate principal amount not exceeding $3,300,000 in

                                      -12-


<PAGE>



form identical (except for the conversion price) to the Convertible Subordinated
Debentures described in the foregoing clause (a).

       1.44. "Credit Documents" means:

              (a) this Agreement,  the Notes, each Letter of Credit,  each draft
       presented  or  accepted  under a Letter  of  Credit,  the  Guarantee  and
       Security Agreement, the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, the fee agreement
       contemplated by Section 5.1.2 and each Interest Rate Protection Agreement
       provided by a Lender (or an Affiliate of a Lender) to the Holding Company
       or any of its Subsidiaries, each as from time to time in effect; and

              (b) any other present or future  agreement or instrument from time
       to time entered into among the Holding  Company,  any of its Subsidiaries
       or any other Obligor,  on one hand,  and the Agent,  any Letter of Credit
       Issuer or all the Lenders,  on the other hand,  relating to,  amending or
       modifying this Agreement or any other Credit  Document  referred to above
       or which is stated to be a Credit Document,  each as from time to time in
       effect.

       1.45.  "Credit  Obligations"  means all present  and future  liabilities,
obligations and  Indebtedness of the Holding Company,  the Borrower,  any of its
Subsidiaries  or any  other  Obligor  owing to the Agent or any  Lender  (or any
Affiliate of a Lender) under or in connection  with this  Agreement or any other
Credit  Document,  including  obligations  in  respect of  principal,  interest,
reimbursement  obligations  under Letters of Credit and Interest Rate Protection
Agreements provided by a Lender (or an Affiliate of a Lender),  commitment fees,
Letter of Credit fees,  amounts  provided for in Sections  3.2.4,  3.5 and 9 and
other fees, charges,  indemnities and expenses from time to time owing hereunder
or  under  any  other  Credit  Document  (whether  accruing  before  or  after a
Bankruptcy Default).

       1.46. "Credit Participant" is defined in Section 11.2.

       1.47.  "Credit  Security"  means  all  assets  now or  from  time to time
hereafter  subjected to a security interest,  mortgage or charge (or intended or
required so to be subjected  pursuant to the Guarantee  and Security  Agreement,
the Guarantee and Pledge  Agreement or any other Credit  Document) to secure the
payment or performance  of any of the Credit  Obligations on a pari passu basis,
including the assets  described in section 3.1 of the Guarantee and the Security
Agreement and in section 3.1 of the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement.

       1.48.  "Default"  means any Event of Default  and any event or  condition
which with the  passage of time or giving of notice,  or both,  would  become an
Event  of  Default  and the  filing  against  the  Holding  Company,  any of its
Subsidiaries or any other Obligor of a petition  commencing an involuntary  case
under the Bankruptcy Code.


                                      -13-


<PAGE>



       1.49. "Delinquency Period" is defined in Section 10.4.4.

       1.50. "Delinquent Lender" is defined in Section 10.4.4.

       1.51. "Delinquent Payment" is defined in Section 10.4.4.

       1.52.  "Designated  Financing  Debt" means Financing Debt incurred by the
Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries  after the Initial Closing Date other
than  Financing Debt  permitted by Sections  6.6.1 (the Loan),  6.6.7  (purchase
money   Indebtedness   and   Capitalized   Leases)   and   6.6.9   (intercompany
Indebtedness).

       1.53. "Distribution" means, with respect to the Holding Company (or other
specified Person):

              (a) the  declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution on
       or in respect  of any  shares of any class of  capital  stock of or other
       equity interests in the Holding Company (or such specified Person);

              (b) the purchase,  redemption or other retirement of any shares of
       any class of capital  stock of or other  equity  interest  in the Holding
       Company  (or such  specified  Person) or of  options,  warrants  or other
       rights for the purchase of such shares,  directly,  indirectly  through a
       Subsidiary or otherwise;

              (c) any other  distribution  on or in respect of any shares of any
       class of capital stock of or equity or other  beneficial  interest in the
       Holding Company (or such specified Person);

              (d) any payment of principal  or interest  with respect to, or any
       purchase,  redemption or defeasance of, any Financing Debt of the Holding
       Company (or such specified Person) which by its terms or the terms of any
       agreement is subordinated to the payment of the Credit Obligations; and

              (e) any payment,  loan or advance by the Holding  Company (or such
       specified  Person) to, or any other Investment by the Holding Company (or
       such  specified  Person)  in,  the  holder of any  shares of any class of
       capital  stock of or equity  interest  in the  Holding  Company  (or such
       specified Person), or any Affiliate of such holder (including the payment
       of management and transaction fees and expenses);

provided,  however, that the term "Distribution" shall not include (i) dividends
payable in perpetual  common stock of or other similar  equity  interests in the
Holding  Company (or such  specified  Person) or (ii)  payments in the  ordinary
course of business in respect of (A) reasonable  compensation paid to employees,
officers and directors,  (B) advances and reimbursements to employees for travel
expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures,

                                      -14-


<PAGE>



or (C) rent paid to, or accounts payable for services rendered or goods sold by,
non-Affiliates  that  own  capital  stock of or other  equity  interests  in the
Holding Company (or such specified Person).

       1.54.  "Eligible  Accounts  Receivable" means, at any date, the remainder
of:

              (a) the aggregate amount carried as accounts  receivable  (reduced
       appropriately  for doubtful  accounts  and customer  returns) on the most
       recent  borrowing  base  report  of the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries
       delivered in accordance with Section 6.4.4,

       minus (b) the aggregate  amount of any such accounts  receivable that are
       unpaid  more  than 60 days past the due date or 150 days past the date of
       the original invoice,

       minus (c) discounts,  commissions  and  distribution  fees payable by the
       Borrower or any Subsidiary  (other than to the Borrower or a Wholly Owned
       Subsidiary) in respect of such accounts receivable,

       minus (d) the amount of such accounts receivable due from Affiliates,

       minus (e) all payments  under such  accounts  receivable  to be made in a
       currency  other than United  States Funds that is not freely  convertible
       into United  States  Funds or that may not be freely  withdrawn  from the
       country of origin,

       minus (f) all payments  under such accounts  receivable due from a Person
       located outside the United States of America and Canada, unless supported
       by receivables  insurance  reasonably  satisfactory to the Agent or by an
       irrevocable letter of credit issued by a United States bank.

       minus (g) accounts  receivable subject to Liens other than Liens securing
       the Credit Obligations,

       minus (h) the aggregate  amount of any such accounts  receivable that are
       unpaid  more than 90 days past the date of the  original  invoice  to the
       extent  such  accounts   receivable   exceed  50%  of  Eligible  Accounts
       Receivable,

       minus  (i) all such  accounts  receivable  due from  any  Person  and its
       Affiliates in the event at least 25% of such accounts receivable due from
       such Person and its  Affiliates are unpaid more than 60 days past the due
       date or 150 days past the date of the original invoice,


                                      -15-


<PAGE>



       minus  (j)  in the  case  only  of  such  accounts  receivable  from  the
       Swing-N-Slide Division, accrued advertising and volume rebates in respect
       of such accounts receivable,

       minus (k) the amount of such  accounts  receivable  due from  individuals
       (but in no event  subtracting the amount of accounts  receivable due from
       credit card issuers).

       1.55. "Eligible Inventory" means, at any date, the remainder of:

              (a) the aggregate  amount  carried as  inventory,  at the lower of
       cost or market  value,  on the most recent  borrowing  base report of the
       Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered in accordance with Section 6.4.4,

       minus (b) advance  payments from customers  reflected on the Consolidated
       balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,

       minus (c) inventory subject to Liens other than Liens securing the Credit
       Obligations,

       minus (d) inventory located outside the United States of America,

       minus (e) inventory for consignment sale,

       minus (f)  obsolete and damaged  inventory  to the extent not  previously
       covered by reserves on the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
       its Subsidiaries,

       minus (g) packaging supplies included in such inventory,

       minus (h)  inventory  that has been carried on the  Consolidated  balance
       sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for more than one year,

       minus (i) inventory in transit between locations,

       minus (j)  inventory  not covered by a  perfected,  first  priority  Lien
       securing the Credit Obligations,

       minus (k) product samples on site at branch and  distribution  locations;
       provided,  however, that this clause (k) shall not exclude from "Eligible
       Inventory"  product  samples  on site at  locations  owned or  leased  by
       Heartland in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $1,000,000 or (ii)
       50% of the net book value of all such product  samples  described in this
       proviso.


                                      -16-


<PAGE>



       1.56.  "Environmental Laws" means all applicable federal,  state or local
statutes, laws, ordinances,  codes, rules, regulations and guidelines (including
consent decrees and administrative  orders) relating to public health and safety
and protection of the environment, including OSHA.

       1.57.  "Equity  Transaction" means any issuance by the Holding Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries  after the  Initial  Closing  Date of any shares of its
capital  stock,  other equity  interests or options,  warrants or other purchase
rights to acquire such capital stock or other equity interests to, or receipt of
a capital contribution from, any Person other than:

              (a) any Obligors,

              (b) the officers,  employees and directors of the Holding Company,
       the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries,

              (c) GreenGrass  Holdings and its Affiliates and investors in funds
       managed by Glencoe, but only to the extent:

                     (i)  funds  invested  pursuant  to this  clause  (c) in the
              Holding Company are used for the purpose of acquiring  shares held
              by minority  stockholders  of the Holding Company (but in no event
              including  GreenGrass  Holdings and such Affiliates and investors)
              and

                     (ii)  funds  invested  pursuant  to this  clause (c) in the
              Borrower and its  Subsidiaries are not made directly or indirectly
              to remedy a Default or in anticipation of a Default, and

              (d) any other  purchaser of capital stock of the Holding  Company,
       but only to the extent the funds invested pursuant to this clause (d) are
       used to make an acquisition approved in writing by the Required Lenders.

       1.58.  "ERISA" means the federal Employee  Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974.

       1.59.  "ERISA Group Person" means the Holding Company,  any Subsidiary of
the Holding Company and any Person which is a member of the controlled  group or
under  common  control  with the Holding  Company or any  Subsidiary  within the
meaning of section 414 of the Code or section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

       1.60. "Eurodollars" means, with respect to any Lender, deposits of United
States Funds in a non-United States office or an international  banking facility
of such Lender.

       1.61. "Event of Default" is defined in Section 8.1.

                                      -17-


<PAGE>




       1.62. "Exchange Act" means the federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

       1.63.  "Federal  Funds Rate"  means,  for any day,  the rate equal to the
weighted  average  (rounded  upward  to the  nearest  1/8%) of (a) the  rates on
overnight federal funds  transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by federal funds brokers, (a) as such weighted average is published for
such day (or, if such day is not a Banking  Day, for the  immediately  preceding
Banking Day) by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York or (b) if such rate is not
so published for such Banking Day,  quotations  received by the Agent from three
federal  funds  brokers of  recognized  standing  selected  by the  Agent.  Each
determination  by the Agent of the Federal  Funds Rate shall,  in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive.

       1.64. "Final Revolving Maturity Date" means March 13, 2003.

       1.65. "Final Term Loan A Maturity Date" means March 13, 2003.

       1.66. "Final Term Loan B Maturity Date" means June 30, 2003.

       1.67.  "Financial  Officer"  of the Holding  Company (or other  specified
Person)  means its chief  executive  officer,  chief  financial  officer,  chief
operating officer, chairman, president,  treasurer or any of its vice presidents
whose  primary  responsibility  is for  its  financial  affairs,  all  of  whose
incumbency and  signatures  have been certified to the Agent by the secretary or
other  appropriate  attesting  officer of the Holding Company (or such specified
Person).

       1.68.  "Financing  Debt" means each of the items described in clauses (a)
through  (f)  of  the  definition  of  the  term   "Indebtedness"  and,  without
duplication, any Guarantees of such items.

       1.69. "Fleet" means Fleet National Bank.

       1.70. "Funding Liability" means (a) any Eurodollar deposit which was used
(or deemed by Section  3.2.6 to have been used) to fund any  portion of the Loan
subject to a LIBOR Pricing Option,  and (b) any portion of the Loan subject to a
LIBOR  Pricing  Option  funded (or deemed by Section  3.2.6 to have been funded)
with the proceeds of any such Eurodollar deposit.

       1.71. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles as from time
to time in effect,  including the statements and  interpretations  of the United
States  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board;  provided,  however,  that  for
purposes of  compliance  with Section 6 (other than Section 6.4) and the related
definitions,  "GAAP" means such  principles as in effect on December 31, 1997 as
applied by the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  in the  preparation  of the most
recent  annual  statements  referred to in Section  7.2.1(a),  and  consistently
followed, without giving effect to any subsequent changes thereto.

                                      -18-


<PAGE>




       1.72.  "Game Time Division" means the operating  division of the Borrower
that conducts  primarily only the business conducted by Game Time, Inc. prior to
its acquisition by the Borrower and other activities relating thereto.

       1.73.  "Game Time Sellers" means Ross D. Siragusa,  Jr., John R. Siragusa
and Richard D. Siragusa.

       1.74.  "Glencoe"  means  Glencoe  Investment   Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation.

       1.75. "GreenGrass Holdings" means GreenGrass Holdings, a Delaware general
partnership,  between  GreenGrass  Management LLC and GreenGrass Capital LLC and
Greengrass Capital II, LLC.

       1.76.  "Guarantee"  means,  with respect to the Holding Company (or other
specified Person):

              (a) any  guarantee  by the  Holding  Company  (or  such  specified
       Person) of the payment or performance of, or any contingent obligation by
       the  Holding  Company  (or such  specified  Person)  in  respect  of, any
       Indebtedness or other obligation of any primary obligor;

              (b) any other arrangement  whereby credit is extended to a primary
       obligor on the basis of any promise or undertaking of the Holding Company
       (or such specified  Person),  including any binding  "comfort  letter" or
       "keep well  agreement"  written by the Holding Company (or such specified
       Person),  to a creditor or prospective  creditor of such primary obligor,
       to (i) pay the  Indebtedness  of such primary  obligor,  (ii) purchase an
       obligation  owed by such primary  obligor,  (iii) pay for the purchase or
       lease of assets or services  regardless of the actual delivery thereof or
       (iv) maintain the capital, working capital, solvency or general financial
       condition of such primary obligor;

              (c) any  liability  of the  Holding  Company  (or  such  specified
       Person), as a general partner of a partnership in respect of Indebtedness
       or other obligations of such partnership;

              (d) any  liability  of the  Holding  Company  (or  such  specified
       Person) as a joint venturer of a joint venture in respect of Indebtedness
       or other obligations of such joint venture;

              (e) any  liability  of the  Holding  Company  (or  such  specified
       Person)  with  respect  to the tax  liability  of others as a member of a
       group (other than a group

                                      -19-


<PAGE>



       consisting  solely of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries)  that is
       consolidated for tax purposes; and

              (f) reimbursement  obligations,  whether contingent or matured, of
       the Holding Company (or such specified Person) with respect to letters of
       credit, bankers acceptances, surety bonds, other financial guarantees and
       Interest Rate Protection Agreements,

in each case whether or not any of the  foregoing  are  reflected on the balance
sheet  of the  Holding  Company  (or such  specified  Person)  or in a  footnote
thereto;  provided,  however,  that  the  term  "Guarantee"  shall  not  include
endorsements  for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The
amount of any  Guarantee  and the  amount of  Indebtedness  resulting  from such
Guarantee shall be the maximum amount that the guarantor may become obligated to
pay  in  respect  of  the  obligations  (whether  or not  such  obligations  are
outstanding at the time of computation).

       1.77. "Guarantee and Security Agreement" is defined in Section 5.1.4.

       1.78. "Guarantee and Pledge Agreement" is defined in Section 5.1.5.

       1.79. "Guarantor" means the Holding Company and each Subsidiary party to,
or which subsequently  becomes party to, the Guarantee and Security Agreement as
a Guarantor.

       1.80.  "Hazardous  Material"  means  any  pollutant,  toxic or  hazardous
material  or waste,  including  any  "hazardous  substance"  or  "pollutant"  or
"contaminant" as defined in section 101(14) of CERCLA or any other Environmental
Law or  regulated as toxic or  hazardous  under RCRA or any other  Environmental
Law.

       1.81.  "Heartland"  means  Heartland  Industries,  Inc.  (DE), a Delaware
corporation.

       1.82. "Heartland Sellers" means the shareholders of Heartland immediately
prior to the Acquisition.

       1.83.  "Holding  Company" means  PlayCore,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
formerly known as "Swing-N-Slide Corp."

       1.84.  "Indebtedness"  means all  obligations,  contingent  or otherwise,
which in  accordance  with GAAP are required to be  classified  upon the balance
sheet of the Holding Company (or other specified Person) as liabilities,  but in
any event including (without duplication):

              (a) borrowed money;


                                      -20-


<PAGE>



              (b)  indebtedness  evidenced  by  notes,   debentures  or  similar
       instruments;

              (c) Capitalized Lease Obligations;

              (d) the deferred purchase price of assets or securities, including
       related  noncompetition,  consulting  and  stock  repurchase  obligations
       (other than ordinary trade  accounts  payable within six months after the
       incurrence thereof in the ordinary course of business);

              (e) mandatory  redemption or dividend  rights on capital stock (or
       other equity);

              (f) reimbursement obligations, whether contingent or matured, with
       respect to letters of credit,  bankers  acceptances,  surety bonds, other
       financial  guarantees and Interest Rate  Protection  Agreements  (without
       duplication of other Indebtedness supported or guaranteed thereby);

              (g) unfunded pension liabilities;

              (h) obligations  that are immediately and directly due and payable
       out of the proceeds of or production from property;

              (i) liabilities  secured by any Lien existing on property owned or
       acquired by the Holding  Company (or such specified  Person),  whether or
       not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed; and

              (j) all Guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of others.

       1.85. "Indemnified Party" is defined in Section 9.2.

       1.86.  "Initial  Closing Date" means February 16, 1999 or such other date
prior to April 1, 1999  agreed to by the  Holding  Company  and the Agent as the
first Closing Date hereunder.

       1.87. "Interest Rate Protection  Agreement" means any interest rate swap,
interest rate cap,  interest rate hedge or other  contractual  arrangement  that
converts variable interest rates into fixed interest rates, fixed interest rates
into variable interest rates or other similar arrangements.

       1.88.  "Investment"  means, with respect to the Holding Company (or other
specified Person):


                                      -21-


<PAGE>



              (a) any  share of  capital  stock,  partnership  or  other  equity
       interest,  evidence of Indebtedness or other security issued by any other
       Person;

              (b) any loan,  advance or extension of credit to, or  contribution
       to the capital of, any other Person;

              (c) any Guarantee of the Indebtedness of any other Person;

              (d) any  acquisition of all, or any division or similar  operating
       unit of, the business of any other Person or the assets  comprising  such
       business, division or unit; and

              (e) any other similar investment.

       The investments  described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) shall
be  included  in the term  "Investment"  whether  they are made or  acquired  by
purchase,   exchange,   issuance   of  stock  or   other   securities,   merger,
reorganization  or  any  other  method;   provided,   however,   that  the  term
"Investment"  shall  not  include  (i)  trade and  customer  accounts  and notes
receivable  for property  leased,  goods  furnished or services  rendered in the
ordinary  course of business and payable on a current basis in  accordance  with
customary trade terms,  (ii) deposits,  advances or prepayments to suppliers for
property  leased or  licensed,  goods  furnished  and  services  rendered in the
ordinary  course of business,  (iii)  advances to employees for  relocation  and
travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures,  (iv) stock or other
securities  acquired in  connection  with the  satisfaction  or  enforcement  of
Indebtedness or claims due to the Holding Company (or such specified  Person) or
as security for any such  Indebtedness  or claim or (v) demand deposits in banks
or similar financial institutions.

       In determining the amount of outstanding Investments:

              (A) the amount of any  Investment  shall be the cost thereof minus
       any  returns  of  capital  in  cash  on such  Investment  (determined  in
       accordance with GAAP without regard to amounts realized as income on such
       Investment);

              (B)  the  amount  of  any  Investment  in  respect  of a  purchase
       described in clause (d) above shall  include the amount of any  Financing
       Debt  assumed in  connection  with such  purchase or secured by any asset
       acquired in such purchase  (whether or not any Financing Debt is assumed)
       or for which any Person that becomes a  Subsidiary  is liable on the date
       on which the securities of such Person are acquired; and

              (C) no Investment  shall be increased as the result of an increase
       in the  undistributed  retained  earnings  of the  Person  in  which  the
       Investment was made or decreased as a result of an equity interest in the
       losses of such Person.


                                      -22-


<PAGE>



       1.89. "Legal Requirement" means any present or future requirement imposed
upon any of the Lenders or the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries by any law,
statute,  rule,  regulation,  directive,  order,  decree  or  guideline  (or any
interpretation  thereof  by courts or of  administrative  bodies)  of the United
States of America,  or any  jurisdiction in which any LIBOR Office is located or
any state or political  subdivision  of any of the  foregoing,  or by any board,
governmental or administrative agency, central bank or monetary authority of the
United States of America, any jurisdiction in which any LIBOR Office is located,
or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing.

       1.90.  "Lender"  means  each of the  Persons  listed  as  lenders  on the
signature  page  hereto,  including  Fleet in its  capacity as a Lender and such
other Persons who may from time to time own a Percentage  Interest in the Credit
Obligations, but the term "Lender" shall not include any Credit Participant.

       1.91.  "Lending  Officer"  means  such  individuals  whom the  Agent  may
designate  by notice to the Holding  Company from time to time as an officer who
may receive telephone requests for borrowings under Section 2.1.3.

       1.92. "Letter of Credit" is defined in Section 2.4.1.

       1.93.  "Letter of Credit Exposure" means, at any date, the sum of (a) the
aggregate  face amount of all drafts that may then or thereafter be presented by
beneficiaries  under  all  Letters  of  Credit  then  outstanding,  plus (b) the
aggregate  face  amount of all  drafts  that the  Letter of  Credit  Issuer  has
previously accepted under Letters of Credit but has not paid.

       1.94.  "Letter of Credit Issuer" means,  for any Letter of Credit,  Fleet
or, in the event  Fleet  does not for any  reason  issue a  requested  Letter of
Credit, another Lender designated by the Agent to issue such Letter of Credit.

       1.95. "LIBOR Basic Rate" means, for any LIBOR Interest Period:

              (a) the rate of interest at which  deposits of United States Funds
       are offered in the London  interbank market for a period of time equal to
       such LIBOR  Interest  Period that appears on the Telerate Page 3750 as of
       11:00 a.m. London time two Banking Days prior to the Banking Day on which
       such LIBOR Interest Period begins or

              (b) if no such rate appears on the Telerate Page 3750, the rate of
       interest determined by the Agent to be the average of up to four interest
       rates per annum at which  deposits of United  States Funds are offered in
       the  London  interbank  market  for a period of time  equal to such LIBOR
       Interest Period which appear on the Reuter's Screen LIBO Page as of 11:00
       a.m.  London time two Banking Days prior to the Banking Day on which such
       LIBOR Interest Period begins if at least two such offered rates so appear
       on the Reuter's Screen LIBO Page or

                                      -23-


<PAGE>




              (c) if no such rate  appears on the  Telerate  Page 3750 and fewer
       than two offered rates appear on the Reuter's  Screen LIBO Page, the rate
       of  interest  at which  deposits  of  United  States  Funds in an  amount
       comparable  to the  portion  of the Loan as to which  the  related  LIBOR
       Pricing  Option has been elected and which have a term  corresponding  to
       such LIBOR Interest  Period are offered to the Agent by first class banks
       in the London  inter-bank  market for delivery in  immediately  available
       funds at a LIBOR Office on the first day of such LIBOR Interest Period as
       determined  by the Agent at  approximately  11:00 a.m.  (London time) two
       Banking Days prior to the date upon which such LIBOR  Interest  Period is
       to commence  (which  determination  by the Agent shall, in the absence of
       manifest error, be conclusive).

       1.96.  "LIBOR Interest Period" means any period,  selected as provided in
Section 3.2.1,  of one, two, three or six months,  commencing on any Banking Day
and  ending  on the  corresponding  date in the  subsequent  calendar  month  so
indicated (or, if such subsequent  calendar month has no corresponding  date, on
the last day of such subsequent calendar month); provided, however, that subject
to Section 3.2.3, if any LIBOR Interest Period so selected would otherwise begin
or end on a date which is not a Banking Day,  such LIBOR  Interest  Period shall
instead  begin or end,  as the  case may be,  on the  immediately  preceding  or
succeeding  Banking Day as determined  by the Agent in accordance  with the then
current  banking  practice in the inter-bank  LIBOR market with respect to LIBOR
deposits at the applicable LIBOR Office, which determination by the Agent shall,
in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive.

       1.97. "LIBOR Office" means such non-United States office or international
banking facility of any Lender as the Lender may from time to time select.

       1.98.  "LIBOR  Pricing  Options"  means the options  granted  pursuant to
Section  3.2.1 to have the  interest on any portion of the Loan  computed on the
basis of a LIBOR Rate.

       1.99. "LIBOR Rate" for any LIBOR Interest Period means the rate,  rounded
upward to the nearest 1/100%,  obtained by dividing (a) the LIBOR Basic Rate for
such LIBOR  Interest  Period by (b) an amount equal to 1 minus the LIBOR Reserve
Rate; provided,  however,  that if at any time during such LIBOR Interest Period
the LIBOR  Reserve Rate  applicable  to any  outstanding  LIBOR  Pricing  Option
changes,  the LIBOR Rate for such LIBOR Interest Period shall  automatically  be
adjusted to reflect such change,  effective as of the date of such change to the
extent required by the Legal Requirement implementing such change.

       1.100. "LIBOR Reserve Rate" means the stated maximum rate (expressed as a
decimal)  of all  reserves  (including  any  basic,  supplemental,  marginal  or
emergency reserve or any reserve asset), if any, as from time to time in effect,
required by any Legal  Requirement  to be maintained  by any Lender  against (a)
"Eurocurrency  liabilities"  as  specified  in  Regulation  D of  the  Board  of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System applicable to LIBOR Pricing

                                      -24-


<PAGE>



Options,  (b) any other category of liabilities  that includes LIBOR deposits by
reference  to which the  interest  rate on portions of the Loan subject to LIBOR
Pricing  Options is determined,  (c) the principal  amount of or interest on any
portion of the Loan subject to a LIBOR Pricing  Option or (d) any other category
of extensions of credit, or other assets, that includes loans subject to a LIBOR
Pricing  Option by a  non-United  States  office of any of the Lenders to United
States residents.

       1.101.  "Lien" means,  with respect to the Holding  Company (or any other
specified Person):

              (a) any lien,  encumbrance,  mortgage,  pledge, charge or security
       interest of any kind upon any  property or assets of the Holding  Company
       (or such specified Person),  whether now owned or hereafter acquired,  or
       upon the income or profits therefrom;

              (b) the acquisition of, or the agreement to acquire,  any property
       or asset upon  conditional  sale or subject to any other title  retention
       agreement, device or arrangement (including a Capitalized Lease);

              (c) the sale,  assignment,  pledge or transfer for security of any
       accounts, general intangibles or chattel paper of the Holding Company (or
       such specified Person), with or without recourse;

              (d) the  transfer  of any  tangible  property  or  assets  for the
       purpose of subjecting such items to the payment of previously outstanding
       Indebtedness  in  priority  to payment of the  general  creditors  of the
       Holding Company (or such specified Person); and

              (e) the existence for a period of more than 120  consecutive  days
       of any  Indebtedness  against  the  Holding  Company  (or such  specified
       Person)  which if unpaid  would by law or upon a  Bankruptcy  Default  be
       given any priority over general creditors.

       1.102. "Loan" means, collectively, the Revolving Loan and the Term Loans.

       1.103.  "Margin  Stock"  means  "margin  stock"  within  the  meaning  of
Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

       1.104.  "Material Adverse Change" means, since any specified date or from
the circumstances  existing  immediately prior to the happening of any specified
event,  a  material  adverse  change  in (a)  the  business,  assets,  financial
condition, income or prospects of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries (on a
Consolidated  basis),  whether as a result of (i)  general  economic  conditions
affecting the playground equipment industry, (ii) difficulties in

                                      -25-


<PAGE>



obtaining  supplies  and raw  materials,  (iii)  fire,  flood or  other  natural
calamities,  (iv)  environmental  pollution,  (v) regulatory  changes,  judicial
decisions,  war or  other  governmental  action  or  (vi)  any  other  event  or
development, whether or not related to those enumerated above or (b) the ability
of the Obligors to perform their  obligations  under the Credit Documents or (c)
the rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

       1.105. "Material Agreements" is defined in Section 7.2.2.

       1.106. "Maximum Amount of Revolving Credit" is defined in Section 2.1.2.

       1.107. "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

       1.108. "Multiemployer Plan" means any Plan that is a "multiemployer plan"
as defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

       1.109.  "Net Asset Sale Proceeds"  means the cash proceeds of the sale or
disposition of assets (including by way of merger) by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  after  the  Initial  Closing  Date,  net of (a)  any  Indebtedness
permitted by Section 6.6.7 (Capitalized  Leases and purchase money indebtedness)
secured by assets being sold in such  transaction  required to be paid from such
proceeds,  (b) income  taxes that,  as  estimated by the Borrower in good faith,
will be required to be paid by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  in cash
as a result  of,  and  within 15 months  after,  such sale or  disposition,  (c)
reasonable  reserves for  liabilities  resulting from the sale of assets and (d)
all reasonable  expenses of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  payable in
connection with the sale or disposition; provided, however, that "Net Asset Sale
Proceeds" shall not include cash proceeds:

                     (i) of asset sales permitted by Section 6.11.1,

                     (ii) of mergers permitted by Section 6.11.2, or

                     (iii) in an amount not  exceeding  $1,000,000 in any fiscal
              year in the  aggregate (or  $3,000,000 in the aggregate  since the
              date  hereof)  that will be used to acquire  replacement  or other
              assets within six months after such sale or disposition; provided,
              however,  that if any amount in this clause  (iii) is not actually
              used to acquire  replacement or other assets within such six-month
              period, such amount shall become Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

       1.110.  "Net Debt  Proceeds"  means cash  proceeds of the  incurrence  of
Designated Financing Debt by the Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries (net
of reasonable out-of-pocket transaction fees and expenses).


                                      -26-


<PAGE>



       1.111.  "Net Equity  Proceeds"  means the cash  proceeds  received by the
Holding  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  any  Equity
Transaction (net of reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses).

       1.112. "Nonperforming Lender" is defined in Section 10.4.4.

       1.113.  "Notes"  means,  collectively,  the Revolving  Notes and the Term
Notes.

       1.114.  "Obligor"  means the Borrower,  the Holding  Company,  each other
Guarantor and each other Person  guaranteeing  or providing  collateral  for the
Credit Obligations.

       1.115. "OSHA" means the federal Occupational Health and Safety Act.

       1.116.  "Overdue  Reimbursement  Rate"  means,  at any date,  the highest
Applicable Rate then in effect.

       1.117.  "Payment  Date"  means (a) the last  Banking  Day of each  month,
beginning  on the first such date  after the  Initial  Closing  Date and (b) the
Final Term Loan B Maturity Date.

       1.118.  "PBGC"  means the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or any
successor entity.

       1.119.  "Percentage  Interest"  means,  with  respect to any Lender,  the
Commitment of such Lender in the  respective  portions of the Loan and Letter of
Credit Exposure.  For purposes of votes and consents of the Lenders,  Percentage
Interests  shall be  computed  as  follows:  (a) at all  times  when no Event of
Default under Section 8.1.1 and no Bankruptcy Default exists, the ratio that the
respective Commitments of any Lender with respect to the Revolving Loan plus the
respective  outstanding Term Loans of such Lender bears to the total Commitments
of all Lenders with  respect to the  Revolving  Loan plus the total  outstanding
Term Loans of all Lenders,  as from time to time in effect and  reflected in the
Register,  and (b) at all other times, the ratio that the respective  amounts of
the Loan and Letter of Credit  Exposure  owing to any  Lender  bear to the total
outstanding Loan and Letter of Credit Exposure owing to all Lenders.

       1.120. "Performing Lender" is defined in Section 10.4.4.

       1.121.  "Person"  means  any  present  or  future  natural  person or any
corporation,  association,  partnership, joint venture, limited liability, joint
stock or  other  company,  business  trust,  trust,  organization,  business  or
government or any governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

       1.122.  "PIK Interest" means any accrued  interest  payments on Financing
Debt that are postponed or made through the issuance of "payment-in-kind"  notes
or other similar

                                      -27-


<PAGE>



securities (including book-entry accrual with respect to such postponed interest
payments),  all in accordance with the terms of such Financing  Debt;  provided,
however,  that in no event shall PIK Interest include payments made with cash or
Cash Equivalents.

       1.123. "Plan" means any pension benefit plan subject to Title IV of ERISA
maintained, or to which contributions have been made or are required to be made,
by any ERISA Group Person within six years prior to the date hereof.

       1.124.  "Prior Credit  Agreement"  means the Loan and Security  Agreement
dated October 14, 1994 between Heartland and The Provident Bank.

       1.125.  "RCRA" means the federal Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act,
42 U.S.C. ss. 690, et seq.

       1.126. "Register" is defined in Section 11.1.3.

       1.127.  "Related  Fund" means,  with respect to any Lender that is a fund
that  invests in senior bank loans,  any other fund that  invests in senior bank
loans and is managed  by the same  investment  advisor  as such  Lender or by an
Affiliate of such investment advisor.

       1.128. "Replacement Lender" is defined in Section 11.3.

       1.129.  "Required Lenders" means, with respect to any approval,  consent,
modification,  waiver or other  action  to be taken by the Agent or the  Lenders
under the Credit  Documents which require action by the Required  Lenders,  such
Lenders  as own at  least a  majority  of the  Percentage  Interests;  provided,
however,  that with respect to any matters referred to in the proviso to Section
10.6,  Required  Lenders  means  such  Lenders  as own at least  the  respective
portions of the Percentage Interests required by Section 10.6.

       1.130. "Revolving Loan" is defined in Section 2.1.4.

       1.131. "Revolving Notes" is defined in Section 2.1.4.

       1.132.  "S&P" means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group, a division of The
McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

       1.133. "Securities Act" means the federal Securities Act of 1933.

       1.134.  "Securities  Purchase  Agreements" means those certain Securities
Purchase Agreements dated March 13, 1997 among the Holding Company, the Borrower
and each of Massachusetts  Mutual Life Insurance Company,  MassMutual  Corporate
Investors,  MassMutual  Participation  Investors and MassMutual  Corporate Value
Partners Limited, as previously

                                      -28-


<PAGE>



furnished to the Lenders and as amended,  modified and supplemented from time to
time in accordance with Section 6.2.4.

       1.135. "Seller Subordinated Debt" means, collectively, (a) the Borrower's
$2,000,000 10%  Subordinated  Note due 2005 payable to the Game Time Sellers and
(b) the Borrower's  $500,000 10% Subordinated  Promissory Notes due 2004 payable
to the Heartland Sellers.

       1.136. "Senior  Subordinated Notes" means the Borrower's  $12,500,000 12%
Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2005 issued pursuant to the Securities  Purchase
Agreements.

       1.137.  "Subsidiary"  means any Person of which the  Holding  Company (or
other specified Person) shall at the time, directly or indirectly through one or
more of its Subsidiaries,  (a) own at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock
(or other shares of beneficial interest) entitled to vote generally, (b) hold at
least 50% of the  partnership,  joint  venture or similar  interests or (c) be a
general partner or joint venturer;  provided,  however,  that "Subsidiary" shall
not include any Unrestricted  Affiliate  regardless of the ownership  thereof by
the Holding Company.

       1.138.   "Swing-N-Slide  Division"  means  the  operating  divisions  and
Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than the Game Time Division.

       1.139.  "Tax"  means any  present  or future  tax,  levy,  duty,  impost,
deduction,  withholding or other charges of whatever nature at any time required
by any Legal  Requirement  (a) to be paid by any Lender or (b) to be withheld or
deducted from any payment otherwise required hereby to be made to any Lender, in
each case on or with respect to its obligations hereunder, the Loan, any payment
in respect of the Credit  Obligations  or any Funding  Liability not included in
the foregoing;  provided,  however,  that the term "Tax" shall not include taxes
imposed  upon  or  measured  by the  net  income  of  such  Lender  (other  than
withholding taxes) or franchise taxes.

       1.140. "Term Loan A" is defined in Section 2.2.1.

       1.141. "Term Loan A1" is defined in Section 2.2.1.

       1.142. "Term Loan A2" is defined in Section 2.2.1.

       1.143. "Term Loan A Note" is defined in Section 2.2.2.

       1.144. "Term Loan B" is defined in Section 2.3.1.

       1.145. "Term Loan B1" is defined in Section 2.3.1.


                                      -29-


<PAGE>



       1.146. "Term Loan B2" is defined in Section 2.3.1.

       1.147. "Term Loan B Note" is defined in Section 2.3.2.

       1.148. "Term Loans" means Term Loan A and Term Loan B, collectively.

       1.149.  "Term  Notes"  means  the Term  Loan A Notes  and the Term Loan B
Notes, collectively.

       1.150. "Uniform Customs and Practice" is defined in Section 2.4.7.

       1.151.  "United  States  Funds" means such coin or currency of the United
States of America as at the time shall be legal  tender  therein for the payment
of public and private debts.

       1.152.  "Unrestricted  Affiliate"  means a Person acquired by the Holding
Company in  accordance  with Section 6.9.7 and which is designated in writing by
the Holding Company to the Agent as an "Unrestricted Affiliate".

       1.153. "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of which all of the
outstanding  capital stock (or other shares of beneficial  interest) entitled to
vote generally (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the Holding
Company (or other specified Person) directly,  or indirectly through one or more
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

2.     The Credits.

       2.1.   Revolving Credit.

              2.1.1.  Revolving Loan. Subject to all the terms and conditions of
       this Agreement and so long as no Default exists, from time to time on and
       after the Initial Closing Date and prior to the Final Revolving  Maturity
       Date the Lenders  will,  severally in  accordance  with their  respective
       Commitments  in the  Revolving  Loan,  make loans to the Borrower in such
       amounts as may be requested by the  Borrower in  accordance  with Section
       2.1.3. The sum of the aggregate principal amount of loans made under this
       Section  2.1.1 at any one time  outstanding  plus the  Letter  of  Credit
       Exposure shall in no event exceed the lesser of (a) the Maximum Amount of
       Revolving  Credit  or (b)  the  Borrowing  Base.  In no  event  will  the
       principal  amount of loans at any one time outstanding made by any Lender
       pursuant to this  Section 2.1,  together  with such  Lender's  Percentage
       Interest  in  the  Letter  of  Credit  Exposure,   exceed  such  Lender's
       Commitment with respect to the Revolving Loan.

              2.1.2.  Maximum  Amount of  Revolving  Credit.  The term  "Maximum
       Amount of  Revolving  Credit"  means (a) (i)  $28,000,000  minus (ii) Net
       Asset Sale  Proceeds  described  in Section  4.3.3 and Net Debt  Proceeds
       described in Section 4.3.4,

                                      -30-


<PAGE>



       in each case to the extent  allocable to the Revolving Loan in accordance
       with  Section  4.6.2,  or (b) the  amount  (in an  integral  multiple  of
       $500,000) to which the then applicable  amount set forth in clause (a)(i)
       above  shall have been  irrevocably  reduced  from time to time by notice
       from the Borrower to the Agent.

              2.1.3.  Borrowing  Requests.  The  Borrower  may from time to time
       request a loan under  Section  2.1.1 by  providing  to the Agent a notice
       (which may be given by a telephone call received by a Lending  Officer if
       promptly  confirmed in writing).  Such notice must be not later than noon
       (Boston time) on the first Banking Day (third  Banking Day if any portion
       of such loan will be subject to a LIBOR  Pricing  Option on the requested
       Closing  Date) prior to the  requested  Closing  Date for such loan.  The
       notice must specify (a) the amount of the requested  loan (which shall be
       not less than  $50,000 and an integral  multiple of $50,000)  and (b) the
       requested  Closing Date  therefor  (which shall be a Banking  Day).  Upon
       receipt of such notice,  the Agent will promptly inform each other Lender
       (by  telephone or  otherwise).  Each such loan will be made at the Boston
       Office by  depositing  the amount  thereof to the general  account of the
       Borrower with the Agent.  In connection with each such loan, the Borrower
       shall furnish to the Agent a  certificate  in  substantially  the form of
       Exhibit 5.2.1.

              2.1.4.  Revolving  Notes.  The aggregate  principal  amount of the
       loans outstanding from time to time under this Section 2.1 is referred to
       as the "Revolving  Loan".  The Agent shall keep a record of the Revolving
       Loan as part of the Register.  The Revolving Loan shall be deemed owed to
       each Lender having a Commitment therein severally in accordance with such
       Lender's Percentage  Interest therein,  and all payments thereon shall be
       for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Percentage Interest
       therein.  The  Borrower's  obligations  to pay each  Lender's  Percentage
       Interest in the  Revolving  Loan shall be evidenced by a separate note of
       the Borrower in  substantially  the form of Exhibit 2.1.4 (the "Revolving
       Notes"),  payable  to  each  Lender  in  accordance  with  such  Lender's
       Percentage Interest in the Revolving Loan.

       2.2.   Term Loan A.

              2.2.1.  Term Loan A.  Subject to all the terms and  conditions  of
       this Agreement and so long as no Default  exists,  on the Initial Closing
       Date the Lenders  will, in accordance  with their  respective  Percentage
       Interests in Term Loan A,  severally  lend to the Borrower as a term loan
       $38,000,000,   including   $32,500,000  in  principal  amount  previously
       outstanding  ("Term Loan A1") and  $5,500,000  in principal  amount as an
       incremental  advance on the Initial  Closing  Date ("Term Loan A2").  The
       aggregate  principal  amount of the loans made  pursuant to this  Section
       2.2.1 at any one time  outstanding,  including both Term Loan A1 and Term
       Loan A2, is referred to as "Term Loan A". In connection with Term Loan A,
       the Borrower  shall furnish to the Agent a certificate  in  substantially
       the form of Exhibit 5.2.1.

                                      -31-


<PAGE>




              2.2.2.  Term Loan A Notes. Term Loan A shall be made at the Boston
       Office by crediting the amount of such loan to the general account of the
       Borrower  with the Agent  against  delivery to the Agent of the  separate
       term  notes of the  Borrower  (the  "Term  Loan A Notes")  payable to the
       respective  Lenders,  and marked to indicate  whether such notes evidence
       Term Loan A1 or Term Loan A2. The Term Loan A Notes issued to each Lender
       shall  be in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to  such  Lender's
       Percentage  Interest  in Term Loan A, and shall be in  substantially  the
       form of Exhibit 2.2.2.  The Agent shall keep a record of Term Loan A1 and
       Term Loan A2 as part of the Register.

       2.3.   Term Loan B.

              2.3.1.  Term Loan B.  Subject to all the terms and  conditions  of
       this Agreement and so long as no Default  exists,  on the Initial Closing
       Date the Lenders  will, in accordance  with their  respective  Percentage
       Interests in Term Loan B,  severally  lend to the Borrower as a term loan
       $9,000,000,   including   $4,400,000  in  principal   amount   previously
       outstanding  ("Term Loan B1") and  $4,600,000  in principal  amount as an
       incremental  advance on the Initial  Closing  Date ("Term Loan B2").  The
       aggregate  principal  amount of the loans made  pursuant to this  Section
       2.3.1 at any one time  outstanding,  including both Term Loan B1 and Term
       Loan B2, is referred to as "Term Loan B". In connection with Term Loan B,
       the Borrower  shall furnish to the Agent a certificate  in  substantially
       the form of Exhibit 5.2.1.

              2.3.2.  Term Loan B Notes. Term Loan B shall be made at the Boston
       Office by crediting the amount of such loan to the general account of the
       Borrower  with the Agent  against  delivery to the Agent of the  separate
       term  notes of the  Borrower  (the  "Term  Loan B Notes")  payable to the
       respective  Lenders,  and marked to indicate  whether such notes evidence
       Term Loan B1 or Term Loan B2. The Term Loan B Notes issued to each Lender
       shall  be in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to  such  Lender's
       Percentage  Interest  in Term Loan B, and shall be in  substantially  the
       form of Exhibit 2.3.2.  The Agent shall keep a record of Term Loan B1 and
       Term Loan B2 as part of the Register.

       2.4.   Letters of Credit.

              2.4.1. Issuance of Letters of Credit. Subject to all the terms and
       conditions of this Agreement and so long as no Default exists,  from time
       to time on and  after  the  Initial  Closing  Date and prior to the Final
       Revolving  Maturity  Date, the Letter of Credit Issuer will issue for the
       account of the Borrower one or more  irrevocable  documentary  or standby
       letters of credit (the  "Letters of Credit").  Letter of Credit  Exposure
       plus the Revolving Loan shall in no event exceed the lesser of (a) the

                                      -32-


<PAGE>



       Maximum Amount of Revolving  Credit or (b) the Borrowing Base.  Letter of
       Credit Exposure shall in no event exceed $1,000,000.

              2.4.2.  Requests for Letters of Credit. The Borrower may from time
       to time  request a Letter of  Credit  to be  issued by  providing  to the
       Letter of Credit  Issuer (and the Agent if the Letter of Credit Issuer is
       not the Agent) a notice  which is  actually  received  not less than five
       Banking  Days  prior to the  requested  Closing  Date for such  Letter of
       Credit  specifying (a) the amount of the requested Letter of Credit,  (b)
       the  beneficiary  thereof,  (c) the  requested  Closing  Date and (d) the
       principal  terms of the text for such  Letter of Credit.  Each  Letter of
       Credit will be issued by  forwarding  it to the Borrower or to such other
       Person as directed in writing by the  Borrower.  In  connection  with the
       issuance  of any  Letter of Credit,  the  Borrower  shall  furnish to the
       Letter of Credit  Issuer (and the Agent if the Letter of Credit Issuer is
       not the Agent) a certificate in  substantially  the form of Exhibit 5.2.1
       and any  customary  application  forms  required  by the Letter of Credit
       Issuer. In the event of any inconsistency  between such application forms
       and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern.

              2.4.3.  Form and  Expiration of Letters of Credit.  Each Letter of
       Credit  issued  under this  Section  2.4 and each draft  accepted or paid
       under such a Letter of Credit shall be issued,  accepted or paid,  as the
       case may be, by the Letter of Credit Issuer at its principal  office.  No
       Letter  of  Credit  shall   provide  for  the  payment  of  drafts  drawn
       thereunder,  and no draft shall be payable, at a date which is later than
       the  earlier of (a) the date 12 months  after the date of issuance or (b)
       the Final  Revolving  Maturity Date. Each Letter of Credit and each draft
       accepted  under a Letter  of  Credit  shall be in such  form and  minimum
       amount,  and shall contain such terms, as the Letter of Credit Issuer and
       the  Borrower may agree upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued,
       including  a  requirement  of not less  than  three  Banking  Days  after
       presentation of a draft before payment must be made thereunder.

              2.4.4.  Lenders'  Participation  in Letters  of  Credit.  Upon the
       issuance of any Letter of Credit, a participation  therein,  in an amount
       equal to each Lender's  Percentage  Interest in the Revolving Loan, shall
       automatically  be deemed  granted by the Letter of Credit  Issuer to each
       such  Lender  on the  date  of  such  issuance  and  such  Lenders  shall
       automatically  be  obligated,  as set forth in Section 10.4, to reimburse
       the Letter of Credit Issuer to the extent of their respective  Percentage
       Interests  in the  Revolving  Loan for all  obligations  incurred  by the
       Letter of Credit  Issuer to third  parties in  respect of such  Letter of
       Credit not  reimbursed by the Borrower.  The Letter of Credit Issuer will
       send to each Lender (and the Agent if the Letter of Credit  Issuer is not
       the Agent) a  confirmation  regarding  the  participations  in Letters of
       Credit outstanding during such month.

              2.4.5. Presentation. The Letter of Credit Issuer may accept or pay
       any draft  presented to it,  regardless  of when drawn and whether or not
       negotiated, if such draft,

                                      -33-


<PAGE>



       the other required  documents and any transmittal advice are presented to
       the Letter of Credit Issuer and dated on or before the expiration date of
       the Letter of Credit under which such draft is drawn. Except insofar as a
       particular Letter of Credit contains express, contrary instructions,  the
       Letter of Credit  Issuer  may  honor as  complying  with the terms of any
       Letter of Credit and with this  Agreement  any drafts or other  documents
       otherwise  in order  signed  or  issued  by an  administrator,  executor,
       conservator,  trustee in bankruptcy,  debtor in possession,  assignee for
       benefit of creditors,  liquidator, receiver or other legal representative
       of the party authorized under such Letter of Credit to draw or issue such
       drafts or other documents.

              2.4.6.  Payment  of  Drafts.  At such  time as a Letter  of Credit
       Issuer makes any payment on a draft  presented or accepted under a Letter
       of Credit,  the Borrower  will on demand pay to the Agent in  immediately
       available  funds the amount of such  payment.  Unless the Borrower  shall
       otherwise pay to the Agent the amount required by the foregoing sentence,
       such amount shall be  considered a loan under  Section  2.1.1 and part of
       the  Revolving  Loan as if the  Borrower  had  paid in  full  the  amount
       required  with respect to the Letter of Credit by  borrowing  such amount
       under  Section  2.1.1  to the  extent  such  amount  does not  cause  the
       Revolving Loan to exceed the Maximum Amount of Revolving Credit.

              2.4.7.  Uniform  Customs and Practice.  The most recent version of
       the Uniform  Customs and Practice for Documentary  Credits  approved by a
       Congress of the  International  Chamber of Commerce and adhered to by the
       Letter of Credit Issuer (the "Uniform  Customs and  Practice"),  shall be
       binding on the  Borrower  and the Letter of Credit  Issuer  except to the
       extent otherwise provided herein, in any Letter of Credit or in any other
       Credit  Document.  Anything  in the Uniform  Customs and  Practice to the
       contrary notwithstanding:

              (a)  Neither the  Borrower  nor any  beneficiary  of any Letter of
       Credit shall be deemed an agent of any Letter of Credit Issuer.

              (b) With  respect to each Letter of Credit,  neither the Letter of
       Credit Issuer nor its  correspondents  shall be responsible  for or shall
       have any duty to  ascertain  (unless the Letter of Credit  Issuer or such
       correspondent   is  grossly   negligent  or  willful  in  failing  so  to
       ascertain):

                     (i) the genuineness of any signature;

                     (ii) the validity, form, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness
              or legal effect of any endorsements;


                                      -34-


<PAGE>



                     (iii)  delay in  giving,  or  failure  to give,  notice  of
              arrival,  notice of refusal of  documents or of  discrepancies  in
              respect of which any Letter of Credit Issuer refuses the documents
              or any other notice, demand or protest;

                     (iv) the performance by any beneficiary under any Letter of
              Credit of such beneficiary's obligations to the Borrower;

                     (v)  inaccuracy  in any  notice  received  by the Letter of
              Credit Issuer;

                     (vi) the validity, form, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness
              or legal effect of any  instrument,  draft,  certificate  or other
              document  required by such Letter of Credit to be presented before
              payment of a draft if such instrument, draft, certificate or other
              document  appears on its face to comply with the  requirements  of
              the Letter of Credit,  or the office held by or the  authority  of
              any Person signing any of the same; or

                     (vii)  failure of any  instrument  to bear any reference or
              adequate  reference  to such  Letter of Credit,  or failure of any
              Person to note the amount of any instrument on the reverse of such
              Letter  of  Credit  or to  surrender  such  Letter of Credit or to
              forward documents in the manner required by such Letter of Credit.

              (c) The occurrence of any of the events referred to in the Uniform
       Customs and Practice or in the  preceding  clauses of this Section  2.4.7
       shall not  affect or prevent  the  vesting of any of the Letter of Credit
       Issuer's rights or powers hereunder or the Borrower's  obligation to make
       reimbursement  of  amounts  paid  under any Letter of Credit or any draft
       accepted thereunder.

              (d) The Borrower will  promptly  examine (i) each Letter of Credit
       (and any  amendments  thereof)  sent to it by the Letter of Credit Issuer
       and (ii) all instruments and documents  delivered to it from time to time
       by the Letter of Credit  Issuer.  The Borrower  will notify the Letter of
       Credit Issuer of any claim of noncompliance  by notice actually  received
       within  three  Banking  Days  after  receipt  of  any  of  the  foregoing
       documents, the Borrower being conclusively deemed to have waived any such
       claim against such Letter of Credit Issuer and its correspondents  unless
       such  notice  is  given.  The  Letter  of  Credit  Issuer  shall  have no
       obligation  or  responsibility  to send any such  Letter of Credit or any
       such instrument or document to the Borrower.

              (e) In the event of any conflict  between the  provisions  of this
       Agreement and the Uniform  Customs and Practice,  the  provisions of this
       Agreement shall govern.

              2.4.8. Subrogation.  Upon any payment by a Letter of Credit Issuer
       under any Letter of Credit and until the  reimbursement of such Letter of
       Credit Issuer by the

                                      -35-


<PAGE>



       Borrower with respect to such payment,  the Letter of Credit Issuer shall
       be entitled to be  subrogated  to, and to acquire and retain,  the rights
       which the  Person  to whom  such  payment  is made may have  against  the
       Borrower, all for the benefit of the Lenders. The Borrower will take such
       action as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably  request,  including
       requiring  the  beneficiary  of any  Letter  of Credit  to  execute  such
       documents  as the Letter of Credit  Issuer  may  reasonably  request,  to
       assure and confirm to the Letter of Credit  Issuer such  subrogation  and
       such rights,  including the rights,  if any, of the  beneficiary  to whom
       such  payment  is  made  in  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  other
       properties and assets of any Obligor.

              2.4.9.  Modification,  Consent,  etc. If the Borrower  requests or
       consents in writing to any  modification  or  extension  of any Letter of
       Credit, or waives any failure of any draft, certificate or other document
       to comply with the terms of such  Letter of Credit,  and if the Letter of
       Credit  Issuer  consents  thereto,  the Letter of Credit  Issuer shall be
       entitled to rely on such request, consent or waiver. This Agreement shall
       be binding upon the Borrower  with respect to such Letter of Credit as so
       modified or extended,  and with respect to any action taken or omitted by
       such Letter of Credit  Issuer  pursuant to any such  request,  consent or
       waiver.

       2.5.   Application of Proceeds.

              2.5.1. Revolving Loan. Subject to Section 2.5.4, the Borrower will
       apply the proceeds of the  Revolving  Loan for working  capital and other
       lawful corporate purposes of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries.

              2.5.2.  Term Loans.  The  Borrower  will apply the proceeds of the
       Term Loans to fund the  Acquisition,  to fund  Capital  Expenditures,  to
       refinance  existing term debt and to pay fees and expenses related to the
       foregoing.

              2.5.3.  Letters of Credit.  Letters of Credit shall be issued only
       for such lawful  corporate  purposes as the  Borrower  has  requested  in
       writing and to which the Letter of Credit Issuer agrees.

              2.5.4.  Specifically  Prohibited  Applications.  The Borrower will
       not,  directly  or  indirectly,  apply  any part of the  proceeds  of any
       extension of credit made pursuant to the Credit  Documents to purchase or
       to  carry  Margin  Stock  or  to  any  transaction  prohibited  by  Legal
       Requirements applicable to the Lenders or by the Credit Documents.

       2.6. Nature of Obligations of Lenders to Make  Extensions of Credit.  The
Lenders'  obligations  to extend credit under this Agreement are several and are
not joint or joint and several.  If on any Closing Date any Lender shall fail to
perform  its  obligations   under  this  Agreement,   the  aggregate  amount  of
Commitments to make the extensions of credit under this

                                      -36-


<PAGE>



Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of unborrowed  Commitment of the Lender
so  failing to  perform  and the  Percentage  Interests  shall be  appropriately
adjusted.  Lenders that have not failed to perform their obligations to make the
extensions  of  credit  contemplated  by  Section 2 may,  if any such  Lender so
desires,  assume, in such proportions as such Lenders may agree, the obligations
of any  Lender  who  has  so  failed  and  the  Percentage  Interests  shall  be
appropriately  adjusted. The provisions of this Section 2.6 shall not affect the
rights of the  Borrower  against any Lender  failing to perform its  obligations
hereunder.

3.     Interest; LIBOR Pricing Options; Fees.

       3.1.  Interest.  The Loan shall  accrue and bear  interest  at a rate per
annum which shall at all times equal the Applicable Rate. Prior to any stated or
accelerated  maturity of the Loan,  the Borrower will, on each Payment Date, pay
the accrued and unpaid interest on the portion of the Loan which was not subject
to a LIBOR Pricing  Option.  On the last day of each LIBOR Interest Period or on
any earlier  termination of any LIBOR Pricing Option,  the Borrower will pay the
accrued and unpaid  interest on the portion of the Loan which was subject to the
LIBOR  Pricing  Option which  expired or terminated on such date. In the case of
any LIBOR Interest  Period longer than three months,  the Borrower will also pay
the accrued and unpaid  interest on the portion of the Loan subject to the LIBOR
Pricing Option having such LIBOR Interest Period at three-month  intervals,  the
first such payment to be made on the last Banking Day of the three-month  period
which begins on the first day of such LIBOR  Interest  Period.  On the stated or
any  accelerated  maturity of the Loan,  the  Borrower  will pay all accrued and
unpaid  interest on the Loan,  including any accrued and unpaid  interest on any
portion  of the Loan  which  is  subject  to a LIBOR  Pricing  Option.  Upon the
occurrence and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default,  the Lenders may
require  accrued  interest to be payable on demand or at regular  intervals more
frequent than each Payment  Date.  All payments of interest  hereunder  shall be
made to the  Agent  for the  account  of each  Lender  in  accordance  with such
Lender's Percentage Interest.

       3.2. LIBOR Pricing Options.

              3.2.1.  Election of LIBOR Pricing  Options.  Subject to all of the
       terms  and  conditions  hereof  and so long  as no  Default  exists,  the
       Borrower  may from  time to time,  by  irrevocable  notice  to the  Agent
       actually  received  not  less  than  three  Banking  Days  prior  to  the
       commencement of the LIBOR Interest Period selected in such notice,  elect
       to have such  portion  of the Loan as the  Borrower  may  specify in such
       notice  accrue  and bear  interest  during the LIBOR  Interest  Period so
       selected at the Applicable  Rate computed on the basis of the LIBOR Rate.
       In the  event the  Borrower  at any time  fails to elect a LIBOR  Pricing
       Option  under  this  Section  3.2.1  for any  portion  of the Loan  (upon
       termination of a LIBOR Pricing Option or otherwise), then such portion of
       the Loan will accrue and bear  interest at the  Applicable  Rate based on
       the Base  Rate.  No  election  of a LIBOR  Pricing  Option  shall  become
       effective:


                                      -37-


<PAGE>



              (a) if,  prior  to the  commencement  of any such  LIBOR  Interest
       Period,  the Agent  determines  that (i) the  electing or granting of the
       LIBOR  Pricing  Option in  question  would  violate a Legal  Requirement,
       whether or not having the force of law so long as compliance therewith is
       customary  commercial  practice,  (ii)  Eurodollar  deposits in an amount
       comparable  to the  principal  amount of the Loan as to which  such LIBOR
       Pricing  Option has been elected and which have a term  corresponding  to
       the  proposed  LIBOR  Interest  Period are not readily  available  in the
       London inter-bank  Eurodollar market, or (iii) by reason of circumstances
       affecting  the  London  inter-bank   Eurodollar   market,   adequate  and
       reasonable  methods  do not  exist for  ascertaining  the  interest  rate
       applicable to such deposits for the proposed LIBOR Interest Period; or

              (b) if the  Required  Lenders  shall  have  advised  the  Agent by
       telephone or  otherwise  at or prior to noon (Boston  time) on the second
       Banking Day prior to the  commencement  of such proposed  LIBOR  Interest
       Period (and shall have  subsequently  confirmed in writing)  that,  after
       reasonable efforts to determine the availability of Eurodollar  deposits,
       the Required Lenders reasonably anticipate that Eurodollar deposits in an
       amount equal to the  Percentage  Interest of the Required  Lenders in the
       portion  of the Loan as to  which  such  LIBOR  Pricing  Option  has been
       elected and which have a term  corresponding to the LIBOR Interest Period
       in question will not be offered in the Eurodollar  market to the Required
       Lenders at a rate of interest that does not exceed the anticipated  LIBOR
       Basic Rate.

              3.2.2.  Notice to Lenders and  Borrower.  The Agent will  promptly
       inform each Lender (by telephone or otherwise) of each notice received by
       it from the Borrower  pursuant to Section 3.2.1 and of the LIBOR Interest
       Period specified in such notice.  Upon  determination by the Agent of the
       LIBOR Rate for such LIBOR  Interest  Period or in the event such election
       shall not become  effective,  the Agent will promptly notify the Borrower
       and  each  Lender  (by  telephone  or  otherwise)  of the  LIBOR  Rate so
       determined or why such election did not become effective, as the case may
       be.

              3.2.3. Selection of LIBOR Interest Periods. LIBOR Interest Periods
       shall be selected so that:

              (a) the minimum  portion of the Loan subject to any LIBOR  Pricing
       Option shall be $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $500,000;

              (b) no more than 10 LIBOR Pricing  Options shall be outstanding at
       any one time;

              (c) a  portion  of each of Term Loan A and Term Loan B equal to or
       greater  than the amount of the next  mandatory  prepayment  required  by
       Section  4.2 shall not be subject to a LIBOR  Pricing  Option on the date
       such mandatory prepayment is required to be made; and

                                      -38-


<PAGE>




              (d) no LIBOR  Interest  Period with  respect to any portion of the
       Loan  shall  expire  later  than the  Applicable  Maturity  Date for such
       portion of the Loan.

              3.2.4.  Additional Interest. If any portion of the Loan subject to
       a LIBOR  Pricing  Option  is  repaid,  or any  LIBOR  Pricing  Option  is
       terminated for any reason (including acceleration of maturity), on a date
       which is  prior to the last  Banking  Day of the  LIBOR  Interest  Period
       applicable  to such LIBOR  Pricing  Option,  the Borrower will pay to the
       Agent for the account of each  Lender in  accordance  with such  Lender's
       Percentage  Interest,  in addition  to any amounts of interest  otherwise
       payable  hereunder,  an amount equal to the present value  (calculated in
       accordance with this Section 3.2.4) of interest for the unexpired portion
       of such LIBOR Interest Period on the portion of the Loan so repaid, or as
       to which a LIBOR Pricing  Option was so  terminated,  at a per annum rate
       equal to the  excess,  if any, of (a) the rate  applicable  to such LIBOR
       Pricing  Option  minus (b) the rate of interest  obtainable  by the Agent
       upon the purchase of debt securities  customarily  issued by the Treasury
       of the United States of America which have a maturity date  approximating
       the last Banking Day of such LIBOR Interest Period.  The present value of
       such additional interest shall be calculated by discounting the amount of
       such  interest  for  each  day in the  unexpired  portion  of such  LIBOR
       Interest  Period  from  such  day  to  the  date  of  such  repayment  or
       termination  at a per annum  interest  rate  equal to the  interest  rate
       determined  pursuant  to clause  (b) of the  preceding  sentence,  and by
       adding  all such  amounts  for all such  days  during  such  period.  The
       determination  by the Agent of such  amount  of  interest  shall,  in the
       absence of manifest  error,  be conclusive.  For purposes of this Section
       3.2.4,  if any  portion of the Loan  which was to have been  subject to a
       LIBOR  Pricing  Option is not  outstanding  on the first day of the LIBOR
       Interest  Period  applicable to such LIBOR Pricing  Option other than for
       reasons  described in Section 3.2.1, the Borrower shall be deemed to have
       terminated such LIBOR Pricing Option.

              3.2.5.  Violation of Legal Requirements.  If any Legal Requirement
       shall prevent any Lender from funding or maintaining through the purchase
       of deposits in the London interbank  Eurodollar market any portion of the
       Loan subject to a LIBOR Pricing Option or otherwise from giving effect to
       such Lender's  obligations as  contemplated by Section 3.2, (a) the Agent
       may by notice to the Borrower terminate all of the affected LIBOR Pricing
       Options,  (b) the portion of the Loan  subject to such  terminated  LIBOR
       Pricing  Options  shall  immediately  bear  interest  thereafter  at  the
       Applicable  Rate  computed  on the  basis  of the  Base  Rate and (c) the
       Borrower shall make any payment required by Section 3.2.4.

              3.2.6. Funding Procedure.  The Lenders may fund any portion of the
       Loan subject to a LIBOR Pricing Option out of any funds  available to the
       Lenders.  Regardless  of the source of the funds  actually used by any of
       the  Lenders to fund any portion of the Loan  subject to a LIBOR  Pricing
       Option, however, all amounts payable

                                      -39-


<PAGE>



       hereunder,  including the interest rate applicable to any such portion of
       the Loan and the amounts  payable under  Sections 3.2.4 and 3.5, shall be
       computed as if each Lender had actually  funded such Lender's  Percentage
       Interest in such  portion of the Loan through the purchase of deposits in
       such amount of the type by which the LIBOR Basic Rate was determined with
       a maturity the same as the  applicable  LIBOR  Interest  Period  relating
       thereto and through the transfer of such  deposits  from an office of the
       Lender having the same location as the applicable  LIBOR Office to one of
       such Lender's offices in the United States of America.

       3.3.  Commitment Fees. In  consideration  of the Lenders'  commitments to
make  the  extensions  of  credit  provided  for  in  Section  2.1,  while  such
commitments are outstanding,  the Borrower will pay to the Agent for the account
of the Lenders in accordance  with the Lenders'  respective  Commitments  in the
Revolving  Loan, on each Payment  Date, an amount equal to interest  computed at
the rate of 0.50% per annum on the amount by which (a) the average daily Maximum
Amount of Revolving  Credit during the month or portion  thereof  ending on such
Payment Date exceeded (b) the sum of (i) the average daily Revolving Loan during
such month or  portion  thereof  plus (ii) the  average  daily  Letter of Credit
Exposure during such month or portion thereof; provided, however, that the first
such payment shall be for the period  beginning on the Initial  Closing Date and
ending on the first Payment Date.

       3.4.  Letter of Credit Fees.  The Borrower  will pay to the Agent for the
account of each of the Lenders  having a  Percentage  Interest in the Letters of
Credit, in accordance with the Lenders' respective Percentage Interests, on each
Payment Date  occurring in March,  June,  September  and  December,  a Letter of
Credit fee equal to interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable  Margin
indicated  for the LIBOR Rate on the  average  daily  Letter of Credit  Exposure
during the  three-month  period or portion  thereof ending on such Payment Date.
The  Borrower  will pay to the Agent  for the  account  of the  Letter of Credit
Issuer, on each Payment Date occurring in March, June, September and December, a
fronting fee equal to interest at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% on the average
daily Letter of Credit Exposure during the three-month period or portion thereof
ending on such  Payment  Date.  The  Borrower  will pay to the  Letter of Credit
Issuer  customary  service  charges and expenses for its services in  connection
with the Letters of Credit at the times and in the amounts  from time to time in
effect  in  accordance  with its  general  rate  structure,  including  fees and
expenses relating to issuance, amendment, negotiation,  cancellation and similar
operations.

       3.5. Changes in Circumstances; Yield Protection.

              3.5.1.  Reserve  Requirements,   etc.  If  any  Legal  Requirement
       (whether or not having the force of law so long as  compliance  therewith
       is customary commercial practice) shall (a) impose,  modify,  increase or
       deem  applicable any insurance  assessment,  reserve,  special deposit or
       similar  requirement  against  any  Funding  Liability  or the Letters of
       Credit,  (b)  impose,  modify,  increase  or deem  applicable  any  other
       requirement  or condition  with  respect to any Funding  Liability or the
       Letters of

                                      -40-


<PAGE>



       Credit,  or (c) change the basis of  taxation of Funding  Liabilities  or
       payments in respect of any Letter of Credit  (other  than  changes in the
       rate of taxes  measured by the overall net income of such Lender) and the
       effect  of any of the  foregoing  shall  be to  increase  the cost to any
       Lender  of  issuing,   making,  funding  or  maintaining  its  respective
       Percentage Interest in any portion of the Loan subject to a LIBOR Pricing
       Option or any  Letter  of  Credit,  to reduce  the  amounts  received  or
       receivable by such Lender under this  Agreement or to require such Lender
       to make any  payment  or forego  any  amounts  otherwise  payable to such
       Lender under this Agreement  (other than any Tax or any reserves that are
       included in computing the LIBOR Reserve Rate), then such Lender may claim
       compensation from the Borrower under Section 3.5.5.

              3.5.2. Taxes. All payments of the Credit Obligations shall be made
       without  set-off or  counterclaim  and free and clear of any  deductions,
       including deductions for Taxes, unless the Borrower is required by law to
       make such deductions.  If (a) any Lender shall be subject to any Tax with
       respect  to any  payment  of the Credit  Obligations  or its  obligations
       hereunder or (b) the Borrower shall be required to withhold or deduct any
       Tax on any payment on the Credit Obligations,  then such Lender may claim
       compensation  from the Borrower  under  Section  3.5.5 to the extent such
       Lender is then in compliance with any applicable  requirements of Section
       13.  Whenever  Taxes must be withheld by the Borrower with respect to any
       payments of the Credit  Obligations,  the Borrower shall promptly furnish
       to the Agent for the account of the applicable  Lender official  receipts
       (to the extent that the relevant  governmental  authority  delivers  such
       receipts)  evidencing  payment  of any  such  Taxes so  withheld.  If the
       Borrower  fails to pay any such  Taxes  when due or fails to remit to the
       Agent for the  account of the  applicable  Lender the  required  receipts
       evidencing  payment  of any  such  Taxes so  withheld  or  deducted,  the
       Borrower shall indemnify the affected  Lender for any  incremental  Taxes
       and  interest or  penalties  that may become  payable by such Lender as a
       result of any such failure.  In the event any Lender receives a refund of
       any Taxes for which it has received  payment from the Borrower under this
       Section  3.5.2,  such Lender shall promptly pay the amount of such refund
       to the Borrower,  together with any interest  thereon  actually earned by
       such Lender.

              3.5.3.  Capital  Adequacy.  If any  Lender  shall  determine  that
       compliance  by such  Lender  with any Legal  Requirement  (whether or not
       having  the force of law so long as  compliance  therewith  is  customary
       commercial  practice) regarding capital adequacy of banks or bank holding
       companies  has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on
       the capital of such Lender and its  Affiliates as a  consequence  of such
       Lender's commitment to make the extensions of credit contemplated hereby,
       or such Lender's  maintenance  of the  extensions of credit  contemplated
       hereby,  to a level below that which such Lender could have  achieved but
       for such  compliance  (taking  into  consideration  the  policies of such
       Lender and its Affiliates  with respect to capital  adequacy  immediately
       before such  compliance  and assuming that the capital of such Lender and
       its Affiliates was fully utilized prior to such compliance) by an amount

                                      -41-


<PAGE>



       deemed  by such  Lender  to be  material,  then  such  Lender  may  claim
       compensation from the Borrower under Section 3.5.5.

              3.5.4.  Regulatory Changes. If any Lender shall determine that (a)
       any change in any Legal Requirement (including any new Legal Requirement)
       (whether or not having the force of law so long as  compliance  therewith
       is customary commercial practice) after the date hereof shall directly or
       indirectly  (i) reduce the amount of any sum  received or  receivable  by
       such  Lender  with  respect  to the Loan or the  Letters of Credit or the
       return to be earned by such  Lender on the Loan or the Letters of Credit,
       (ii) impose a cost on such Lender or any Affiliate of such Lender that is
       attributable to the making or maintaining of, or such Lender's commitment
       to make,  its  portion of the Loan or the  Letters  of  Credit,  or (iii)
       require  such Lender or any  Affiliate of such Lender to make any payment
       on,  or  calculated  by  reference  to,  the gross  amount of any  amount
       received by such Lender  under any Credit  Document  (other than Taxes or
       income or franchise  taxes),  and (b) such  reduction,  increased cost or
       payment  shall  not be  fully  compensated  for by an  adjustment  in the
       Applicable  Rate or the Letter of Credit fees, then such Lender may claim
       compensation from the Borrower under Section 3.5.5.

              3.5.5.  Compensation  Claims.  Within 15 days after the receipt by
       the Borrower of a  certificate  from any Lender  setting  forth why it is
       claiming  compensation  under  this  Section  3.5  and  computations  (in
       reasonable detail) of the amount thereof,  the Borrower shall pay to such
       Lender  such  additional  amounts  as  such  Lender  sets  forth  in such
       certificate  as  sufficient  fully to  compensate  it on  account  of the
       foregoing  provisions of this Section 3.5, together with interest on such
       amount from the 15th day after receipt of such certificate  until payment
       in full thereof at the Overdue  Reimbursement  Rate. The determination by
       such Lender of the amount to be paid to it and the basis for  computation
       thereof  hereunder  shall be conclusive so long as (a) the Lender acts in
       good faith, (b) the Lender's  determination does not contain any manifest
       error  and (c) the  Lender  used  reasonable  averaging  and  attribution
       methods.  The  Borrower  shall be  entitled to replace any such Lender in
       accordance with Section 11.3.

              3.5.6.  Mitigation.  Each  Lender  shall  take  such  commercially
       reasonable  steps  as it may  determine  are not  disadvantageous  to it,
       including  changing lending offices to the extent  feasible,  in order to
       reduce amounts  otherwise payable by the Borrower to such Lender pursuant
       to  Sections  3.2.4 and 3.5 or to make LIBOR  Pricing  Options  available
       under  Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.5.  In addition,  the Borrower shall not be
       responsible  for costs (a) under  Section 3.5  arising  more than 90 days
       prior to receipt by the  Borrower of the  certificate  from the  affected
       Lender  pursuant to such Section 3.5 or (b) under  Section  3.2.4 arising
       from the  termination of LIBOR Pricing Options more than 90 days prior to
       the demand by the Agent for payment under Section 3.2.4.


                                      -42-


<PAGE>



       3.6.  Computations  of Interest and Fees. For purposes of this Agreement,
interest,  commitment  fees and  Letter  of Credit  fees  (and any other  amount
expressed  as interest or such fees) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year for actual days elapsed.  If any payment required by this Agreement becomes
due on any day  that  is not a  Banking  Day,  such  payment  shall,  except  as
otherwise  provided in the LIBOR Interest Period, be made on the next succeeding
Banking  Day.  If the due date for any  payment of  principal  is  extended as a
result of the immediately preceding sentence,  interest shall be payable for the
time during which payment is extended at the Applicable Rate.

4.     Payment.

       4.1.  Payment  at  Maturity.  On  the  Applicable  Maturity  Date  or any
accelerated  maturity of the Loan,  the  Borrower  will pay to the Agent for the
account  of the  Lenders  an amount  equal to the  portion of the Loan then due,
together with all accrued and unpaid  interest and fees with respect thereto and
on the latest Applicable Maturity Date or any accelerated  maturity of the Loan,
all other Credit Obligations then outstanding.

       4.2.   Scheduled Required Prepayments.

              4.2.1. Term Loan A.

                     4.2.1.1.  Term  Loan A1.  On each  Payment  Date set  forth
              below,  the Borrower  will pay to the Agent for the account of the
              Lenders  as a  prepayment  of Term  Loan A1 the  lesser of (a) the
              amount  set forth  below for such  date,  adjusted  to the  extent
              required by Section 4.6.2 or (b) the principal amount of Term Loan
              A1 then outstanding.

                   Payment Date                                Amount

                   March 31, 1999                         $   406,250
                   June 30, 1999                           $1,531,250
                   September 30, 1999                      $1,531,250
                   December 31, 1999                       $1,531,250
                   March 31, 2000                         $   700,000
                   June 30, 2000                           $2,600,000
                   September 30, 2000                      $2,600,000
                   December 31, 2000                       $2,600,000
                   March 31, 2001                         $   800,000
                   June 30, 2001                           $2,900,000
                   September 30, 2001                      $2,900,000
                   December 31, 2001                       $2,900,000
                   March 31, 2002                         $   800,000
                   June 30, 2002                           $2,900,000

                                      -43-


<PAGE>



                   September 30, 2002                     $2,900,000
                   December 31, 2002                      $2,900,000

                     4.2.1.1.  Term  Loan A2.  On each  Payment  Date set  forth
              below,  the Borrower  will pay to the Agent for the account of the
              Lenders  as a  prepayment  of Term  Loan A2 the  lesser of (a) the
              amount  set forth  below for such  date,  adjusted  to the  extent
              required by Section 4.6.2 or (b) the principal amount of Term Loan
              A2 then outstanding.

                   Payment Date                               Amount

                   March 31, 1999                         $        0
                   June 30, 1999                          $        0
                   September 30, 1999                     $        0
                   December 31, 1999                      $        0
                   March 31, 2000                            $25,000
                   June 30, 2000                             $75,000
                   September 30, 2000                        $75,000
                   December 31, 2000                         $75,000
                   March 31, 2001                            $75,000
                   June 30, 2001                            $475,000
                   September 30, 2001                       $475,000
                   December 31, 2001                        $475,000
                   March 31, 2002                           $300,000
                   June 30, 2002                          $1,150,000
                   September 30, 2002                     $1,150,000
                   December 31, 2002                      $1,150,000

              4.2.2. Term Loan B.

                     4.2.2.1.  Term  Loan B1.  On each  Payment  Date set  forth
              below,  the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account of the
              Lenders  as a  prepayment  of Term Loan B1,  the lesser of (a) the
              amount  set forth  below for such  date,  adjusted  to the  extent
              required by Section  4.6.2,  and (b) the principal  amount of Term
              Loan B1 then outstanding.

                   Payment Date                            Amount

                   June 30, 1999                          $33,333
                   September 30, 1999                     $33,333
                   December 31, 1999                      $33,334
                   June 30, 2000                          $33,333
                   September 30, 2000                     $33,333

                                      -44-


<PAGE>



                   December 31, 2000                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2001                             $33,333
                   September 30, 2001                        $33,333
                   December 31, 2001                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2002                             $33,333
                   September 30, 2002                        $33,333
                   December 31, 2002                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2003                          $4,000,000

                     4.2.2.2.  Term  Loan B2.  On each  Payment  Date set  forth
              below,  the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account of the
              Lenders  as a  prepayment  of Term Loan B2,  the lesser of (a) the
              amount  set forth  below for such  date,  adjusted  to the  extent
              required by Section  4.6.2,  and (b) the principal  amount of Term
              Loan B2 then outstanding.

                   Payment Date                               Amount

                   June 30, 1999                             $33,333
                   September 30, 1999                        $33,333
                   December 31, 1999                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2000                             $33,333
                   September 30, 2000                        $33,333
                   December 31, 2000                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2001                             $33,333
                   September 30, 2001                        $33,333
                   December 31, 2001                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2002                             $33,333
                   September 30, 2002                        $33,333
                   December 31, 2002                         $33,334
                   June 30, 2003                          $4,200,000

       4.3.   Contingent Required Prepayments.

              4.3.1.  Excess Credit Exposure.  If at any time the Revolving Loan
       exceeds the limits set forth in Section 2.1,  the  Borrower  shall within
       one  Banking  Day pay  the  amount  of  such  excess  to the  Agent  as a
       prepayment  of the  Revolving  Loan.  If at any time the Letter of Credit
       Exposure  exceeds the limits set forth in Section 2.3, the Borrower shall
       within one  Banking  Day pay the amount of such excess to the Agent to be
       applied as provided in Section 4.5.

              4.3.2.  Excess Cash Flow.  Within five Banking Days after the date
       annual  financial  statements  have been (or are  required  to have been)
       furnished  by the  Holding  Company  to the  Lenders in  accordance  with
       Section 6.4.1, beginning with the annual

                                      -45-


<PAGE>



       financial  statements for the year ending December 31, 1999, the Borrower
       shall pay to the Agent as a  prepayment  of the  Loans,  to be applied as
       provided in Section  4.6.2 in an amount equal to (a) 75% of  Consolidated
       Excess  Cash  Flow  for  its  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year  if
       Consolidated Total Debt as of the end of such year exceeds or is equal to
       350% Consolidated  EBITDA for such year or (b) 50% of Consolidated Excess
       Cash Flow for its most recently completed year if Consolidated Total Debt
       as of the end of such year is less than 350% of  Consolidated  EBITDA for
       such year.

              4.3.3. Net Asset Sale Proceeds. Within five days prior to the sale
       or  other  disposition  of  any  assets  by  the  Borrower  or any of its
       Subsidiaries  that would result in Net Asset Sale Proceeds,  the Borrower
       shall provide  written notice to the Lenders of the closing date for such
       asset sale or disposition  and the amount of the Net Asset Sale Proceeds.
       Upon receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Asset Sale
       Proceeds,  the Borrower  shall within three Banking Days pay to the Agent
       as a prepayment  of the Loan,  to be applied as provided in Section 4.6.2
       the lesser of (a) the amount of such Net Asset Sale  Proceeds  or (b) the
       amount of the Loan.

              4.3.4. Net Debt Proceeds. Within five days prior to the incurrence
       of  Designated  Financing  Debt  by  the  Holding  Company  or any of its
       Subsidiaries, the Borrower shall provide written notice to the Lenders of
       the closing date for such Designated Financing Debt and the amount of the
       Net Debt Proceeds. Within three Banking Days after the incurrence of such
       Designated  Financing  Debt,  the  Borrower  shall  pay to the Agent as a
       prepayment  of the Loan,  to be applied as provided in Section  4.6.2 the
       lesser of (a) the amount of such Net Debt  Proceeds  or (b) the amount of
       the Loan; provided;  however,  that the Borrower shall be required to pay
       only 75% of Net Debt Proceeds under this Section 4.3.4 as a result of the
       issuance of  additional  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  after the
       Initial Closing Date.

              4.3.5. Net Equity Proceeds. Within five days prior to the issuance
       of  any  equity   securities  by  the  Holding  Company  or  any  of  its
       Subsidiaries that would result in Net Equity Proceeds, the Borrower shall
       provide  written  notice  to the  Lenders  of the  closing  date for such
       issuance and the amount of the Net Equity Proceeds.  Within three Banking
       Days after the receipt by the Holding Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
       of Net  Equity  Proceeds,  the  Borrower  shall  pay to  the  Agent  as a
       prepayment  of the Loan to be applied as  provided  in Section  4.6.2 the
       lesser of (a) 75% of the  amount of such Net Equity  Proceeds  or (b) the
       amount of the Loan.

       4.4. Voluntary  Prepayments.  In addition to the prepayments  required by
Sections  4.2 and 4.3,  the  Borrower  may from time to time  prepay  all or any
portion of the Loan (in a minimum amount of $50,000 and an integral  multiple of
$50,000,  or such  lesser  amount as is then  outstanding),  without  premium or
penalty of any type  (except as  provided in Section  3.2.4 with  respect to the
early  termination of LIBOR Pricing  Options).  Voluntary Term Loan  prepayments
must be allocated between Term Loan A and Term Loan B pro rata

                                      -46-


<PAGE>



based on the  relative  outstanding  principal  amounts  thereof,  and  shall be
applied pro rata to the remaining amortization  installments pursuant to Section
4.2.1 or 4.2.2,  as the case may be. The Borrower  shall give the Agent at least
one Banking Day prior notice of its intention to prepay the Revolving Loan under
this  Section  4.4,  specifying  the date of  payment,  the total  amount of the
Revolving  Loan to be paid on such date and the  amount of  interest  to be paid
with such prepayment.

       The  Borrower  shall give the Lenders at least five days prior  notice of
its  intention to prepay the Term Loans under this Section 4.4,  specifying  the
date of payment,  the total  amount of Term Loan A and Term Loan B to be paid on
such date and the amount of interest to be paid with such prepayment.

       4.5.  Letters of Credit.  If on the Final Revolving  Maturity Date or any
accelerated maturity of the Credit Obligations the Lenders shall be obligated in
respect of a Letter of Credit or a draft accepted under a Letter of Credit,  the
Borrower will either:

              (a) prepay such  obligation by depositing with the Agent an amount
       of cash, or

              (b) deliver to the Agent a standby  letter of credit  (designating
       the Agent as  beneficiary  and  issued by a bank and on terms  reasonably
       acceptable to the Agent),

in each  case in an amount  equal to the  portion  of the then  Letter of Credit
Exposure issued for the account of the Borrower.  Any such cash so deposited and
the cash  proceeds of any draw under any standby  Letter of Credit so furnished,
including any interest  thereon,  shall be returned by the Agent to the Borrower
only  when,  and to the extent  that,  the amount of such cash held by the Agent
exceeds the Letter of Credit  Exposure at such time and no Default  then exists;
provided, however, that if an Event of Default occurs and the Credit Obligations
become or are declared  immediately  due and  payable,  the Agent may apply such
cash,  including  any  interest  thereon,  to the  payment  of any of the Credit
Obligations  as  provided  in  section  3.5.6  of  the  Guarantee  and  Security
Agreement.

       4.6. Reborrowing; Application of Payments, etc.

              4.6.1.  Reborrowing.  The amounts of the  Revolving  Loan  prepaid
       pursuant to Section 4.4 may be reborrowed  from time to time prior to the
       Final Maturity Date in accordance with Section 2.1, subject to the limits
       set forth therein.  No portion of the Term Loans prepaid hereunder may be
       reborrowed.

              4.6.2.  Order of Application.  Any prepayment of the Loan pursuant
       to Sections 4.3.2,  4.3.3,  4.3.4 or 4.3.5 shall be applied first to Term
       Loan A and Term Loan B, with any balance to the Revolving  Loan and, only
       in the case of prepayments under Sections 4.3.3 (Net Asset Sale Proceeds)
       and  4.3.4  (Net  Debt  Proceeds),  to  the  permanent  reduction  of the
       Revolving Loan Commitments whether or not any

                                      -47-


<PAGE>



       Revolving Loan is then  outstanding.  Prepayments of Term Loan A and Term
       Loan B made pursuant to Sections 4.3.2,  4.3.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.5 or 4.4 shall
       be applied pro rata to the remaining  amortization  installments pursuant
       to Section  4.2.1 or 4.2.2,  as the case may be,  and shall be  allocated
       between  Term Loan A and Term Loan B (and  between  Term Loan A1 and Term
       Loan A2 and between  Term Loan B1 and Term Loan B2) pro rata based on the
       relative outstanding principal amounts thereof, except as provided below.
       Any Lender who does not wish to receive a prepayment of Term Loan B under
       Sections  4.3 or 4.4 must  notify the Agent and the  Borrower  within two
       Banking Days after receipt of notice of such proposed prepayment.  If the
       Borrower accepts such Lender's election not to receive such prepayment of
       Term Loan B, the portion of the Net Asset Sale  Proceeds  that would have
       been applied to the  repayment of the portion of Term Loan B held by such
       Lender shall  instead be applied to the  repayment of Term Loan A. If the
       Borrower  does not accept  such  Lender's  election  not to receive  such
       prepayment of Term Loan B, the Borrower  shall  promptly  provide  notice
       thereof to such Lender and the Agent, and shall allocate such prepayments
       between  Term  Loan A and  Term  Loan B pro rata  based  on the  relative
       outstanding  principal  amounts  thereof.  Subject to the foregoing,  any
       prepayment  of the Loan shall be applied first to the portion of the Loan
       not then subject to LIBOR Pricing  Options,  then the balance of any such
       prepayment  shall be applied to the  portion of the Loan then  subject to
       LIBOR  Pricing  Options,  in the  chronological  order of the  respective
       maturities thereof (or as the Borrower may otherwise specify in writing),
       together with any payments required by Section 3.2.4.

              4.6.3. Payment with Accrued Interest, etc. Upon all prepayments of
       the Term Loans,  the Borrower shall pay to the Agent the principal amount
       to be prepaid,  together with unpaid  interest in respect thereof accrued
       to the date of  prepayment.  Notice of  prepayment  having  been given in
       accordance  with  Section  4.4,  and  whether  or not  notice is given of
       prepayments  pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the amount specified to be
       prepaid  shall  become  due  and  payable  on  the  date   specified  for
       prepayment.

              4.6.4.  Payments for Lenders.  All payments of principal hereunder
       shall be made to the Agent for the account of the  Lenders in  accordance
       with the Lenders' respective Percentage Interests.

5.     Conditions to Extending Credit.

       5.1.  Conditions on Initial  Closing Date. The obligations of the Lenders
to make any  extension  of credit  pursuant to Section 2 shall be subject to the
satisfaction, on or before the Initial Closing Date, of the conditions set forth
in this  Section 5.1 as well as the further  conditions  in Section  5.2. If the
conditions  set forth in this Section 5.1 are not met on or prior to the Initial
Closing Date,  the Lenders  shall have no  obligation to make any  extensions of
credit hereunder.


                                      -48-


<PAGE>



              5.1.1.  Notes. The Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered
       to the Agent a Revolving Note, Term Loan A Notes for each Lender having a
       Percentage Interest in such portion of the Loan and Term Loan B Notes for
       each Lender having a Percentage Interest in such portion of the Loan.

              5.1.2.  Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent
       the fees contemplated by the separate agreement between the Agent and the
       Holding Company dated on or prior to the date hereof.

              5.1.3.  Legal  Opinions.  On the Initial Closing Date, the Lenders
       shall have received from the following counsel their respective  opinions
       with respect to the  transactions  contemplated by the Credit  Documents,
       which opinions shall be in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to
       the Required Lenders:

                     (a)  Foley &  Lardner,  special  counsel  for  the  Holding
              Company and its Subsidiaries.

                     (b)  Confirmation  to the  Lenders of the opinion of Parker
              Chapin  Flattau  &  Klimpl,  LLP,  counsel  to  Heartland  and the
              Heartland Sellers, delivered under the Acquisition Agreement.

                     (c) Ropes & Gray, special counsel for the Agent.

                     The  Holding  Company  authorizes  and  directs its special
              counsel to furnish the foregoing opinion.

              5.1.4. Guarantee and Security Agreement.  Each of the Borrower and
       its  Subsidiaries,  including  Heartland,  shall  have  duly  authorized,
       executed and delivered to the Agent a Guarantee and Security Agreement in
       substantially  the form of Exhibit  5.1.4 (the  "Guarantee  and  Security
       Agreement") (or a joinder thereto in form reasonably  satisfactory to the
       Agent),  as  well  as  the  patent  and  trademark  security   agreements
       contemplated therein.

              5.1.5.  Guarantee and Pledge Agreement.  The Holding Company shall
       have duly authorized, executed and delivered to the Agent a Guarantee and
       Pledge  Agreement  in  substantially  the  form  of  Exhibit  5.1.5  (the
       "Guarantee and Pledge Agreement").

              5.1.6.  Real  Estate  Collateral.  The  Obligors  shall  have duly
       authorized,  executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Agent a mortgage
       on each material real property owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
       and a leasehold  mortgage on each material  real  property  leased by the
       Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  (other  than  Heartland,  none of  whose
       leaseholds is material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries

                                      -49-


<PAGE>



       taken as a whole),  with a  landlord's  consent  and waiver and any other
       documents  required to allow for the  recording  or filing of a leasehold
       mortgage,  in each case in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to
       the  Agent,  together  with,  for each  such  real  property:  (a)  title
       insurance with such insurer,  in such amount,  in such form and with such
       exceptions  as  are  reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  Agent,   (b)  an
       environmental  site assessment report in such form, with such conclusions
       and  from  such   environmental   engineering   firm  as  are  reasonably
       satisfactory  to the Agent,  (c) a survey on each real property  owned by
       the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is reasonably  satisfactory to the
       Agent  and (d) a legal  opinion  of local  counsel  with  respect  to the
       recording and enforceability of such mortgages and leasehold mortgages in
       form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

              5.1.7.  Perfection  of  Security.  Each  Obligor  shall  have duly
       authorized,  executed,  acknowledged,  delivered,  filed,  registered and
       recorded such security  agreements,  notices,  financing  statements  and
       other instruments as the Agent may have reasonably  requested in order to
       perfect the Liens purported or required  pursuant to the Credit Documents
       to be created in the  Credit  Security  and shall have paid all filing or
       recording  fees or taxes  required  to be paid in  connection  therewith,
       including any recording,  mortgage,  documentary,  transfer or intangible
       taxes.

              5.1.8.  Acquisition.  Other than as  consented  to by the Agent in
       writing,  with the  consent of the  Required  Lenders if such  consent is
       material:

                     (a) The provisions of the  Acquisition  Agreement shall not
              have been amended, modified, waived or terminated.

                     (b)  All  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of the
              Heartland Sellers set forth in the Acquisition  Agreement shall be
              complete  and  correct in all  material  respects on and as of the
              Initial Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made
              on and as of such date.

                     (c) All of the other  conditions to the  obligations of the
              Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  set  forth  in  the  Acquisition
              Agreement shall have been satisfied.

                     (d) Any material consent, authorization,  order or approval
              of  any  Person  required  in  connection  with  the  transactions
              contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement shall have been obtained
              and shall be in full force and effect.

                     (e) All of the items  required  to be  delivered  under the
              Acquisition Agreement shall have been so delivered.


                                      -50-


<PAGE>



                     (f) The merger of HI Acquisition Corp. into Heartland shall
              have been consummated in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement
              and Wisconsin and Delaware corporate law.

                     (g) Contemporaneously with the making by the Lenders of the
              first  extension of credit  hereunder,  the Holding  Company shall
              have furnished to the Lenders a certificate of a Financial Officer
              to the effect that the closing has occurred under the  Acquisition
              Agreement and to the effect that each of the  conditions set forth
              in this Section 5.1.8 has been satisfied.

              5.1.9. Capitalization, etc.

                     (a) On the Initial  Closing Date, (i) the lesser of (A) the
              Maximum  Amount of  Revolving  Credit and (B) the  Borrowing  Base
              shall exceed (ii) the Revolving Loan by at least $2,000,000.

                     (b) On the Initial  Closing Date,  the Seller  Subordinated
              Debt  owing to the  Heartland  Sellers  shall be  funded  on terms
              reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.

                     (c)  After  giving  effect  to  the   Acquisition  and  the
              incurrence   of  the   Seller   Subordinated   Debt,   the  Senior
              Subordinated Notes and the Credit Obligations, the Holding Company
              and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole:

                            (i) will be solvent;

                            (ii) will have assets having a fair  saleable  value
                     in  excess of the  amount  required  to pay their  probable
                     liability  on their  existing  debts as such  debts  become
                     absolute and mature;

                            (iii) will have access to  adequate  capital for the
                     conduct of their business; and

                            (iv) will have the  ability to pay their  debts from
                     time to time incurred as such debts mature.

                     (d) The Holding Company shall have furnished to the Lenders
              a certificate of a Financial Officer to such effect, together with
              detailed computations  verifying the items in clause (a) above and
              calculations pursuant to Section 7.2.1(e) demonstrating compliance
              with the  Computation  Covenants,  in each case  giving  pro forma
              effect  to the  Acquisition  and  the  incurrence  of  the  Credit
              Obligations.

              5.1.10.  Termination of Prior Credit Agreement.  Contemporaneously
       with the initial  advances  hereunder,  Heartland shall have paid in full
       all principal, interest and

                                      -51-


<PAGE>



       other accrued and outstanding  amounts under the Prior Credit  Agreement,
       all commitments to extend further credit under the Prior Credit Agreement
       shall have been  terminated,  all Liens securing  amounts owing under the
       Prior  Credit  Agreement  shall have been  released  and the Prior Credit
       Agreement shall have become  terminated and of no further force or effect
       (except  for  indemnity  provisions  that  by  their  terms  survive  the
       termination of the Prior Credit Agreement).

              5.1.11. Unaudited Annual Financial Statements. The Holding Company
       shall have furnished to the Lenders the respective unaudited Consolidated
       balance  sheets for the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  and for
       Heartland  as  of  December  31,  1998  and  the   respective   unaudited
       Consolidated income statements for the year then ended, together with the
       pro forma balance sheet and income  statement for the Holding Company and
       its Subsidiaries, including Heartland on a pro forma basis, for such date
       and period, all in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

              5.1.12.  Insurance.  The Agent shall have  reviewed the  insurance
       policies  of  the  Holding  Company  and  its   Subsidiaries,   including
       Heartland,  and the results of such review shall be  satisfactory  to the
       Agent.

              5.1.13.   Environmental   Review.  A  third  party   environmental
       engineering  firm reasonably  acceptable to the Agent shall have reviewed
       an  environmental  due diligence report with respect to Heartland and the
       results of such review shall be satisfactory to the Agent.

              5.1.14.   Modification  of  Securities  Purchase  Agreements.  The
       Securities  Purchase  Agreements  shall have been  modified to permit the
       Acquisition  and to make other  conforming  changes in form and substance
       reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

              5.1.15.  Proper  Proceedings.  This  Agreement,  each other Credit
       Document and the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby shall have
       been  authorized by all  necessary  corporate or other  proceedings.  All
       necessary  consents,  approvals and authorizations of any governmental or
       administrative  agency  or any other  Person  of any of the  transactions
       contemplated  hereby  or by any other  Credit  Document  shall  have been
       obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

              5.1.16. General. All legal and corporate proceedings in connection
       with the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement shall be reasonably
       satisfactory  in form and substance to the Agent and the Agent shall have
       received  copies  of all  documents,  including  certified  copies of the
       Charter  and  By-Laws  of the  Holding  Company  and the other  Obligors,
       records of  corporate  proceedings,  certificates  as to  signatures  and
       incumbency of officers and opinions of counsel,  which the Agent may have
       reasonably  requested  in  connection  therewith,  such  documents  where
       appropriate  to  be  certified  by  proper   corporate  or   governmental
       authorities.

                                      -52-


<PAGE>




       5.2.  Conditions  to Each  Extension of Credit.  The  obligations  of the
Lenders to make any  extension of credit  pursuant to Section 2 shall be subject
to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date for such extension of credit,
of the following conditions:

              5.2.1. Officer's  Certificate.  The representations and warranties
       contained  in  Section  7 shall  be true  and  correct  on and as of such
       Closing  Date with the same force and effect as though  made on and as of
       such date (except as to any  representation or warranty which refers to a
       specific earlier date); no Default shall exist on such Closing Date prior
       to or  immediately  after  giving  effect to the  requested  extension of
       credit; no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31,
       1997,  and the Borrower  shall have  furnished to the Agent in connection
       with the requested extension of credit a certificate to these effects, in
       substantially the form of Exhibit 5.2.1, signed by a Financial Officer.

              5.2.2.  Legality,  etc. The making of the  requested  extension of
       credit  shall not (a)  subject  any Lender to any  penalty or special tax
       (other than a Tax for which the  Borrower is  required to  reimburse  the
       Lenders under Section 3.5), (b) be prohibited by any Legal Requirement or
       (c) violate any credit  restraint  program of the executive branch of the
       government of the United States of America, the Board of Governors of the
       Federal Reserve System or any other governmental or administrative agency
       so long as any Lender reasonably believes that compliance therewith is in
       the best interests of such Lender.

6. General  Covenants.  Each of the Holding Company,  the Borrower and the other
Guarantors  covenants that, until all of the Credit  Obligations shall have been
paid in full and until the  Lenders'  commitments  to extend  credit  under this
Agreement and any other Credit Document shall have been irrevocably  terminated,
the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  will  comply  with  the  following
provisions:

       6.1.   Taxes and Other Charges; Accounts Payable.

              6.1.1.  Taxes and Other Charges.  Each of the Holding  Company and
       its  Subsidiaries  shall duly pay and discharge,  or cause to be paid and
       discharged,  before the same becomes in arrears,  all taxes,  assessments
       and  other  governmental   charges  imposed  upon  such  Person  and  its
       properties, sales or activities, or upon the income or profits therefrom,
       as well as all claims for labor,  materials  or supplies  which if unpaid
       might by law become a Lien upon any of its property;  provided,  however,
       that any such tax,  assessment,  charge or claim  need not be paid if the
       validity or amount  thereof  shall at the time be contested in good faith
       by appropriate  proceedings  and if such Person shall, in accordance with
       GAAP, have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto;
       and  provided,  further,  that  each  of  the  Holding  Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries  shall pay or bond, or cause to be paid or bonded,  all such
       taxes,

                                      -53-


<PAGE>



       assessments,  charges or other  governmental  claims immediately upon the
       commencement of proceedings to foreclose any Lien which may have attached
       as security  therefor  (except to the extent such  proceedings  have been
       dismissed or stayed).

              6.1.2.  Accounts  Payable.  Each of the  Holding  Company  and its
       Subsidiaries shall promptly pay when due, or in conformity with customary
       trade terms,  all accounts  payable  incident to the  operations  of such
       Person not referred to in Section 6.1.1; provided, however, that any such
       accounts payable need not be paid if the validity or amount thereof shall
       at the time be  contested  in good  faith and if such  Person  shall,  in
       accordance with GAAP, have set aside on its books adequate  reserves with
       respect thereto.

       6.2.   Conduct of Business, etc.

              6.2.1. Types of Business. The Holding Company and its Subsidiaries
       shall not substantially  engage in any business other than (a) children's
       consumer  and  commercial  indoor  and  outdoor  play  products,  (b) new
       products that utilize the Borrower's metal fabrication or plastic forming
       core competencies, (c) yard barns, storage sheds, stand-alone garages and
       weekender  cabins  or  (d)   substantially   similar  products  to  those
       identified  in clauses  (a),  (b) and (c) that may be sold  through  home
       centers,  mass merchants or commercial and industrial trade classes,  and
       other activities related thereto.

              6.2.2. Maintenance of Properties.  Each of the Holding Company and
       its Subsidiaries:

                     (a) shall keep its properties in such repair, working order
              and  condition,  and shall  from  time to time make such  repairs,
              replacements,  additions and improvements thereto as are necessary
              for the efficient  operation of its businesses and shall comply at
              all times in all material  respects with all material  franchises,
              licenses and leases to which it is party so as to prevent any loss
              or forfeiture  thereof or thereunder,  except where (i) compliance
              is at the  time  being  contested  in good  faith  by  appropriate
              proceedings  and (ii) failure to comply with the provisions  being
              contested has not resulted, and does not create a material risk of
              resulting, in the aggregate in any Material Adverse Change; and

                     (b) shall do all things  necessary to  preserve,  renew and
              keep in full  force  and  effect  and in good  standing  its legal
              existence  and  authority  necessary  to  continue  its  business;
              provided,  however,  that this Section  6.2.2(b) shall not prevent
              the merger, consolidation or liquidation of Subsidiaries permitted
              by Section 6.11.

              6.2.3.  Statutory Compliance.  Each of the Holding Company and its
       Subsidiaries  shall  comply in all material  respects  with all valid and
       applicable statutes,

                                      -54-


<PAGE>



       laws,  ordinances,   zoning  and  building  codes  and  other  rules  and
       regulations  of  the  United  States  of  America,   of  the  states  and
       territories   thereof  and  their  counties,   municipalities  and  other
       subdivisions and of any foreign country or other jurisdictions applicable
       to such Person,  except where (a) compliance  therewith shall at the time
       be contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings and (b) failure so
       to comply with the provisions being contested has not resulted,  and does
       not create a material risk of resulting, in the aggregate in any Material
       Adverse Change.

              6.2.4.  Compliance with Material  Agreements.  Each of the Holding
       Company and its Subsidiaries  shall comply in all material  respects with
       the  Material  Agreements  (to the extent not in  violation  of the other
       provisions of this Agreement or any other Credit  Document).  Without the
       prior  written  consent of the Required  Lenders,  no Material  Agreement
       shall be amended, modified, waived or terminated in any manner that would
       have in any material  respect an adverse  effect on the  interests of the
       Lenders.

       6.3.   Insurance.

              6.3.1.  Business  Interruption  Insurance.  Each  of  the  Holding
       Company and its Subsidiaries  shall maintain with  financially  sound and
       reputable insurers insurance related to interruption of business,  either
       for loss of revenues or for extra  expense,  in the manner  customary for
       businesses of similar size engaged in similar activities.

              6.3.2.  Property  Insurance.  Each of the Holding  Company and its
       Subsidiaries  shall keep its assets which are of an  insurable  character
       insured by  financially  sound and reputable  insurers  against theft and
       fraud and against loss or damage by fire,  explosion and hazards  insured
       against  by  extended  coverage  to  the  extent,  in  amounts  and  with
       deductibles  at  least as  favorable  as those  generally  maintained  by
       businesses of similar size engaged in similar activities.

              6.3.3.  Liability  Insurance.  Each of the Holding Company and its
       Subsidiaries shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers
       insurance against  liability for hazards,  risks and liability to persons
       and property,  including product liability  insurance,  to the extent, in
       amounts and with deductibles at least as favorable as those maintained as
       of the date hereof and as generally  maintained  by businesses of similar
       size engaged in similar activities; provided, however, that it may effect
       workers'  compensation  insurance  or similar  coverage  with  respect to
       operations  in any  particular  state or other  jurisdiction  through  an
       insurance fund operated by such state or  jurisdiction  or by meeting the
       self-insurance requirements of such state or jurisdiction.

              6.3.4.  Flood  Insurance.  Each  of the  Holding  Company  and its
       Subsidiaries  shall at all times keep each parcel of real property  owned
       or leased by it which is (a) included in the Credit  Security,  (b) in an
       area determined by the Director of the Federal

                                      -55-


<PAGE>



       Emergency Management Agency to be subject to special flood hazard and (c)
       in a community  participating  in the National Flood  Insurance  Program,
       insured  against  such  special  flood  hazards in an amount equal to the
       maximum limit of coverage  available for the particular  type of property
       under the federal National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.

       6.4.  Financial  Statements and Reports.  Each of the Holding Company and
its Subsidiaries  shall maintain a system of accounting in which correct entries
shall be made of all  transactions  in relation to their business and affairs in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  practice.  The fiscal year of the
Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries  shall end on December 31 in each year and
the fiscal  quarters of the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  shall end on
March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 in each year.

              6.4.1.  Annual  Reports.  The Holding Company shall furnish to the
       Lenders as soon as  available,  and in any event within 90 days after the
       end of each fiscal  year,  the  Consolidated  and  Consolidating  balance
       sheets of the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  and of the Borrower
       and its  Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, the Consolidated
       and  Consolidating  statements of income and  Consolidated  statements of
       changes in shareholders'  equity and of cash flows of the Holding Company
       and its  Subsidiaries  and of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries for such
       fiscal  year (all in  reasonable  detail)  and  together,  in the case of
       Consolidated  financial  statements,  with  comparative  figures  for the
       immediately preceding fiscal year, all accompanied by:

              (a) Reports of Ernst & Young LLP (or, if they cease to be auditors
       of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries,  other independent certified
       public   accountants   of   recognized   national   standing   reasonably
       satisfactory   to  the   Required   Lenders),   containing   no  material
       qualification,  to the  effect  that  they  have  audited  the  foregoing
       Consolidated  financial  statements in accordance with generally accepted
       auditing  standards  and  that  such  Consolidated  financial  statements
       present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of the
       Holding  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  and of  the  Borrower  and  its
       Subsidiaries  covered  thereby at the dates  thereof  and the  results of
       their operations for the periods covered thereby in conformity with GAAP.

              (b) The statement of such  accountants  that they have caused this
       Agreement  to be  reviewed  and that in the course of their  audit of the
       Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  no  facts  have  come  to  their
       attention  that  cause  them to believe  that any  Default  exists and in
       particular  that they have no knowledge of any Default under Sections 6.5
       through 6.20 or, if such is not the case, specifying such Default and the
       nature thereof.  This statement is furnished by such accountants with the
       understanding  that the examination of such accountants  cannot be relied
       upon to give such accountants  knowledge of any such Default except as it
       relates  to  accounting  or  auditing  matters  within the scope of their
       audit.


                                      -56-


<PAGE>



              (c) A  certificate  of the Holding  Company  signed by a Financial
       Officer to the effect that such  officer has caused this  Agreement to be
       reviewed and has no knowledge of any Default, or if such officer has such
       knowledge,  specifying  such  Default  and the nature  thereof,  and what
       action the Holding  Company has taken, is taking or proposes to take with
       respect thereto.

              (d)  Computations by the Holding  Company  comparing the financial
       statements  referred to above with the most recent budget for such fiscal
       year furnished to the Lenders in accordance with Section 6.4.5.

              (e) Computations by the Holding Company in substantially  the form
       of  Exhibit  6.4  demonstrating,  as of the  end  of  such  fiscal  year,
       compliance  with the  Computation  Covenants,  certified  by a  Financial
       Officer.

              (f)  Calculations,  as at the end of such fiscal year,  of (i) the
       Accumulated  Benefit  Obligations  for each Plan  covered  by Title IV of
       ERISA (other than Multiemployer  Plans) and (ii) the fair market value of
       the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefits.

              (g)  Supplements  to  Exhibits  7.1 and  7.3,  exhibit  3.3 to the
       Guarantee  and Security  Agreement  and exhibit 3.2 to the  Guarantee and
       Pledge Agreement showing any changes in the information set forth in such
       exhibits not previously  furnished to the Lenders in writing,  as well as
       any  changes in the  Charter,  Bylaws or  incumbency  of  officers of the
       Obligors from those previously certified to the Agent.

              (h) In the  event of a change in GAAP  after  December  31,  1997,
       computations by the Holding  Company,  certified by a Financial  Officer,
       reconciling  the financial  statements  referred to above with  financial
       statements  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP as  applied  to the other
       covenants in Section 6 and related definitions.

              (i) In reasonable detail,  management's discussion and analysis of
       the results of  operations  and the  financial  condition  of the Holding
       Company and its  Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
       the end of and for the year covered by such financial statements.

              6.4.2. Quarterly Reports. The Holding Company shall furnish to the
       Lenders as soon as available and, in any event,  within 45 days after the
       end of each of the first three  fiscal  quarters of the Holding  Company,
       the internally prepared  Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheets of
       the  Holding  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  and the  Borrower  and its
       Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter,  the  Consolidated and
       Consolidating statements of income and Consolidated statements of changes
       in shareholders'  equity and of cash flows of the Holding Company and its
       Subsidiaries  and the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  for  such  fiscal
       quarter and for the portion of the fiscal

                                      -57-


<PAGE>



       year then ended (all in reasonable  detail) and together,  in the case of
       Consolidated statements,  with comparative figures for the same period in
       the preceding fiscal year, all accompanied by:

              (a) A  certificate  of the Holding  Company  signed by a Financial
       Officer to the effect that such  Consolidated  financial  statements have
       been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly, in all material
       respects,   the  financial  position  of  the  Holding  Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries covered thereby at the
       dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods covered
       thereby,  subject  only to  normal  year-end  audit  adjustments  and the
       addition of footnotes.

              (b) A  certificate  of the Holding  Company  signed by a Financial
       Officer to the effect that such  officer has caused this  Agreement to be
       reviewed and has no knowledge of any Default, or if such officer has such
       knowledge, specifying such Default and the nature thereof and what action
       the Holding Company has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect
       thereto.

              (c)  Computations by the Holding  Company  comparing the financial
       statements  referred to above with the most recent  budget for the period
       covered  thereby  furnished  to the Lenders in  accordance  with  Section
       6.4.5.

              (d) Computations by the Holding Company in substantially  the form
       of Exhibit 6.4 demonstrating,  as of the end of such quarter,  compliance
       with the Computation Covenants, certified by a Financial Officer.

              (e)  Supplements  to  Exhibits  7.1 and  7.3,  exhibit  3.3 to the
       Guarantee  and Security  Agreement  and exhibit 3.2 to the  Guarantee and
       Pledge Agreement showing any changes in the information set forth in such
       exhibits not previously  furnished to the Lenders in writing,  as well as
       any  changes in the  Charter,  Bylaws or  incumbency  of  officers of the
       Obligors from those previously certified to the Agent.

              (f) In the  event of a change in GAAP  after  December  31,  1997,
       computations by the Holding  Company,  certified by a Financial  Officer,
       reconciling  the financial  statements  referred to above with  financial
       statements  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP as  applied  to the other
       covenants in Section 6 and related definitions.

              (g) In reasonable detail,  management's discussion and analysis of
       the results of operations and financial  condition of the Holding Company
       and its  Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end
       of and for the fiscal period covered by the financial statements referred
       to above.


                                      -58-


<PAGE>



              6.4.3.  Monthly Reports. The Borrower shall furnish to the Lenders
       as soon as available  and, in any event,  within 25 days after the end of
       each month,  the internally  prepared  Consolidated  balance sheet of the
       Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  as at the  end of  such  month  and the
       Consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
       such month (all in reasonable  detail),  all accompanied by a certificate
       of the Holding  Company signed by a Financial  Officer to the effect that
       such  financial  statements  were  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP and
       present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of the
       Persons  covered  thereby at the dates  thereof  and the results of their
       operations  for the  periods  covered  thereby,  subject  only to  normal
       year-end audit adjustments and the addition of footnotes.

              6.4.4.  Borrowing Base Reports.  The Borrower shall furnish to the
       Lenders,  as soon as available and, in any event (a) within 20 days after
       the end of each month, or (b) within 10 days following any request by the
       Agent if more frequently than monthly,  but not more frequently than once
       per week, a certificate of a Financial Officer supplying  computations of
       the  Borrowing  Base at the end of such  month (or week,  as the case may
       be).

              6.4.5.  Other Reports.  The Holding Company shall promptly furnish
       to the Lenders:

              (a) As soon as prepared and in any event  before the  beginning of
       each fiscal year,  an annual budget and  operating  projections  for such
       fiscal year of the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries,  prepared in a
       manner  consistent  with the  manner in which the  financial  projections
       described in Section 7.2.1 were prepared.

              (b) Any material updates of such budget and projections.

              (c) Any management letters furnished to the Holding Company or any
       of its Subsidiaries by the Holding Company's auditors.

              (d) All budgets,  projections,  statements of operations and other
       reports furnished generally to the shareholders of the Holding Company.

              (e) Such  registration  statements,  proxy statements and reports,
       including  Forms S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, 10-K,  10-Q and 8-K, as may be filed
       by the Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries with the Securities and
       Exchange Commission.

              (f) Any 90-day letter or 30-day  letter from the federal  Internal
       Revenue  Service (or the equivalent  notice  received from state or other
       taxing  authorities)  asserting  tax  deficiencies  against  the  Holding
       Company or any of its Subsidiaries.


                                      -59-


<PAGE>



              6.4.6.  Notice of Litigation,  Defaults,  etc. The Holding Company
       shall  promptly  furnish to the Lenders  notice of any  litigation or any
       administrative  or  arbitration  proceeding  (a) which creates a material
       risk of resulting,  after giving effect to any applicable  insurance,  in
       the payment by the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  of more than
       $750,000 or (b) which  results,  or creates a material risk of resulting,
       in a Material Adverse Change.  Promptly upon acquiring knowledge thereof,
       the Holding  Company  shall  notify the Lenders of the  existence  of any
       Default or Material  Adverse  Change,  specifying  the nature thereof and
       what action the Holding Company or any Subsidiary has taken, is taking or
       proposes to take with respect thereto.

              6.4.7.  ERISA  Reports.  The Holding  Company shall furnish to the
       Lenders as soon as  available  the  following  items with  respect to any
       Plan:

              (a) any  request  for a  waiver  of the  funding  standards  or an
       extension of the amortization period,

              (b) any  reportable  event (as defined in section  4043 of ERISA),
       unless the notice  requirement  with  respect  thereto has been waived by
       regulation,

              (c) any notice  received by any ERISA  Group  Person that the PBGC
       has instituted or intends to institute proceedings to terminate any Plan,
       or that any Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization,

              (d) notice of the  possibility  of the  termination of any Plan by
       its administrator pursuant to section 4041 of ERISA, and

              (e) notice of the intention of any ERISA Group Person to withdraw,
       in whole or in part, from any Multiemployer Plan.

              6.4.8. Other  Information;  Audit. From time to time at reasonable
       intervals upon request of any authorized  officer of any Lender,  each of
       the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  shall  furnish to such Lender
       such  other  information  regarding  the  business,   assets,   financial
       condition,   income  or  prospects   of  the  Holding   Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries as such officer may reasonably request,  including copies of
       all tax returns,  licenses,  agreements,  leases and instruments to which
       any of the Holding Company or its  Subsidiaries  is party.  Each Lender's
       authorized  officers  and  representatives  shall  have the right  during
       normal business hours upon reasonable notice and at reasonable  intervals
       to  examine  the  books  and  records  of the  Holding  Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries,  to make  copies  and notes  therefrom  for the  purpose of
       ascertaining  compliance with or obtaining  enforcement of this Agreement
       or any other Credit Document.  The Agent, upon reasonable advance notice,
       may undertake to have

                                      -60-


<PAGE>



       the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  reviewed by the Agent's  commercial
       financial examiners and fixed asset appraisers.

       6.5.   Certain Financial Tests.

              6.5.1. Consolidated Net Worth. Consolidated Net Worth shall at all
       times  exceed  the sum of (a)  $14,000,000  plus (b) the  amount by which
       Consolidated  Net Worth has been increased after the Initial Closing Date
       as a result of capital  contributions,  the issuance of capital  stock or
       partnership  interests of the Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
       the issuance of warrants, options or other rights to acquire such capital
       stock or  partnership  interests or the exercise of warrants,  options or
       other rights or the conversion of securities into such capital stock plus
       (c) 75% of Consolidated  Net Income (if positive) for each fiscal quarter
       of the Holding Company after December 31, 1998.

              6.5.2.  Consolidated  EBITDA.  For each period of four consecutive
       fiscal quarters of the Holding Company,  Consolidated  EBITDA shall equal
       or exceed the amount specified in the table below.

                      Period Ending                                Amount

                  March 31, 1999                               $19,500,000

                  June 30, 1999                                $20,250,000

                  September 30, 1999                           $20,750,000

                  December 31, 1999 through
                  March 31, 2000                               $21,250,000

                  June 30, 2000                                $22,000,000

                  September 30, 2000                           $23,000,000

                  December 31, 2000 through
                  March 31, 2001                               $23,750,000

                  June 30, 2001 through
                  September 30, 2001                           $24,500,000

                  December 31, 2001 through
                  September 30, 2002                           $25,000,000


                                      -61-


<PAGE>



                  December 31, 2002 through
                  September 30, 2003                           $25,500,000

                  December 31, 2003 and thereafter             $26,000,000

              6.5.3.   Consolidated   Total   Debt   to   Consolidated   EBITDA.
       Consolidated  Total Debt shall not on any date exceed the  percentage set
       forth in the table  below of  Consolidated  EBITDA for the most  recently
       completed period of four consecutive  fiscal quarters for which financial
       reports have been (or are required to have been) furnished to the Lenders
       in accordance with Section 6.4.1 or 6.4.2.

                  Period Ending                                 Percentage

                  March 31, 1999                                  400%

                  June 30, 1999                                   375%

                  September 30, 1999 through
                  March 31, 2000                                  350%

                  June 30, 2000                                   325%

                  September 30, 2000                              300%

                  December 31, 2000 through
                  March 31, 2001                                  275%

                  June 30, 2001 through
                  September 30, 2001                              265%

                  December 31, 2001 and thereafter                250%

              6.5.4.  Consolidated  Adjusted  EBITDA  Plus Rent to  Consolidated
       Fixed  Charges  Plus Rent.  For each  period of four  consecutive  fiscal
       quarters of the Holding  Company,  (a) the sum of  Consolidated  Adjusted
       EBITDA plus one third of Consolidated  Rental  Obligations shall equal or
       exceed  the  percentage  specified  in the table  below of (b) the sum of
       Consolidated  Fixed  Charges  plus  one  third  of  Consolidated   Rental
       Obligations:

                  Period Ending                                 Percentage

                  September 30, 1997 through
                  March 31, 2001                                    110%

                                      -62-


<PAGE>



                  June 30, 2001 and thereafter                       115%

              6.5.5.  Capital  Expenditures.  The  aggregate  amount of  Capital
       Expenditures in any fiscal year of the Holding Company ending on or after
       December 31, 1998 shall not exceed the sum of (a) the amount set forth in
       the table below plus (b) the amount by which Capital Expenditures made in
       the immediately preceding fiscal year were less than the amount specified
       in the table below for such preceding fiscal year.

                  Fiscal Year Ending                               Amount

                  December 31, 1999                            $6,200,000
                  Thereafter                                   $5,000,000

       6.6.   Indebtedness.   Neither  the  Holding   Company  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  shall create,  incur,  assume or otherwise become or remain liable
with respect to any Indebtedness (or become  contractually  committed to do so),
except the following:

              6.6.1. Indebtedness in respect of the Credit Obligations.

              6.6.2. Guarantees permitted by Section 6.7.

              6.6.3. Current liabilities, other than Financing Debt, incurred in
       the ordinary course of business.

              6.6.4. To the extent that payment thereof shall not at the time be
       required by Section 6.1,  Indebtedness in respect of taxes,  assessments,
       governmental charges and claims for labor, materials and supplies.

              6.6.5.  Indebtedness  secured  by Liens of  carriers,  warehouses,
       mechanics and landlords permitted by Sections 6.8.5 and 6.8.6.

              6.6.6.  Indebtedness  in respect of  judgments or awards (a) which
       have been in force for less than the  applicable  appeal period or (b) in
       respect of which the Holding Company or any Subsidiary  shall at the time
       in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings  for review and, in
       the case of each of  clauses  (a) and (b),  the  Holding  Company or such
       Subsidiary shall have taken  appropriate  reserves therefor in accordance
       with GAAP and execution of such judgment or award shall not be levied.

              6.6.7. To the extent  permitted by Section 6.8.7,  Indebtedness in
       respect of  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations  or secured by purchase money
       security  interests;  provided,  however,  that the  aggregate  principal
       amount of all  Indebtedness  permitted by this  Section  6.6.7 at any one
       time outstanding shall not exceed $1,000,000.


                                      -63-


<PAGE>



              6.6.8.  Indebtedness  in respect of deferred  taxes arising in the
       ordinary course of business.

              6.6.9.  Indebtedness in respect of intercompany loans and advances
       among the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries  which are not prohibited
       by Section 6.9.

              6.6.10. The Seller Subordinated Debt, the Convertible Subordinated
       Debentures and the Senior Subordinated Notes.

              6.6.11.  Unfunded pension liabilities and obligations with respect
       to Plans so long as the Holding  Company and all ERISA Group  Persons are
       in compliance with Section 6.16.

              6.6.12.  Other  Indebtedness  outstanding  on the date  hereof and
       described  in Exhibit 7.3 and (except  with  respect to the Prior  Credit
       Agreement,  which shall be  terminated  on the Initial  Closing Date) all
       renewals  and  extensions  thereof  not in excess of the  amount  thereof
       outstanding immediately prior to such renewal or extension.

              6.6.13.  Indebtedness  (other than Financing  Debt) in addition to
       the foregoing;  provided,  however, that the aggregate amount of all such
       Indebtedness  at any one time  outstanding  shall not exceed  $2,000,000,
       minus the amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under Section 6.6.7.

       6.7. Guarantees;  Letters of Credit.  Neither the Holding Company nor any
of its Subsidiaries shall become or remain liable with respect to any Guarantee,
including  reimbursement  obligations,  whether  contingent  or  matured,  under
letters of credit or other  financial  guarantees  by third  parties  (or become
contractually committed do to so), except the following:

              6.7.1. Letters of Credit and Guarantees of the Credit Obligations.

              6.7.2. Guarantees by the Holding Company of Indebtedness and other
       obligations incurred by its Subsidiaries and permitted by Section 6.6.

              6.7.3.  The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries may join a consolidated
       group for federal  income tax  purposes  that  includes  only the Holding
       Company and its Subsidiaries so long as the liability of the Borrower and
       its Subsidiaries is limited by a tax sharing  agreement among the members
       of such group to the extent provided in Section 6.10.6.

              6.7.4.  Guarantees by the  Guarantors  of the Senior  Subordinated
       Notes.


                                      -64-


<PAGE>



       6.8. Liens. Neither the Holding Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall
create,  incur or enter  into,  or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist,
any Lien (or become contractually committed to do so), except the following:

              6.8.1.  Liens  on the  Credit  Security  that  secure  the  Credit
       Obligations.

              6.8.2.  Liens to secure taxes,  assessments and other governmental
       charges,  to the extent  that  payment  thereof  shall not at the time be
       required by Section 6.1.

              6.8.3.  Deposits or pledges  made (a) in  connection  with,  or to
       secure payment of, workers' compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
       pensions  or other  social  security,  (b) in  connection  with  casualty
       insurance  maintained in  accordance  with Section 6.3, (c) to secure the
       performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts relating to
       Financing Debt) or leases, (d) to secure statutory  obligations or surety
       or appeal bonds,  (e) to secure  indemnity,  performance or other similar
       bonds in the  ordinary  course  of  business  or (f) in  connection  with
       contested  amounts to the extent that payment  thereof  shall not at that
       time be required by Section 6.1.

              6.8.4. Liens in respect of judgments or awards, to the extent that
       such  judgments or awards are  permitted by Section 6.6.6 but only to the
       extent  that such Liens are  junior to the Liens on the  Credit  Security
       granted to secure the Credit Obligations.

              6.8.5. Liens of carriers, warehouses, mechanics and similar Liens,
       in each case (a) in existence less than 90 days from the date of creation
       thereof or (b) being  contested  in good faith by the Holding  Company or
       any Subsidiary in appropriate proceedings (so long as the Holding Company
       or such Subsidiary  shall, in accordance with GAAP, have set aside on its
       books adequate reserves with respect thereto).

              6.8.6. Encumbrances in the nature of (a) zoning restrictions,  (b)
       easements,  (c)  restrictions of record on the use of real property,  (d)
       landlords' and lessors' Liens on rented premises and (e)  restrictions on
       transfers or assignment of leases,  which in each case do not  materially
       detract  from the value of the  encumbered  property  or  impair  the use
       thereof in the business of the Holding Company or any Subsidiary.

              6.8.7.  Liens  constituting (a) purchase money security  interests
       (including mortgages, conditional sales, Capitalized Leases and any other
       title retention or deferred purchase devices) in real property, interests
       in leases or tangible personal  property (other than inventory)  existing
       or created on the date on which such  property is  acquired,  and (b) the
       renewal,  extension or refunding of any security  interest referred to in
       the  foregoing  clause (a) in an amount not to exceed the amount  thereof
       remaining  unpaid  immediately  prior  to  such  renewal,   extension  or
       refunding;  provided, however, that (i) each such security interest shall
       attach solely to the particular item of property

                                      -65-


<PAGE>



       so  acquired,  and  the  principal  amount  of  Indebtedness   (including
       Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations) secured thereby
       shall  not  exceed  the cost  (including  all such  Indebtedness  secured
       thereby,  whether or not assumed) of such item of property;  and (ii) the
       aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted
       by this  Section  6.8.7 shall not exceed the amount  permitted by Section
       6.6.7.

              6.8.8. Restrictions under federal and state securities laws on the
       transfer of securities.

              6.8.9.  Liens as in effect on the date hereof described in Exhibit
       7.3 and securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.6.12.

       6.9. Investments and Acquisitions. Neither the Holding Company nor any of
its  Subsidiaries  shall  have  outstanding,  acquire  or  hold  any  Investment
(including  any  Investment  consisting of the  acquisition of any business) (or
become contractually committed to do so), except the following:

              6.9.1.  Investments of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries in
       Wholly Owned  Subsidiaries which are Guarantors or the Borrower as of the
       date hereof or which have become Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and Guarantors
       after the date hereof to the extent  permitted by the other provisions of
       this  Section  6.9;  provided,  however,  that no such  Investment  shall
       involve  the  transfer  by the  Holding  Company or the  Borrower  of any
       material assets other than cash.

              6.9.2.  Intercompany  loans and  advances  from any  Wholly  Owned
       Subsidiary to the Borrower but in each case only to the extent reasonably
       necessary for Consolidated tax planning.

              6.9.3. Investments in Cash Equivalents.

              6.9.4. Guarantees permitted by Section 6.7.

              6.9.5. The Acquisition on the Initial Closing Date contemplated by
       the Acquisition Agreement.

              6.9.6.  So long as  immediately  before  and after  giving  effect
       thereto no Default  exists,  Investments  by the  Borrower and its Wholly
       Owned  Subsidiaries  consisting of the  negotiated  acquisition  of other
       Persons and businesses;  provided;  however,  that the amount of all such
       Investments  shall not exceed (a)  $1,500,000  at all times  prior to the
       period  described in clause (b) below and (b) $3,500,000 after the end of
       the first  fiscal  quarter when the ratio of  Consolidated  Total Debt to
       Consolidated  EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal  quarters is less than
       325%.

                                      -66-


<PAGE>




              6.9.7. The Holding Company may acquire Unrestricted  Affiliates so
       long as (a) immediately before and after giving effect thereto no Default
       exists,  (b) the board of directors of the Person  being  acquired  shall
       have  approved  such  acquisition  and (c) the  aggregate  amount  of all
       Investments  made  pursuant to this  Section  6.9.7 since the date hereof
       shall not exceed 25% of the Net Equity  Proceeds  received after the date
       hereof.

              6.9.8.  Loans and  advances to  employees  of the Borrower and its
       Subsidiaries  to enable  them to  purchase  capital  stock of the Holding
       Company in an amount not to exceed $250,000 at any one time outstanding.

              6.9.9.  Loans and  advances to  employees  of the Borrower and its
       Subsidiaries for business  expenses or personal needs in an amount not to
       exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding.

       6.10.  Distributions.   Neither  the  Holding  Company  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries shall make any Distribution (or become  contractually  committed to
do so), except the following:

              6.10.1.  So long as  immediately  before and after  giving  effect
       thereto  no  Default  exists,  Subsidiaries  of  the  Borrower  may  make
       Distributions  to the  Borrower  or any Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary  of the
       Borrower  and the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  may make  Investments
       permitted by Sections 6.9.1 and 6.9.2.

              6.10.2.  The Borrower may make scheduled,  mandatory cash payments
       of interest on the Senior  Subordinated Notes and the Seller Subordinated
       Debt,  and  may  pay  mandatory  payments  of  principal  on  the  Senior
       Subordinated  Notes as  scheduled  of  $50,000  on  September  13,  2002,
       $250,000 on March 13, 2003, $250,000 on September 13, 2003, $5,700,000 on
       March 13, 2004 and  $6,250,000 on March 13, 2005 and upon a mandatory put
       of the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  and  "Put  Securities"  (as  defined
       therein)  under the  Securities  Purchase  Agreements  upon a "Change  in
       Control"  (as  defined  therein),  all in  accordance  with their  terms,
       including subordination terms.

              6.10.3.  So long as  immediately  before and after  giving  effect
       thereto no Default exists,  the Borrower may make cash  Distributions  to
       the Holding  Company in an amount equal to the scheduled,  mandatory cash
       payments  of  interest  on the  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  in
       accordance with their terms,  including  subordination  terms;  provided,
       however,  that  the  aggregate  cash  payments  made  in  respect  of the
       Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  shall not exceed the lesser of (a)
       $1,110,000 per annum or (b) 10% of the  outstanding  principal  amount of
       the Convertible Subordinated Debentures at the time such payment is made.

              6.10.4. The Borrower may make Distributions to the Holding Company
       in an aggregate  amount not exceeding (a) so long as  immediately  before
       and after giving

                                      -67-


<PAGE>



       effect  thereto no Default  exists,  $75,000 per calendar  quarter to pay
       management  and consulting  fees to Glencoe and Desai Capital  Management
       Incorporated  pursuant to the Management Consulting Agreement dated as of
       February  16,  1996 among the  Borrower,  the  Holding  Company  and such
       Persons  and (b)  amounts  paid by  such  Persons  to  third  parties  in
       performing   consulting   services  under  such   Management   Consulting
       Agreement.

              6.10.5.  So long as  immediately  before and after  giving  effect
       thereto no Default  exists,  the  Borrower may make  Distributions  up to
       $200,000 per year to the Holding  Company to repurchase  Holding  Company
       stock  and  options  to  acquire  such  stock  owned by  employees  whose
       employment with the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has terminated.

              6.10.6.  So long as  immediately  before and after  giving  effect
       thereto no Default  exists,  the Borrower may make  Distributions  to the
       Holding Company on account of the proportionate share of the income taxes
       of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries  properly  allocable (to the
       reasonable   satisfaction   of  the  Agent)  to  the   Borrower  and  its
       Subsidiaries.

       Upon  receipt of  Distributions  in cash by the  Borrower  to the Holding
Company  permitted by Sections 6.10.3,  6.10.4,  6.10.5 and 6.10.6,  the Holding
Company  shall  promptly  make  the  payments  contemplated  by such  respective
Sections.

       6.11. Asset Dispositions and Mergers. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries  shall merge or enter into a consolidation or sell, lease, sell and
lease  back,  sublease  or  otherwise  dispose  of any of its  assets (or become
contractually committed to do so), except the following:

              6.11.1.  The  Borrower  and any of its  Subsidiaries  may  sell or
       otherwise  dispose of (a) inventory and Cash  Equivalents in the ordinary
       course of business,  (b)  tangible  assets to be replaced in the ordinary
       course of business within six months by other tangible assets of equal or
       greater  value and (c) tangible  assets that are no longer used or useful
       in the business of the Borrower or such  Subsidiary;  provided,  however,
       that the  aggregate  fair market  value (book  value,  if greater) of all
       assets disposed of in accordance  with the foregoing  clauses (b) and (c)
       of Section 6.11.1 shall not exceed an aggregate of $250,000 per year.

              6.11.2.  Any Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or
       be liquidated  into the Borrower or any other Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of
       the Borrower so long as after  giving  effect to any such merger to which
       the Borrower is a party the Borrower  shall be the surviving or resulting
       Person.

              6.11.3.  Mergers  constituting  Investments  permitted by Sections
       6.9.5 or 6.9.6.

                                      -68-


<PAGE>




              6.11.4.  So long as  immediately  before and after  giving  effect
       thereto no Default  exists and the Net Asset Sale  Proceeds  thereof  are
       applied to repay the Loan as required by Section 4.3.3,  the Borrower and
       its  Subsidiaries  may sell for fair value assets  during any fiscal year
       having a fair  market  value  (book  value,  if  greater)  not  exceeding
       $2,000,000;  provided,  however,  that the sum of the fair market  values
       (book  values,  if greater) for all assets sold  pursuant to this Section
       6.11.4 since the date hereof shall not exceed $5,000,000.

              6.11.5. Licensing of products and intangible assets for fair value
       in the ordinary course of business.

       6.12.  Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries; Subsidiary Distributions.

              6.12.1.  Issuance of Stock by  Subsidiaries.  No Subsidiary  shall
       issue or sell any  shares  of its  capital  stock  or other  evidence  of
       beneficial  ownership to any Person other than (a) the Holding Company or
       any Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Holding  Company,  which shares shall
       have been  pledged  to the Agent as part of the  Credit  Security  to the
       extent required by the Guarantee and Security Agreement and (b) directors
       of  Subsidiaries  as  qualifying  shares to the extent  required by Legal
       Requirements.

              6.12.2.  No Restrictions on Subsidiary  Distributions.  Except for
       this  Agreement,   the  Credit  Documents  and  the  Securities  Purchase
       Agreements  and related  documents,  neither the Holding  Company nor any
       Subsidiary  shall  enter  into or be  bound by any  agreement  (including
       covenants  requiring the maintenance of specified amounts of net worth or
       working  capital)  restricting  the  right  of  any  Subsidiary  to  make
       Distributions  or  extensions  of credit  to the  Borrower  (directly  or
       indirectly through another Subsidiary).

       6.13.  Voluntary  Prepayments of Other Indebtedness.  Neither the Holding
Company  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  shall make any  voluntary  prepayment  of
principal  of  or  interest  on  any  Financing  Debt  (other  than  the  Credit
Obligations) or make any voluntary  redemptions or repurchases of Financing Debt
(other than the Credit Obligations); provided, however, that the Holding Company
may make such payments or redemptions solely through payments in the form of its
common stock.

       6.14.  Derivative  Contracts.  Neither the Holding Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries  shall enter into any Interest Rate Protection  Agreement,  foreign
currency exchange contract or other financial or commodity  derivative contracts
except to provide hedge protection for an underlying economic transaction in the
ordinary course of business.


                                      -69-


<PAGE>



       6.15. Negative Pledge Clauses. Neither the Holding Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries  shall enter into any  agreement,  instrument,  deed or lease which
prohibits  or  limits  the  ability  of  the  Holding  Company  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of
their respective properties,  assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired,  or which requires the grant of any collateral for such  obligation if
collateral is granted for another obligation, except the following:

              6.15.1. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

              6.15.2.  Covenants contained in the Securities Purchase Agreements
       with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

              6.15.3. Covenants in documents creating Liens permitted by Section
       6.8 prohibiting further Liens on the assets encumbered thereby.

       6.16. ERISA, etc. Each of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries  shall
comply,  and shall  cause all ERISA  Group  Persons to comply,  in all  material
respects,  with the  provisions  of ERISA and the Code  applicable to each Plan.
Each of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries shall meet, and shall cause all
ERISA Group Persons to meet, all minimum funding requirements applicable to them
with respect to any Plan  pursuant to section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the
Code, without giving effect to any waivers of such requirements or extensions of
the related amortization periods which may be granted,  except where the failure
to comply with such  requirements  would not be reasonably likely to result in a
Material Adverse Change to the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries.  At no time
shall  the  Accumulated  Benefit  Obligations  under  any  Plan  that  is  not a
Multiemployer  Plan  exceed  the fair  market  value of the  assets of such Plan
allocable to such benefits by more than  $500,000.  The Holding  Company and its
Subsidiaries  shall not withdraw,  and shall cause all other ERISA Group Persons
not to withdraw,  in whole or in part, from any Multiemployer Plan so as to give
rise to withdrawal  liability  exceeding  $500,000 in the aggregate.  At no time
shall the actuarial present value of unfunded liabilities of the Holding Company
and its Subsidiaries for  post-employment  health care benefits other than COBRA
continuation coverage benefits, whether or not provided under a Plan, calculated
in a manner  consistent  with  Statement  No.  106 of the  Financial  Accounting
Standards Board, exceed $500,000.

       6.17.  Transactions with Affiliates.  Neither the Holding Company nor any
of its  Subsidiaries  shall effect any transaction  with any of their respective
Affiliates  (except  for the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries)  on a basis  less
favorable to the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries  than would be the case if
such transaction had been effected with a non-Affiliate; provided, however, that
the  Holding  Company  may pay  management  fees to  Glencoe  and Desai  Capital
Management Incorporated in an aggregate amount not exceeding $300,000 during any
fiscal year in accordance with Section 6.10.4.

       6.18. Interest Rate Protection.  The Borrower shall obtain and thereafter
keep in effect one or more Interest  Rate  Protection  Agreements  conforming to
International Securities

                                      -70-


<PAGE>



Dealers   Association   standards,   each  in  form  and  substance   reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, covering a notional amount of at least $20,000,000 in
each  case for an  aggregate  period of not less  than two  years  (or,  for the
initial Interest Rate Protection Agreement, through June 2000) .

       6.19.  Environmental Laws.

              6.19.1.  Compliance  with  Law and  Permits.  Each of the  Holding
       Company and its Subsidiaries  shall use and operate all of its facilities
       and properties in material  compliance with all Environmental  Laws, keep
       all  necessary  permits,  approvals,  certificates,  licenses  and  other
       authorizations  relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in
       material  compliance  therewith,  and handle all  Hazardous  Materials in
       material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

              6.19.2. Notice of Claims, etc. Each of the Holding Company and its
       Subsidiaries  shall immediately notify the Agent, and provide copies upon
       receipt,  of all written  claims,  complaints,  notices or inquiries from
       governmental  authorities relating to the condition of its facilities and
       properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, and shall promptly cure
       and have dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable  satisfaction  of the
       Agent  any  actions  and   proceedings   relating  to   compliance   with
       Environmental Laws.

       6.20.  Restricted Operations of Holding Company. The Holding Company will
conduct no operations  other than  acquiring and owning the capital stock of the
Borrower and Unrestricted  Affiliates  acquired in accordance with Section 6.9.7
and  activities  incidental  thereto.  The Holding  Company will own no material
assets other than the stock of the Borrower and such Unrestricted Affiliates and
cash in an amount  equal to 25% of Net Equity  Proceeds as  permitted by Section
6.9.7 or  expected  to be spent or  distributed  within 90 days in the  ordinary
course of business.

7.  Representations  and  Warranties.  In order to induce the  Lenders to extend
credit to the Borrower hereunder,  each of the Holding Company, the Borrower and
the Guarantors jointly and severally represents and warrants as follows:

       7.1.   Organization and Business.

              7.1.1.  The  Holding  Company.  The  Holding  Company  is  a  duly
       organized and validly  existing  corporation,  in good standing under the
       laws of Delaware,  with all power and authority,  corporate or otherwise,
       necessary  to (a) enter into and perform  this  Agreement  and each other
       Credit  Document  to  which  it  is  party,   (b)  guarantee  the  Credit
       Obligations,  (c)  grant the Agent for the  benefit  of the  Lenders  the
       security  interests  in the  Credit  Security  owned by it to secure  the
       Credit  Obligations  and (d) own its properties and carry on the business
       now conducted or proposed to be conducted by

                                      -71-


<PAGE>



       it.  Certified  copies of the Charter and By-laws of the Holding  Company
       have been previously delivered to the Agent and are correct and complete.
       Exhibit 7.1, as from time to time  hereafter  supplemented  in accordance
       with Sections  6.4.1 and 6.4.2,  sets forth,  as of the later of the date
       hereof or the end of the most recent fiscal  quarter for which  financial
       statements are required to be furnished in accordance with such Sections,
       (i) the jurisdiction of  incorporation  of the Holding Company,  (ii) the
       address of the Holding  Company's  principal  executive  office and chief
       place of business, (iii) each name, including any trade name, under which
       the Holding Company  conducts its business and (iv) the  jurisdictions in
       which the Holding Company keeps tangible personal property.

              7.1.2.  Subsidiaries.  Each  Subsidiary of the Holding  Company is
       duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of
       the jurisdiction in which it is organized,  with all power and authority,
       corporate  or  otherwise,  necessary  to (a) enter into and perform  this
       Agreement  and each  other  Credit  Document  to which it is  party,  (b)
       guarantee  (in the case of the Borrower,  incur) the Credit  Obligations,
       (c) grant the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders the security  interest
       in the  Credit  Security  owned by such  Subsidiary  to secure the Credit
       Obligations  and (d) own its  properties  and carry on the  business  now
       conducted  or proposed to be  conducted  by it.  Certified  copies of the
       Charter and By-laws of each  Subsidiary of the Holding  Company have been
       previously  delivered to the Agent and are correct and complete.  Exhibit
       7.1,  as from time to time  hereafter  supplemented  in  accordance  with
       Sections 6.4.1 and 6.4.2,  sets forth, as of the later of the date hereof
       or the  end  of the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  for  which  financial
       statements are required to be furnished in accordance with such Sections,
       (i) the name and  jurisdiction  of organization of each Subsidiary of the
       Holding  Company,  (ii) the  address  of the chief  executive  office and
       principal  place of  business  of each such  Subsidiary,  (iii) each name
       under  which  each  such  Subsidiary  conducts  its  business,  (iv) each
       jurisdiction  in which  each  such  Subsidiary  keeps  tangible  personal
       property,  and (v)  the  number  of  authorized  and  issued  shares  and
       ownership of each such Subsidiary.

              7.1.3.  Qualification.   Each  of  the  Holding  Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries  is duly and legally  qualified  to do business as a foreign
       corporation  or other  entity  and is in good  standing  in each state or
       jurisdiction  in  which  such  qualification  is  required  and  is  duly
       authorized,   qualified  and  licensed   under  all  laws,   regulations,
       ordinances or orders of public authorities, or otherwise, to carry on its
       business in the places and in the manner in which it is conducted, except
       for failures to be so qualified,  authorized or licensed  which would not
       in the aggregate result,  or create a material risk of resulting,  in any
       Material Adverse Change.

              7.1.4.  Capitalization.  No options, warrants,  conversion rights,
       preemptive  rights or other  statutory or contractual  rights to purchase
       shares of capital stock or other  securities of any Subsidiary now exist,
       nor has any Subsidiary authorized any such

                                      -72-


<PAGE>



       right,  nor is any  Subsidiary  obligated  in any  other  manner to issue
       shares of its capital stock or other securities.

       7.2.   Financial Statements and Other Information; Material Agreements.

              7.2.1.  Financial  Statements and Other  Information.  The Holding
       Company has previously furnished to the Lenders copies of the following:

              (a) The audited Consolidated and unaudited  Consolidating  balance
       sheets of the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  and of the Borrower
       and its Subsidiaries as at December 31 in each of 1995, 1996 and 1997 and
       the audited Consolidated and unaudited Consolidating statements of income
       and the  audited  Consolidated  statements  of changes  in  shareholders'
       equity and of cash flows of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries and
       of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years then ended.

              (b) The unaudited Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheets of
       the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  and of the  Borrower  and its
       Subsidiaries  as at  September  30, 1998 and the  unaudited  Consolidated
       statements  of income,  of changes  in  shareholders'  equity and of cash
       flows of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries and of the Borrower and
       its Subsidiaries for the portion of the fiscal year then ended.

              (c) The Holding Company's report on 10-K for its fiscal year ended
       December 31, 1997, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

              (d) The five-year  financial and  operational  projections for the
       Holding Company and its Subsidiaries dated December 1998.

              (e)  Calculations  demonstrating  pro  forma  compliance  with the
       Computation  Covenants as of the end of the most recent month or quarter,
       as applicable, preceding the date hereof.

              (f)  Confidential  Memorandum  for the proposed  sale of Heartland
       Industries, Inc. (DE) prepared by Stonebridge Associates, LLC.

              (g) Heartland Industries,  Inc. Due Diligence Report for PlayCore,
       Inc. dated December 1998 prepared by Ernst & Young LLP.

              The audited Consolidated financial statements (including the notes
       thereto) referred to in clause (a) above were prepared in accordance with
       GAAP and fairly present in all material  respects the financial  position
       of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries  and of the Borrower and its
       Subsidiaries on a Consolidated  basis at the respective dates thereof and
       the results of their  operations  for the periods  covered  thereby.  The
       unaudited Consolidating financial statements referred to in clause (a)

                                      -73-


<PAGE>



       above  and  the  unaudited   Consolidated  and  Consolidating   financial
       statements  referred to in clause (b) above were  prepared in  accordance
       with GAAP and  fairly  present in all  material  respects  the  financial
       position of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries and of the Borrower
       and its  Subsidiaries at the respective  dates thereof and the results of
       their  operations  for the  periods  covered  thereby,  subject to normal
       year-end  audit  adjustment  and the addition of footnotes in the case of
       interim financial statements.  Neither the Holding Company nor any of its
       Subsidiaries has any known contingent  liability  material to the Holding
       Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  on a  Consolidated  basis  which  is not
       reflected in the balance  sheets  referred to in clauses (a) or (b) above
       (or  delivered  pursuant  to  Sections  6.4.1 or  6.4.2)  or in the notes
       thereto.

              The Form 10-K  referred  to in  clause  (c)  above  contained  all
       information  required to be contained  therein and otherwise  complied in
       all material respects with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
       thereunder.  Such Form  10-K did not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of
       material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
       the  statements  contained  therein  not  misleading  in the light of the
       circumstances under which they were made.

              In the Holding Company's  judgment,  the financial and operational
       projections referred to in clause (d) above constitute a reasonable basis
       as of  the  Initial  Closing  Date  for  the  assessment  of  the  future
       performance  of the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  during  the
       periods  indicated  therein,  it  being  understood  that  any  projected
       financial   information   represents   an  estimate,   based  on  various
       assumptions, of future results of operations which may or may not in fact
       occur.

              As of  December  1998 the  Confidential  Memorandum  described  in
       clause (f) above and the Due  Diligence  Report  described  in clause (g)
       above, taken as a whole, did not contain any untrue statement of material
       fact or omit to  state a  material  fact  necessary  in order to make the
       statements   contained  therein  not  misleading  in  the  light  of  the
       circumstances  under which they were made;  provided,  however,  that the
       descriptions in such Confidential  Memorandum and Due Diligence Report of
       other  documents and  agreements are intended to be summaries only and do
       not  provide  comprehensive  descriptions  of the  terms  and  conditions
       contained in such documents and agreements.

              7.2.2.  Material  Agreements.  The Holding  Company has previously
       furnished  to the Lenders  correct and  complete  copies,  including  all
       exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto, of the agreements, each as in
       effect  on the date  hereof,  listed  in  Exhibit  7.2.2  (the  "Material
       Agreements").

       7.3.  Agreements  Relating to Financing Debt,  Investments,  etc. Exhibit
7.3, as from time to time  hereafter  supplemented  in accordance  with Sections
6.4.1 and  6.4.2,  sets  forth (a) the  amounts  (as of the dates  indicated  in
Exhibit 7.3, as so supplemented) of all Financing Debt

                                      -74-


<PAGE>



of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries  and all agreements which relate to
such Financing Debt, (b) all Liens and Guarantees with respect to such Financing
Debt,  (c) all  agreements  which  directly  or  indirectly  require the Holding
Company  or  any  Subsidiary  to  make  any  Investment,  (d)  material  license
agreements  with  respect  to  the  products  of the  Holding  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries, including the parties thereto and the expiration dates thereof and
(e) all  trademarks,  tradenames,  service  marks,  service  names  and  patents
registered  with the federal  Patent and  Trademark  Office (or with  respect to
which  applications for such registration have been filed).  The Holding Company
has  furnished  the Lenders with correct and complete  copies of any  agreements
described in clauses (a) through (e) above requested by the Required Lenders.

       7.4.  Changes in Condition.  Since December 31, 1997 no Material  Adverse
Change has occurred and between  December 31, 1997 and the date hereof,  neither
the Holding  Company nor any Subsidiary of the Holding  Company has entered into
any material  transaction outside the ordinary course of business except for the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Material Agreements.

       7.5. Title to Assets.  The Holding Company and its Subsidiaries have good
and  marketable  title to all assets  necessary for or used in the operations of
their business as now conducted by them and reflected in the most recent balance
sheet referred to in Section 7.2.1 (or the balance sheet most recently furnished
to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 6.4.1 or 6.4.2),  and to all assets acquired
subsequent  to the date of such  balance  sheet,  subject to no Liens except for
Liens permitted by Section 6.8 and except for assets disposed of as permitted by
Section 6.11.

       7.6.  Operations  in  Conformity  With Law,  etc. The  operations  of the
Holding  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  as now  conducted  or  proposed  to be
conducted  are  not  in  violation  of,  nor  is  the  Holding  Company  or  its
Subsidiaries in default under, any Legal Requirement presently in effect, except
for such  violations  and  defaults  as do not and will not,  in the  aggregate,
result, or create a material risk of resulting,  in any Material Adverse Change.
The Holding  Company has received no notice of any such violation or default and
has no knowledge of any basis on which the operations of the Holding  Company or
its  Subsidiaries,  as now conducted  and as currently  proposed to be conducted
after the date  hereof,  would be held so as to  violate  or to give rise to any
such violation or default.

       7.7.  Litigation.  No litigation,  at law or in equity, or any proceeding
before any court,  board or other  governmental or administrative  agency or any
arbitrator is pending or, to the knowledge of the Holding Company,  the Borrower
or any other Guarantor, threatened which involves any material risk of any final
judgment,  order or  liability  which,  after  giving  effect to any  applicable
insurance,  has  resulted,  or  creates a  material  risk of  resulting,  in any
Material  Adverse  Change or which  seeks to enjoin the  consummation,  or which
questions  the  validity,  of any  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement or any other  Credit  Document.  No  judgment,  decree or order of any
court, board or other governmental or

                                      -75-


<PAGE>



administrative  agency or any  arbitrator  has been issued  against or binds the
Holding  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  which has  resulted,  or creates a
material risk of resulting, in any Material Adverse Change.

       7.8.  Authorization and  Enforceability.  Each of the Holding Company and
each other Obligor has taken all corporate  action required to execute,  deliver
and perform this Agreement and each other Credit  Document to which it is party.
No consent of  stockholders  of the  Holding  Company is  necessary  in order to
authorize the execution,  delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other
Credit  Document to which the Holding  Company is party.  Each of this Agreement
and each  other  Credit  Document  constitutes  the  legal,  valid  and  binding
obligation of each Obligor party thereto and is enforceable against such Obligor
in accordance with its terms. The Credit Obligations  constitute senior debt for
all purposes of the subordination  provisions of the Senior  Subordinated Notes,
the Seller Subordinated Debt and the Convertible Subordinated Debentures.

       7.9. No Legal Obstacle to Agreements.  Neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, nor the making of any borrowings
hereunder,  nor the guaranteeing of the Credit Obligations,  nor the securing of
the Credit  Obligations  with the Credit  Security,  nor the consummation of any
transaction (other than the Acquisition)  referred to in or contemplated by this
Agreement or any other Credit Document,  nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof
or thereof  (other than the  consummation  of the  Acquisition)  or of any other
agreement, instrument, deed or lease contemplated by this Agreement or any other
Credit  Document  (other than the  Acquisition  Agreement),  has  constituted or
resulted in or will constitute or result in:

              (a) any breach or  termination of the provisions of any agreement,
       instrument,  deed or lease  to  which  the  Holding  Company,  any of its
       Subsidiaries  or any other Obligor is a party or by which it is bound, or
       of the Charter or By-laws of the Holding Company, any of its Subsidiaries
       or any other Obligor;

              (b)  the  violation  of any  law,  statute,  judgment,  decree  or
       governmental order, rule or regulation applicable to the Holding Company,
       any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor;

              (c) the creation under any agreement, instrument, deed or lease of
       any Lien (other than Liens on the Credit Security which secure the Credit
       Obligations)  upon any of the assets of the Holding  Company,  any of its
       Subsidiaries or any other Obligor; or

              (d) any redemption,  retirement or other repurchase  obligation of
       the Holding  Company,  any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor under
       any Charter, By-law, agreement, instrument, deed or lease.


                                      -76-


<PAGE>



No approval, authorization or other action by, or declaration to or filing with,
any governmental or administrative  authority or any other Person is required to
be obtained or made by the Holding Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any other
Obligor in  connection  with the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this
Agreement, the Notes or any other Credit Document, the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby,  the making of any borrowing  hereunder,  the guaranteeing of
the Credit Obligations or the securing of the Credit Obligations with the Credit
Security (other than filings  necessary to perfect the Agent's security interest
in the Credit Security).

       7.10.  Defaults.  Neither the Holding Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
is in default under any provision of its Charter or By-laws or of this Agreement
or any  other  Credit  Document.  Neither  the  Holding  Company  nor any of its
Subsidiaries  is in default  under any provision of any  agreement,  instrument,
deed or lease to which it is party or by which it or its property is bound so as
to result,  or create a material  risk of  resulting,  in any  Material  Adverse
Change. Neither the Holding Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any
law, judgment, decree or governmental order, rule or regulation, in each case so
as to result,  or create a material risk of resulting,  in any Material  Adverse
Change.

       7.11.  Licenses,  etc. The Holding Company and its Subsidiaries  have all
patents,  patent  applications,  patent  licenses,  patent  rights,  trademarks,
trademark  rights,  trade  names,  trade  name  rights,  copyrights,   licenses,
franchises,  permits,  authorizations  and other rights as are necessary for the
conduct of the  business of the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  as now
conducted  by them.  All of the  foregoing  are in full  force and effect in all
material  respects,  and each of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries is in
substantial  compliance  with the foregoing  without any known conflict with the
valid  rights of others  which  has  resulted,  or  creates a  material  risk of
resulting,  in any Material Adverse Change. No event has occurred which permits,
or after  notice  or lapse  of time or both  would  permit,  the  revocation  or
termination  of any such license,  franchise or other right or which affects the
rights of any of the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  thereunder so as to
result,  or to create a material  risk of  resulting,  in any  Material  Adverse
Change.  No litigation or other proceeding or dispute exists with respect to the
validity or, where applicable, the extension or renewal, of any of the foregoing
which has resulted,  or creates a material  risk of  resulting,  in any Material
Adverse Change.

       7.12. Tax Returns.  Each of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries has
filed all material tax and information returns which are required to be filed by
it and has paid, or made adequate  provision for the payment of, all taxes which
have or may become due pursuant to such returns or to any assessment received by
it, other than taxes and assessments  being contested by the Holding Company and
its Subsidiaries in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves have been taken in accordance  with GAAP.  Neither the Holding  Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries knows of any material additional  assessments or any
basis therefor. The Holding Company reasonably believes that the charges,

                                      -77-


<PAGE>



accruals and reserves on the books of the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries
in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are adequate.

       7.13.  Certain Business Representations.

              7.13.1.  Labor  Relations.  No dispute or controversy  between the
       Holding Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  and any of their  respective
       employees  has  resulted,  or is  reasonably  likely  to  result,  in any
       Material  Adverse Change,  and neither the Holding Company nor any of its
       Subsidiaries  anticipates  that  its  relationships  with its  unions  or
       employees  will  result,  or are  reasonably  likely  to  result,  in any
       Material Adverse Change. The Holding Company and each of its Subsidiaries
       is in compliance in all material respects with all federal and state laws
       with  respect  to (a)  non-discrimination  in  employment  with which the
       failure to comply, in the aggregate,  has resulted, or creates a material
       risk of resulting,  in a Material  Adverse  Change and (b) the payment of
       wages.

              7.13.2.   Antitrust.   Each  of  the   Holding   Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries  is in compliance in all material  respects with all federal
       and state  antitrust  laws  relating to its business  and the  geographic
       concentration of its business.

              7.13.3.  Consumer Protection.  Neither the Holding Company nor any
       of its  Subsidiaries is in violation of any rule,  regulation,  order, or
       interpretation  of any rule,  regulation  or order of the  Federal  Trade
       Commission  (including  truth-in-lending),  with  which  the  failure  to
       comply,  in the  aggregate,  has resulted,  or creates a material risk of
       resulting, in a Material Adverse Change.

              7.13.4. Extraordinary Obligations. Neither the Holding Company nor
       any  of  its  Subsidiaries  is  party  to  or  bound  by  any  agreement,
       instrument,  deed or lease or is subject to any Charter,  By-law or other
       restriction,  commitment  or  requirement  which,  in the  opinion of the
       management of such Person, is so burdensome as in the foreseeable  future
       to result, or create a material risk of resulting,  in a Material Adverse
       Change.

              7.13.5.  Future Expenditures.  Neither the Holding Company nor any
       of its Subsidiaries  anticipate that the future expenditures,  if any, by
       the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries needed to meet the provisions of
       any federal,  state or foreign  governmental  statutes,  orders, rules or
       regulations will be so burdensome as to result, or create a material risk
       of resulting, in any Material Adverse Change.

              7.13.6.  Year 2000 Issues.  Based on a review of the operations of
       the  Holding  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  as  they  related  to  the
       processing,  storage and retrieval of data, the Borrower does not believe
       that a Material Adverse Change is reasonably  likely to occur as a result
       of computer software and hardware that will not function with

                                      -78-


<PAGE>



       respect to periods  commencing January 1, 2000 at least as effectively as
       with respect to periods ending on or prior to December 31, 1999.

       7.14.  Environmental Regulations.

              7.14.1.  Environmental Compliance. Each of the Holding Company and
       its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the Clean
       Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution  Control Act, the Marine  Protection
       Research and Sanctuaries  Act, RCRA,  CERCLA and any other  Environmental
       Law in effect in any  jurisdiction in which any properties of the Holding
       Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  are  located  or where  any of them
       conducts  its  business,  and with all  applicable  published  rules  and
       regulations  (and applicable  standards and  requirements) of the federal
       Environmental  Protection Agency and of any similar agencies in states or
       foreign  countries  in which  the  Holding  Company  or its  Subsidiaries
       conducts its business  other than those which in the  aggregate  have not
       resulted,  and do not create a material risk of resulting,  in a Material
       Adverse Change.

              7.14.2.  Environmental  Litigation.  No  suit,  claim,  action  or
       proceeding of which the Holding  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  has
       been given notice or otherwise  has  knowledge is now pending  before any
       court,  governmental  agency or board or other  forum,  or to the Holding
       Company's or any of its Subsidiaries knowledge,  threatened by any Person
       (nor to the Holding Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' knowledge, does
       any factual basis exist  therefor)  for, and neither the Holding  Company
       nor any of its Subsidiaries have received written correspondence from any
       federal, state or local governmental authority with respect to:

              (a)   noncompliance   by  the  Holding   Company  or  any  of  its
       Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law;

              (b) personal  injury,  wrongful  death or other  tortious  conduct
       relating to materials,  commodities  or products used,  generated,  sold,
       transferred  or  manufactured  by  the  Holding  Company  or  any  of its
       Subsidiaries  (including  products made of,  containing or  incorporating
       asbestos,  lead  or  other  hazardous  materials,  commodities  or  toxic
       substances); or

              (c) the release into the environment by the Holding Company or any
       of its  Subsidiaries of any Hazardous  Material  generated by the Holding
       Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  whether or not  occurring at or on a
       site  owned,  leased or  operated  by the  Holding  Company or any of its
       Subsidiaries.

              7.14.3. Hazardous Material. Exhibit 7.14 contains a list as of the
       date  hereof  of all  waste  disposal  or dump  sites at which  Hazardous
       Material   generated  by  either  the  Holding  Company  or  any  of  its
       Subsidiaries has been disposed of directly by the

                                      -79-


<PAGE>



       HoldingCompany or any of its Subsidiaries and all independent contractors
       to whom the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries have delivered Hazardous
       Material,  or to the  Holding  Company's  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries'
       knowledge,  where  Hazardous  Material  finally  came to be located,  and
       indicates all such sites which are or have been included  (including as a
       potential  or  suspect  site) in any  published  federal,  state or local
       "superfund"  or other list of hazardous  or toxic waste sites.  Any waste
       disposal or dump sites at which  Hazardous  Material  generated by either
       the  Holding  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  has been  disposed  of
       directly  by the  Holding  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  and  all
       independent  contractors  to  whom  the  Holding  Company  or  any of its
       Subsidiaries  have  delivered  Hazardous  Material,  or  to  the  Holding
       Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' knowledge, where Hazardous Material
       finally  came to be  located,  has not  resulted,  and does not  create a
       material risk of resulting, in a Material Adverse Change.

              7.14.4.   Environmental  Condition  of  Properties.  None  of  the
       properties  owned  or  leased  by  the  Holding  Company  or  any  of its
       Subsidiaries  has been used as a  treatment,  storage or  disposal  site,
       other than as disclosed in Exhibit 7.14. No Hazardous Material is present
       in any real  property  currently  or  formerly  owned or  operated by the
       Holding  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  except  that which has not
       resulted, and does not create a material risk of resulting, in a Material
       Adverse Change.

       7.15.  Pension  Plans.  Neither  the  Holding  Company  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries has a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.

       7.16.  Acquisition  Agreement,  etc. The Acquisition Agreement is a valid
and binding  contract  as to the  Borrower  and,  to the best of the  Borrower's
knowledge,  as to Heartland  and the Heartland  Sellers.  The Borrower is not in
default  in any  material  respect  of its  obligations  under  the  Acquisition
Agreement  and,  to the  best of the  Borrower's  knowledge,  Heartland  and the
Heartland  Sellers  are not in default in any  material  respect of any of their
obligations  thereunder.  The representations and warranties of the Borrower set
forth in the Acquisition  Agreement are true and correct in all material respect
as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as though made on and as of
the  date  hereof.  To  the  best  of  the  Borrower's   knowledge  all  of  the
representations  and warranties of Heartland and the Heartland Sellers set forth
in the Acquisition Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of
the date  hereof  with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the
date hereof.

       7.17.  Government Regulation; Margin Stock.

              7.17.1. Government Regulation. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
       Subsidiaries,  nor any  Person  controlling  the  Borrower  or any of its
       Subsidiaries  or under  common  control  with the  Borrower or any of its
       Subsidiaries,  is subject to regulation  under the Public Utility Holding
       Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the  Investment  Company Act,
       the Interstate Commerce Act or any statute or

                                      -80-


<PAGE>



       regulation  which  regulates  the incurring by the Borrower or any of its
       Subsidiaries  of Financing Debt as contemplated by this Agreement and the
       other Credit Documents.

              7.17.2.  Margin  Stock.  Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  of  its
       Subsidiaries owns any Margin Stock.

       7.18. Disclosure. Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document to
be furnished to the Lenders by or on behalf of the Holding Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby or by such
Credit Document contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state
a material fact  necessary in order to make the statements  contained  herein or
therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
No fact is  actually  known to the  Holding  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
which has  resulted,  or in the future (so far as the Holding  Company or any of
its Subsidiaries can reasonably foresee) will result, or creates a material risk
of resulting,  in any Material Adverse Change, except to the extent that present
or future general economic conditions may result in a Material Adverse Change.

8.     Defaults.

       8.1. Events of Default.  The following  events are referred to as "Events
of Default":

              8.1.1.  Payment.  The  Borrower  shall fail to make any payment in
       respect of: (a) interest or any fee on or in respect of any of the Credit
       Obligations owed by it as the same shall become due and payable, and such
       failure  shall  continue for a period of three  Banking  Days, or (b) any
       Credit  Obligation  with respect to payments made by any Letter of Credit
       Issuer  under any Letter of Credit or any draft drawn  thereunder  within
       three Banking Days after demand  therefor by such Letter of Credit Issuer
       or (c) principal of any of the Credit  Obligations owed by it as the same
       shall become due, whether at maturity or by acceleration or otherwise.

              8.1.2.  Specified  Covenants.  The  Holding  Company or any of its
       Subsidiaries  shall fail to perform or observe any of the  provisions  of
       Sections 6.5 through 6.7 and Sections 6.9 through 6.20.

              8.1.3.   Other  Covenants.   The  Holding  Company,   any  of  its
       Subsidiaries  or any other  Obligor  shall fail to perform or observe any
       other covenant,  agreement or provision to be performed or observed by it
       under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, and such failure shall
       not be rectified or cured within 30 days (or, in the case of Section 6.8,
       five days)  after the  earlier of (a) notice  thereof by the Agent to the
       Holding  Company or (b) a Financial  Officer shall have actual  knowledge
       thereof.

              8.1.4.  Representations  and  Warranties.  Any  representation  or
       warranty of the Holding  Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or any other
       Obligor made to the Lenders or

                                      -81-


<PAGE>



       the Agent in,  pursuant to or in  connection  with this  Agreement or any
       other Credit Document,  or in any financial  statement,  report,  notice,
       mortgage, assignment, UCC financing statement or certificate delivered to
       the  Agent  or any of the  Lenders  by the  Holding  Company,  any of its
       Subsidiaries  or any other Obligor in  connection  herewith or therewith,
       shall be materially false on the date as of which it was made.

              8.1.5. Cross Default, etc.

              (a) The Holding Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall fail to
       make any payment when due (after  giving effect to any  applicable  grace
       periods)  in  respect  of any  Financing  Debt  (other  than  the  Credit
       Obligations)  outstanding in an aggregate amount of principal (whether or
       not due) and accrued interest exceeding $750,000;

              (b) the Holding Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall fail to
       perform or observe the terms of any agreement or  instrument  relating to
       such Financing Debt, and such failure shall continue, without having been
       duly cured,  waived or consented to, beyond the period of grace,  if any,
       specified in such agreement or instrument,  and such failure shall permit
       the acceleration of such Financing Debt;

              (c) all or any part of such Financing Debt of the Holding  Company
       or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall be  accelerated or shall become due or
       payable  prior to its stated  maturity  (except with respect to voluntary
       prepayments thereof) for any reason whatsoever;

              (d) any Lien on any property of the Holding  Company or any of its
       Subsidiaries  securing  any such  Financing  Debt  shall be  enforced  by
       foreclosure or similar action; or

              (e) any holder of any such Financing Debt shall exercise any right
       of rescission  with respect to the issuance  thereof or put or prepayment
       or repurchase  rights  against any Obligor with respect to such Financing
       Debt (other than any such rights that may be satisfied  with  "payment in
       kind" notes or other similar securities).

              8.1.6. Ownership; Liquidation; etc. Except as permitted by Section
       6.11:

              (a)  the  Holding   Company  shall  cease  to  own,   directly  or
       indirectly,  all the capital stock of the Borrower,  except to the extent
       permitted by Section 6.13.1; or

              (b) GreenGrass  Holdings shall cease to own,  beneficially  and of
       record, at least a majority of the voting stock and equity capital of the
       Holding Company; or

              (c) any  Person  other than  GreenGrass  Holdings,  together  with
       "affiliates"  and  "associates" of such Person within the meaning of Rule
       12b-2 of the Exchange Act, or

                                      -82-


<PAGE>



       any "group"  including  such Person under sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
       Exchange Act,  shall acquire after the date hereof  beneficial  ownership
       within the meaning of Rule 13d- 3 of the Exchange Act of more than 33% of
       the voting stock of the Holding Company; or

              (d) Glencoe  shall cease to be a member,  or shall cease to have a
       designated representative serve on the board, of GreenGrass Holdings; or

              (e) the  Holding  Company,  the  Borrower,  any of the  Borrower's
       Subsidiaries  or any other Obligor shall initiate any action to dissolve,
       liquidate or otherwise terminate its existence.

              8.1.7.  Enforceability,  etc. Any Credit  Document shall cease for
       any reason  (other than the scheduled  termination  thereof in accordance
       with its terms) to be enforceable in accordance with its terms or in full
       force and effect;  or any party to any Credit Document shall so assert in
       a judicial or similar  proceeding;  or the security  interests created by
       this  Agreement  or  any  other  Credit   Documents  shall  cease  to  be
       enforceable  and of the same effect and priority  purported to be created
       hereby.

              8.1.8.   Judgments.   A  final  judgment  (a)  which,  with  other
       outstanding   final  judgments   against  the  Holding  Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries,  exceeds an aggregate  of $750,000 in excess of  applicable
       insurance  coverage shall be rendered  against the Holding Company or any
       of its Subsidiaries,  or (b) which grants injunctive relief that results,
       or creates a material risk of resulting, in a Material Adverse Change and
       in either case if (i) within 60 days after entry  thereof,  such judgment
       shall not have been discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal
       or (ii)  within  60 days  after the  expiration  of any such  stay,  such
       judgment shall not have been discharged.

              8.1.9.  ERISA. Any "reportable  event" (as defined in section 4043
       of ERISA) shall have occurred that reasonably could be expected to result
       in termination of a Plan or the  appointment  by the  appropriate  United
       States  District  Court  of a  trustee  to  administer  any  Plan  or the
       imposition  of a Lien in favor of a Plan; or any ERISA Group Person shall
       fail to pay when due amounts  aggregating  in excess of $500,000 which it
       shall have  become  liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan under Title IV
       of ERISA;  or notice of intent to  terminate  a Plan shall be filed under
       Title IV of ERISA by any ERISA Group Person or administrator; or the PBGC
       shall  institute  proceedings  under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to
       cause a trustee to be  appointed to  administer  any Plan or a proceeding
       shall be  instituted  by a fiduciary  of any Plan against any ERISA Group
       Person to enforce  section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA and such proceeding
       shall not have been dismissed within 60 days  thereafter;  or a condition
       shall  exist by reason of which the PBGC  would be  entitled  to obtain a
       decree adjudicating that any Plan must be terminated;  provided, however,
       that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event

                                      -83-


<PAGE>



       of Default unless it has resulted in, or reasonably  would be expected to
       result in, a  Material  Adverse  Change to the  Holding  Company  and its
       Subsidiaries.

              8.1.10.   Bankruptcy,   etc.  The  Holding  Company,  any  of  its
       Subsidiaries or any other Obligor shall:

              (a)  commence  a  voluntary  case  under  the  Bankruptcy  Code or
       authorize,  by appropriate proceedings of its board of directors or other
       governing body, the commencement of such a voluntary case;

              (b) (i) have filed against it a petition commencing an involuntary
       case under the Bankruptcy Code that shall not have been stayed, dismissed
       or vacated within 60 days after the date on which such petition is filed,
       or (ii)  file an answer  or other  pleading  within  such  60-day  period
       admitting or failing to deny the material  allegations of such a petition
       or seeking,  consenting to or acquiescing in the relief therein provided,
       or (iii) have entered  against it an order for relief in any  involuntary
       case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code;

              (c) seek relief as a debtor under any  applicable  law, other than
       the Bankruptcy Code, of any  jurisdiction  relating to the liquidation or
       reorganization  of debtors or to the  modification  or  alteration of the
       rights of creditors, or consent to or acquiesce in such relief;

              (d) have  entered  against  it an  order  by a court of  competent
       jurisdiction (i) finding it to be bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) ordering or
       approving  its  liquidation  or   reorganization   as  a  debtor  or  any
       modification  or  alteration  of the  rights  of its  creditors  or (iii)
       assuming custody of, or appointing a receiver or other custodian for, all
       or a substantial portion of its property; or

              (e)  make an  assignment  for the  benefit  of,  or  enter  into a
       composition  with,  its  creditors,   or  appoint,   or  consent  to  the
       appointment of, or suffer to exist a receiver or other custodian for, all
       or a substantial portion of its property.

       8.2.  Certain Actions  Following an Event of Default.  If any one or more
Events of Default shall occur, then in each and every such case:

              8.2.1. Terminate Obligation to Extend Credit. Upon written request
       of the Required  Lenders the Agent shall terminate the obligations of the
       Lenders  to make any  further  extensions  of  credit  under  the  Credit
       Documents by furnishing notice of such termination to the Borrower.

              8.2.2.  Specific  Performance;  Exercise of Rights.  Upon  written
       request of the  Required  Lenders the Agent shall  proceed to protect and
       enforce the Lenders' rights by

                                      -84-


<PAGE>



       suit in equity, action at law and/or other appropriate proceeding, either
       for specific  performance of any covenant or condition  contained in this
       Agreement  or  any  other  Credit  Document  (other  than  Interest  Rate
       Protection  Agreements) or in any  instrument or assignment  delivered to
       the  Lenders  pursuant to this  Agreement  or any other  Credit  Document
       (other  than  Interest  Rate  Protection  Agreements),  or in  aid of the
       exercise  of any power  granted  in this  Agreement  or any other  Credit
       Document  (other than Interest Rate  Protection  Agreements)  or any such
       instrument or assignment.

              8.2.3. Acceleration.  Upon written request of the Required Lenders
       the Agent shall by notice in writing to the  Borrower  (a) declare all or
       any part of the  unpaid  balance of the Credit  Obligations  (other  than
       Interest Rate Protection  Agreements)  then outstanding to be immediately
       due and payable, and (b) require the Borrower immediately to deposit with
       the Agent in cash an amount  equal to the then Letter of Credit  Exposure
       (which cash shall be held and applied as  provided in Section  4.5),  and
       thereupon  such unpaid  balance or part  thereof and such amount equal to
       the Letter of Credit  Exposure  shall  become so due and payable  without
       presentation,  protest  or further  demand or notice of any kind,  all of
       which  are  hereby  expressly  waived;  provided,   however,  that  if  a
       Bankruptcy Default shall have occurred,  the unpaid balance of the Credit
       Obligations  (other  than  Interest  Rate  Protection  Agreements)  shall
       automatically become immediately due and payable.

              8.2.4.  Enforcement  of Payment;  Credit  Security;  Setoff.  Upon
       written  request  of the  Required  Lenders  the Agent  shall  proceed to
       enforce payment of the Credit  Obligations in such manner as the Required
       Lenders  shall  direct,  to cancel,  or instruct  other  Letter of Credit
       Issuers to cancel,  any  outstanding  Letters of Credit  which permit the
       cancellation thereof and to realize upon any and all rights in the Credit
       Security.  The  Lenders  may offset and apply  toward the  payment of the
       Credit Obligations (and/or toward the curing of any Event of Default) any
       Indebtedness from the Lenders to the respective  Obligors,  including any
       Indebtedness  represented by deposits in any account  maintained with the
       Lenders,  regardless  of the  adequacy  of any  security  for the  Credit
       Obligations.  The Lenders shall have no duty to determine the adequacy of
       any such security in connection with any such offset.

              8.2.5.  Cumulative  Remedies.  To the  extent  not  prohibited  by
       applicable  law  which  cannot  be  waived,  all of the  Lenders'  rights
       hereunder and under each other Credit Document shall be cumulative.

       8.3. Annulment of Defaults.  Once an Event of Default has occurred,  such
Event of Default shall be deemed to exist and be continuing  for all purposes of
the Credit Documents (other than Interest Rate Protection  Agreements) until the
Required  Lenders or the Agent (with the consent of the Required  Lenders) shall
have waived such Event of Default in  writing,  stated in writing  that the same
has been cured to such  Lenders'  reasonable  satisfaction  or  entered  into an
amendment  to this  Agreement  which by its  express  terms  cures such Event of
Default, at

                                      -85-


<PAGE>



which time such  Event of Default  shall no longer be deemed to exist or to have
continued.  No such action by the Lenders or the Agent shall extend to or affect
any  subsequent  Event of Default or impair any rights of the  Lenders  upon the
occurrence  thereof.  The making of any extension of credit during the existence
of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a waiver thereof.

       8.4.  Waivers.  To the extent that such waiver is not  prohibited  by the
provisions of applicable law that cannot be waived,  each of the Holding Company
and the other Obligors waives:

              (a)  all  presentments,   demands  for  performance,   notices  of
       nonperformance  (except to the extent  required by this  Agreement or any
       other  Credit  Document),  protests,  notices of protest  and  notices of
       dishonor;

              (b) any  requirement of diligence or promptness on the part of the
       Agent  or  any  Lender  in  the  enforcement  of its  rights  under  this
       Agreement, the Notes or any other Credit Document;

              (c) any and all notices of every kind and description which may be
       required to be given by any statute or rule of law; and

              (d) any defense (other than indefeasible payment in full) which it
       may now or  hereafter  have with  respect  to its  liability  under  this
       Agreement,  the Notes or any other Credit Document or with respect to the
       Credit Obligations.

9.     Expenses; Indemnity.

       9.1. Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall
be consummated, the Borrower will pay:

              (a)  all   reasonable   expenses  of  the  Agent   (including  the
       out-of-pocket  expenses  related  to  forming  the group of  Lenders  and
       reasonable  fees  and  disbursements  of the  counsel  to the  Agent)  in
       connection  with the  preparation  and  duplication of this Agreement and
       each other Credit Document,  examinations by, and reports of, the Agent's
       commercial financial examiners,  fixed asset appraisers and environmental
       consultants,   the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  and
       amendments,   waivers,   consents  and  other  operations  hereunder  and
       thereunder;

              (b) all  recording  and filing fees and transfer  and  documentary
       stamp and similar taxes at any time payable in respect of this Agreement,
       any other Credit  Document,  any Credit Security or the incurrence of the
       Credit Obligations; and


                                      -86-


<PAGE>



              (c) all other reasonable  expenses  incurred by the Lenders or the
       holder of any  Credit  Obligation  in  connection  with the "work out" or
       enforcement of any rights  hereunder or under any other Credit  Document,
       including costs of collection and reasonable attorneys' fees.

       9.2. General Indemnity.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders and the
Agent and hold them harmless from any liability,  loss or damage  resulting from
the  violation by the Borrower of Section 2.5. In addition,  the Borrower  shall
indemnify each Lender, the Agent, each of the Lenders' or the Agent's directors,
officers,  employees,  agents,  attorneys,  accountants,  consultants  and  each
Person, if any, who controls any Lender or the Agent (each Lender, the Agent and
each of such directors,  officers,  employees,  agents, attorneys,  accountants,
consultants and control  Persons is referred to as an  "Indemnified  Party") and
hold  each of them  harmless  from  and  against  any and all  claims,  damages,
liabilities and reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements
of counsel with whom any Indemnified  Party may consult in connection  therewith
and all  reasonable  expenses of litigation or preparation  therefor)  which any
Indemnified  Party may incur or which may be asserted  against  any  Indemnified
Party in connection with (a) the Indemnified  Party's compliance with or contest
of any subpoena or other process issued  against it in any proceeding  involving
the Holding  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or their  Affiliates,  (b) any
litigation  or  investigation   involving  the  Holding  Company,   any  of  its
Subsidiaries or their Affiliates,  or any officer, director or employee thereof,
(c) the existence or exercise of any security  rights with respect to the Credit
Security in accordance with the Credit  Documents,  or (d) this  Agreement,  any
other  Credit  Document  or any  transaction  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby;
provided,  however,  that the foregoing  indemnity shall not apply to litigation
commenced  by the  Borrower  against  the  Lenders  or  the  Agent  which  seeks
enforcement  of any of the rights of the  Borrower  hereunder or under any other
Credit  Document  and is  determined  adversely to the Lenders or the Agent in a
final nonappealable judgment or to the extent such claims, damages,  liabilities
and expenses result from an Indemnified  Party's or the Agent's gross negligence
or willful misconduct.

       9.3.  Indemnity  With Respect to Letters of Credit.  The  Borrower  shall
indemnify each Letter of Credit Issuer and its  correspondents  and hold each of
them harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities,  damages
and reasonable expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) arising from or
in  connection  with any  Letter of  Credit,  including  any such  claim,  loss,
liability,  damage or  expense  arising  out of any  transfer,  sale,  delivery,
surrender or endorsement of any invoice,  bill of lading,  warehouse  receipt or
other document at any time held by any Letter of Credit Issuer or held for their
respective  accounts  by any of their  correspondents,  in  connection  with any
Letter of Credit, except to the extent such claims, losses, liabilities, damages
and expenses result from gross  negligence or willful  misconduct on the part of
the Letter of Credit Issuer.

10.    Operations; Agent.


                                      -87-


<PAGE>



       10.1. Interests in Credits. The Percentage Interest of each Lender in the
portions of the Loan and Letters of Credit, and the related  Commitments,  shall
be computed based on the maximum  principal  amount for each Lender as set forth
in the  Register,  as  from  time  to time in  effect.  The  current  Percentage
Interests are set forth in Exhibit 10.1,  which may be updated by the Agent from
time to time to conform to the Register.

       10.2.  Agent's  Authority to Act, etc.  Each of the Lenders  appoints and
authorizes Fleet to act for the Lenders as the Lenders' Agent in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents
(other than Interest Rate Protection  Agreements) on the terms set forth herein.
In acting  hereunder,  the Agent is acting,  pursuant  to the  direction  of the
Lenders,  for the account of Fleet to the extent of its Percentage  Interest and
for the account of each other  Lender to the extent of the  Lenders'  respective
Percentage  Interests,  and all action in connection with the enforcement of, or
the  exercise  of any  remedies  (other than the  Lenders'  rights of set-off as
provided in Section  8.2.4 or in any Credit  Document)  in respect of the Credit
Obligations   and  Credit   Documents   (other  than  Interest  Rate  Protection
Agreements) shall be taken by the Agent.

       10.3.  Borrower to Pay Agent,  etc. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall
be fully  protected in making all payments in respect of the Credit  Obligations
to the Agent other than payments under Interest Rate Protection  Agreements,  in
relying  upon  consents,  modifications  and  amendments  executed  by the Agent
purportedly  on the  Lenders'  behalf,  and in dealing  with the Agent as herein
provided.  The Agent may charge the accounts of the Borrower,  on the dates when
the amounts thereof become due and payable, with the amounts of the principal of
and interest on the Loan,  any amounts  paid by the Letter of Credit  Issuers to
third parties under Letters of Credit or drafts presented thereunder, commitment
fees,  Letter of Credit  fees and all other  fees and  amounts  owing  under any
Credit Document.

       10.4. Lender Operations for Advances, Letters of Credit, etc.

              10.4.1.  Advances.  On each Closing  Date  (subject to the further
       provisions  of this Section  10.4.1),  each Lender  shall  advance to the
       Agent in immediately available funds such Lender's Percentage Interest in
       the portion of the Loan advanced on such Closing Date prior to 12:00 noon
       (Boston  time).  If such funds are not  received  at such  time,  but all
       applicable  conditions set forth in Section 5 have been  satisfied,  each
       Lender  authorizes  and  requests  the Agent to advance for the  Lender's
       account, pursuant to the terms hereof, the Lender's respective Percentage
       Interest in such portion of the Loan and agrees to reimburse the Agent in
       immediately  available  funds for the amount  thereof  prior to 2:00 p.m.
       (Boston  time) on the day any portion of the Loan is advanced  hereunder;
       provided,  however,  that the  Agent is not  authorized  to make any such
       advance for the  account of any Lender who has  previously  notified  the
       Agent in writing that such Lender will not be performing its  obligations
       to make further advances hereunder; and provided, further, that the Agent
       shall be under no obligation to make any such advance.

                                      -88-


<PAGE>




              Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 10.4.1,
       the Agent may elect in its  discretion  to settle  advances  and payments
       with the  Lenders on a weekly  basis with  respect to the  portion of the
       Revolving Loan for which the Applicable  Rate is computed on the basis of
       the Base Rate, as follows: During the week the Agent shall make advances,
       and collect payments,  with respect to such portion of the Revolving Loan
       without  involving  advances  from or payments to the other  Lenders.  By
       12:00 noon (Boston time) on the second Banking Day of the following week,
       the Agent shall provide to the other Lenders a notice summarizing (a) the
       advances and payments  made or received by the Agent with respect to such
       portion of the Revolving Loan during the previous week and (b) the weekly
       settlement amounts to be paid by or to each Lender. By 12:00 noon (Boston
       time) on the third Banking Day of such week, each Lender shall pay to the
       Agent its  Percentage  Interest in the net amount of such  Revolving Loan
       advances over such Revolving Loan payments  during the previous week, and
       the Agent  shall pay to each  Lender its  Percentage  Interest in the net
       amount of such  Revolving Loan payments over such Revolving Loan advances
       during the previous  week.  Interest on such Revolving Loan advances made
       by the Agent  shall be for the Agent's  account  for the period  prior to
       weekly settlement.  Interest on the portion of the Revolving Loan paid by
       the Borrower,  accruing from the date such payment was made to the weekly
       settlement date, shall be the obligation of, and shall be payable by, the
       Agent.

              10.4.2. Letters of Credit. Each of the Lenders having a Percentage
       Interest in the Letters of Credit  authorizes and requests each Letter of
       Credit Issuer to issue the Letters of Credit  provided for in Section 2.4
       and to grant each such Lender a participation  in each of such Letters of
       Credit in an amount  equal to its  Percentage  Interest  in the amount of
       each such  Letter of Credit.  Promptly  upon the request of the Letter of
       Credit  Issuer,  each such Lender  shall  reimburse  the Letter of Credit
       Issuer  in  immediately  available  funds  for such  Lender's  Percentage
       Interest in the amount of all  obligations  to third parties  incurred by
       the Letter of Credit  Issuer in respect of each Letter of Credit and each
       draft  accepted  under a Letter of Credit to the extent not reimbursed by
       the Borrower by 2:00 p.m.  (Boston time) on the Banking Day when due. The
       Letter of Credit  Issuer will notify each such Lender of the  issuance of
       any Letter of Credit,  the amount and date of payment of any draft  drawn
       or accepted  under a Letter of Credit and whether in connection  with the
       payment of any such draft the amount  thereof was added to the  Revolving
       Loan or was reimbursed by the Borrower.

              10.4.3. Agent to Allocate Payments, etc. All payments of principal
       and interest in respect of the extensions of credit made pursuant to this
       Agreement,  reimbursement  of amounts paid by any Letter of Credit Issuer
       to third parties under Letters of Credit or drafts presented  thereunder,
       commitment  fees,  Letter  of  Credit  fees and  other  fees  under  this
       Agreement shall, as a matter of convenience,  be made by the Borrower and
       the  Guarantors  to the  Agent  in  immediately  available  funds by noon
       (Boston  time) on any  Banking  Day.  The share of each  Lender  shall be
       credited to such

                                      -89-


<PAGE>



       Lender by the Agent in immediately  available funds by 2:00 p.m.  (Boston
       time) on such Banking Day (except for the weekly settlements contemplated
       by Section 10.4.1) in such manner that the principal amount of the Credit
       Obligations to be paid shall be paid  proportionately  in accordance with
       the Lenders' respective  Percentage Interests in such Credit Obligations,
       except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement.  Under no  circumstances
       shall any Lender be  required to produce or present its Notes as evidence
       of its  interests in the Credit  Obligations  in any action or proceeding
       relating to the Credit Obligations.

              10.4.4.  Delinquent Lenders;  Nonperforming  Lenders. In the event
       that any Lender fails to reimburse the Agent  pursuant to Section  10.4.1
       for the Percentage Interest of such lender (a "Delinquent Lender") in any
       credit  advanced  by the Agent  pursuant  hereto,  overdue  amounts  (the
       "Delinquent  Payment") due from the Delinquent  Lender to the Agent shall
       bear interest, payable by the Delinquent Lender on demand, at a per annum
       rate equal to (a) the Federal Funds Rate for the first three days overdue
       and (b) the sum of 2% plus the Federal Funds Rate for any longer  period.
       Such  interest  shall be payable to the Agent for its own account for the
       period commencing on the date of the Delinquent Payment and ending on the
       date  the  Delinquent  Lender  reimburses  the  Agent on  account  of the
       Delinquent  Payment  (to the extent not paid by any  Obligor as  provided
       below) and the  accrued  interest  thereon  (the  "Delinquency  Period"),
       whether pursuant to the assignments referred to below or otherwise.  Upon
       notice by the Agent,  the  Borrower  will pay to the Agent the  principal
       (but not the  interest)  portion of the  Delinquent  Payment.  During the
       Delinquency  Period, in order to make  reimbursements  for the Delinquent
       Payment and accrued  interest  thereon,  the  Delinquent  Lender shall be
       deemed to have  assigned to the Agent all interest,  commitment  fees and
       other  payments  made by the  Borrower  under  Section 3 that  would have
       thereafter  otherwise  been  payable  under the Credit  Documents  to the
       Delinquent  Lender.  During  any other  period in which any Lender is not
       performing   its   obligations  to  extend  credit  under  Section  2  (a
       "Nonperforming Lender"), the Nonperforming Lender shall be deemed to have
       assigned to each Lender that is not a Nonperforming Lender (a "Performing
       Lender") all  principal  and other  payments  made by the Borrower  under
       Section 4 that would have  thereafter  otherwise  been payable  under the
       Credit Documents to the  Nonperforming  Lender.  The Agent shall credit a
       portion of such payments to each Performing  Lender in an amount equal to
       the Percentage  Interest of such Performing  Lender in an amount equal to
       the Percentage  Interest of such  Performing  Lender divided by one minus
       the Percentage Interest of the Nonperforming  Lender until the respective
       portions  of the  Loan  owed  to all  the  Lenders  are  the  same as the
       Percentage  Interests of the Lenders  immediately prior to the failure of
       the Nonperforming  Lender to perform its obligations under Section 2. The
       foregoing  provisions  shall be in  addition  to any other  remedies  the
       Agent,  the  Performing  Lenders  or the  Borrower  may have under law or
       equity  against  the  Delinquent  Lender  as a result  of the  Delinquent
       Payment or against the Nonperforming Lender as a result of its failure to
       perform its obligations under Section 2.

                                      -90-


<PAGE>




       10.5.  Sharing  of  Payments,  etc.  Each  Lender  agrees  that (a) if by
exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim  or otherwise,  it shall receive
payment of (i) a  proportion  of the  aggregate  amount due with  respect to its
Percentage  Interest in the Loan and Letter of Credit  Exposure which is greater
than  (ii) the  proportion  received  by any  other  Lender  in  respect  of the
aggregate amount due with respect to such other Lender's  Percentage Interest in
the Loan and Letter of Credit Exposure and (b) if such inequality shall continue
for more than 10 days, the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment
shall purchase participations in the Percentage Interests in the Loan and Letter
of Credit Exposure held by the other Lenders,  and such other  adjustments shall
be  made  from  time  to  time  (including   rescission  of  such  purchases  of
participations in the event the unequal payment originally received is recovered
from  such  Lender  through  bankruptcy  proceedings  or  otherwise),  as may be
required so that all such payments of principal and interest with respect to the
Loan and Letter of Credit  Exposure  held by the Lenders  shall be shared by the
Lenders  pro rata in  accordance  with their  respective  Percentage  Interests;
provided,  however,  that this  Section  10.5  shall not impair the right of any
Lender to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply
the amount  subject to such  exercise  to the  payment  of  Indebtedness  of any
Obligor  other than such  Obligor's  Indebtedness  with  respect to the Loan and
Letter of Credit Exposure. Each Lender that grants a participation in the Credit
Obligations to a Credit Participant shall require as a condition to the granting
of such  participation  that such  Credit  Participant  agree to share  payments
received in respect of the Credit  Obligations as provided in this Section 10.5.
The  provisions of this Section 10.5 are for the sole and  exclusive  benefit of
the Lenders and no failure of any Lender to comply with the terms  hereof  shall
be  available  to any  Obligor  as a  defense  to  the  payment  of  the  Credit
Obligations.

       10.6. Amendments,  Consents,  Waivers, etc. Except as otherwise set forth
herein,  the Agent may (and upon the written request of the Required Lenders the
Agent shall) take or refrain from taking any action under this  Agreement or any
other Credit Document,  including giving its written consent to any modification
of or  amendment  to and  waiving in writing  compliance  with any  covenant  or
condition in this Agreement or any other Credit Document (other than an Interest
Rate  Protection  Agreement)  or any Default or Event of  Default,  all of which
actions shall be binding upon all of the Lenders; provided, however, that:

              (a) Except as provided  below,  without the written consent of the
       Lenders  owning at least a majority of the  Percentage  Interests  (other
       than any Delinquent  Lender during the existence of a Delinquency  Period
       or Nonperforming  Lender so long as such Delinquent Lender is treated the
       same as the other Lenders with respect to any actions  enumerated below),
       no written modification of, amendment to, consent with respect to, waiver
       of  compliance  with or  waiver  of a Default  under,  any of the  Credit
       Documents  (other than an Interest Rate  Protection  Agreement) or action
       taken under Section 8.2 shall be made.


                                      -91-


<PAGE>



              (b) Without the written consent of such Lenders as own 100% of the
       Percentage  Interests  (other  than  any  Delinquent  Lender  during  the
       existence of a Delinquency Period or Nonperforming Lender so long as such
       Lender is  treated  the same as the other  Lenders  with  respect  to any
       actions enumerated below):

                     (i) No  reduction  shall  be  made  in (A)  the  amount  of
              principal of the Loan or  reimbursement  obligations  for payments
              made under  Letters of Credit,  (B) the interest  rate on the Loan
              (other  than  amendments  and  waivers  approved  by the  Required
              Lenders  pursuant to clause (a) that modify  defined terms used in
              calculating the Applicable Margin or that waive an increase in the
              Applicable  Rate as a result  of an Event of  Default)  or (C) the
              Letter of Credit  fees or  commitment  fees  with  respect  to the
              credit facility provided herein.

                     (ii) No change shall be made in the stated,  scheduled time
              of  payment  of  all or  any  portion  of  the  Loan  (other  than
              amendments and waivers  approved by the Required  Lenders pursuant
              to clause (a) that modify  defined terms used in  calculating  the
              Applicable  Margin or  Consolidated  Excess Cash Flow) or interest
              thereon or  reimbursement of payments made under Letters of Credit
              or fees  relating to any of the  foregoing  payable to the Lenders
              and no waiver shall be made of any Default under Section 8.1.1.

                     (iii) No increase shall be made in the amount, or extension
              of the term,  of the stated  Commitments  beyond that provided for
              under Section 2.

                     (iv) No alteration  shall be made of the Lenders' rights of
              set-off contained in Section 8.2.4.

                     (v)  No  release  of all or a  substantial  portion  of the
              Credit Security or of the Guarantors  shall be made (in any event,
              the Agent may  release  particular  items of  Credit  Security  or
              particular  Guarantors in  dispositions  permitted by Section 6.11
              and may  release all Credit  Security  pursuant to Section 17 upon
              payment in full of the Credit  Obligations  and termination of the
              Commitments without the written consent of the Lenders).

                     (vi)  No  amendment  to or  modification  of  this  Section
              10.6(b) shall be made.

              (c)  Without  the written  consent of (i) such  Lenders  owning at
       least a majority  of the  Percentage  Interests  (other  than  Delinquent
       Lenders  during the  existence  of a  Delinquency  Period so long as such
       Delinquent  Lender is treated the same as the other  Lenders with respect
       to any actions enumerated below) and (ii) such Lenders holding a majority
       of the Percentage Interests in Term Loan B (other than Delinquent Lenders
       during the existence of a Delinquency  Period so long as such  Delinquent
       Lender is

                                      -92-


<PAGE>



       treated  the  same as the  other  Lenders  with  respect  to any  actions
       enumerated  below),  voting as a separate class, no change may be made in
       the allocation of mandatory prepayments under Section 4.2 and 4.3 between
       Term Loan A and Term Loan B.

       10.7. Agent's Resignation.  The Agent may resign at any time by giving at
least 60 days' prior  written  notice of its  intention  to do so to each of the
Lenders and the Holding Company and upon the appointment by the Required Lenders
of a successor Agent satisfactory to the Holding Company.  If no successor Agent
shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment  within 45
days after the retiring  Agent's giving of such notice of resignation,  then the
retiring Agent may with the consent of the Holding  Company,  which shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  appoint a  successor  Agent  which shall be a bank or a
trust  company  organized  under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof and having a combined capital,  surplus and undivided profit of at
least $100,000,000;  provided, however, that any successor Agent appointed under
this sentence may be removed upon the written  request of the Required  Lenders,
which request shall also appoint a successor  Agent  reasonably  satisfactory to
the Holding  Company.  Upon the appointment of a new Agent  hereunder,  the term
"Agent" shall for all purposes of this Agreement thereafter mean such successor.
After any  retiring  Agent's  resignation  hereunder  as Agent,  or the  removal
hereunder  of any  successor  Agent,  the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall
continue  to inure to the  benefit  of such  Agent  as to any  actions  taken or
omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

       10.8.  Concerning the Agent.

              10.8.1.  Action in Good Faith,  etc.  The Agent and its  officers,
       directors, employees and agents shall be under no liability to any of the
       Lenders or to any future holder of any interest in the Credit Obligations
       for any action or failure to act taken or suffered in good faith, and any
       action or failure  to act in  accordance  with an opinion of its  counsel
       shall  conclusively be deemed to be in good faith. The Agent shall in all
       cases be entitled to rely,  and shall be fully  protected in relying,  on
       instructions given to the Agent by the Required Lenders.

              10.8.2.  No  Implied  Duties,  etc.  The Agent  shall have and may
       exercise  such powers as are  specifically  delegated  to the Agent under
       this  Agreement  or any other  Credit  Document  together  with all other
       powers incidental thereto.  The Agent shall have no implied duties to any
       Person or any  obligation to take any action under this  Agreement or any
       other Credit Document except for action specifically provided for in this
       Agreement or any other Credit  Document to be taken by the Agent.  Before
       taking any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document,  the
       Agent may request an appropriate  specific  indemnity  satisfactory to it
       from each Lender in addition to the  general  indemnity  provided  for in
       Section 10.11. Until the Agent has received such specific indemnity,  the
       Agent  shall  not be  obligated  to  take  (although  it may in its  sole
       discretion take) any such action under this Agreement or any other Credit
       Document.

                                      -93-


<PAGE>



       Each  Lender   confirms   that  the  Agent  does  not  have  a  fiduciary
       relationship to it under the Credit  Documents.  Each of the Borrower and
       each Guarantor confirms that neither the Agent nor any other Lender has a
       fiduciary relationship to it under the Credit Documents.

              10.8.3.  Validity,  etc. The Agent shall not be responsible to any
       Lender or any future holder of any interest in the Credit Obligations (a)
       for the  legality,  validity,  enforceability  or  effectiveness  of this
       Agreement or any other Credit  Document,  (b) for any recitals,  reports,
       representations,  warranties  or  statements  contained  in  or  made  in
       connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document,  (c) for the
       existence or value of any assets  included in any security for the Credit
       Obligations,  (d) for  the  effectiveness  of any  Lien  purported  to be
       included in the Credit Security,  (e) for the specification or failure to
       specify any particular  assets to be included in the Credit Security,  or
       (f) unless the Agent shall have failed to comply with Section 10.8.1, for
       the perfection of the security interests in the Credit Security.

              10.8.4.  Compliance. The Agent shall not be obligated to ascertain
       or inquire as to the  performance  or  observance  of any of the terms of
       this Agreement or any other Credit  Document;  and in connection with any
       extension  of credit under this  Agreement or any other Credit  Document,
       the Agent shall be fully  protected  in relying on a  certificate  of the
       Borrower as to the  fulfillment by the Borrower of any conditions to such
       extension of credit.

              10.8.5.  Employment  of Agents and Counsel.  The Agent may execute
       any of its  duties as Agent  under  this  Agreement  or any other  Credit
       Document by or through employees,  agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall
       not be  responsible  to any of the  Lenders,  the Holding  Company or any
       other  Obligor  for the  default  or  misconduct  of any such  agents  or
       attorneys-in-fact  selected by the Agent acting in good faith.  The Agent
       shall be entitled to advice of counsel  concerning all matters pertaining
       to the agency hereby created and its duties  hereunder or under any other
       Credit Document.

              10.8.6.  Reliance on  Documents  and  Counsel.  The Agent shall be
       entitled  to rely,  and shall be fully  protected  in  relying,  upon any
       affidavit,  certificate,  cablegram, consent, instrument, letter, notice,
       order, document, statement, telecopy, telegram, telex or teletype message
       or writing  reasonably  believed in good faith by the Agent to be genuine
       and  correct  and to have  been  signed,  sent or made by the  Person  in
       question, including any telephonic or oral statement made by such Person,
       and,  with  respect  to legal  matters,  upon an opinion or the advice of
       counsel selected by the Agent.

              10.8.7.  Agent's  Reimbursement.  Each  of the  Lenders  severally
       agrees to reimburse the Agent,  pro rata in accordance with such Lender's
       Percentage  Interest,  for any reasonable  expenses not reimbursed by the
       Borrower  or the  Guarantors  (without  limiting  the  obligation  of the
       Borrower or the Guarantors to make such reimbursement):

                                      -94-


<PAGE>



       (a) for which the Agent is entitled to  reimbursement  by the Borrower or
       the Guarantors under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, and (b)
       after the  occurrence  of a Default,  for any other  reasonable  expenses
       incurred  by the  Agent on the  Lenders'  behalf in  connection  with the
       enforcement  of the  Lenders'  rights  under this  Agreement or any other
       Credit  Document;   provided,  however,  that  the  Agent  shall  not  be
       reimbursed  for any  such  expenses  arising  as a  result  of its  gross
       negligence or willful misconduct.

       10.9.  Rights as a Lender.  With  respect  to any credit  extended  by it
hereunder, Fleet shall have the same rights, obligations and powers hereunder as
any other Lender and may  exercise  such rights and powers as though it were not
the Agent, and unless the context otherwise specifies, Fleet shall be treated in
its  individual  capacity  as though it were not the  Agent  hereunder.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Percentage Interest of Fleet shall
be  included  in  any  computations  of  Percentage  Interests.  Fleet  and  its
Affiliates (as well as any other Lender and its  Affiliates) may accept deposits
from,  lend  money to, act as trustee  for and  generally  engage in any kind of
banking or trust business with the Holding  Company,  any of its Subsidiaries or
any  Affiliate of any of them and any Person who may do business  with or own an
equity interest in the Holding Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate
of any of them,  all as if Fleet  were not the  Agent  and  without  any duty to
account therefor to the other Lenders.

       10.10. Independent Credit Decision. Each of the Lenders acknowledges that
it has independently and without reliance upon the Agent, based on the financial
statements  and  other  documents  referred  to in  Section  7.2,  on the  other
representations  and warranties  contained herein and on such other  information
with respect to the Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries as such Lender deemed
appropriate,  made such Lender's own credit  analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement and to make the extensions of credit provided for hereunder. Each
Lender  represents  to the Agent that such Lender will  continue to make its own
independent credit and other decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement or any other Credit Document.  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that
neither  the  Agent  nor  any of its  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,
attorneys-in-fact  or Affiliates has made any  representations  or warranties to
such  Lender,  and no act by the Agent taken under this  Agreement  or any other
Credit Document,  including any review of the affairs of the Holding Company and
its Subsidiaries,  shall be deemed to constitute any  representation or warranty
by the Agent. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required
to be  furnished  to each Lender by the Agent under this  Agreement or any other
Credit Document,  the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide
any  Lender  with any  credit  or other  information  concerning  the  business,
operations,  property, condition, financial or otherwise, or creditworthiness of
the Holding Company or any Subsidiary  which may come into the possession of the
Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
Affiliates;  provided,  however, that the Agent shall furnish to the Lenders all
written  reports and financial data received by it from the Holding  Company and
its Subsidiaries that has not been furnished directly to the Lenders.

                                      -95-


<PAGE>




       10.11.  Indemnification.  The holders of the Credit Obligations severally
shall  indemnify  the  Agent and its  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,
attorneys,  accountants,  consultants and controlling Persons (to the extent not
reimbursed  by the Obligors and without  limiting the  obligation  of any of the
Obligors to do so),  pro rata in  accordance  with their  respective  Percentage
Interests,  from  and  against  any and all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages, penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind  whatsoever  which may at any time be  imposed  on,  incurred  by or
asserted  against the Agent or such  Persons  relating to or arising out of this
Agreement,  any other Credit Document,  the transactions  contemplated hereby or
thereby,  or any action taken or omitted by the Agent in connection  with any of
the foregoing; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not extend to actions
or  omissions  which are taken by the Agent  with  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct.

11. Successors and Assigns; Lender Assignments and Participations. Any reference
in this  Agreement  or any other  Credit  Document to any of the parties  hereto
shall be deemed to include the  successors  and  assigns of such party,  and all
covenants  and  agreements  by or on behalf of the  Holding  Company,  the other
Obligors,  the Agent or the Lenders that are contained in this  Agreement or any
other Credit  Document  shall bind and inure to the benefit of their  respective
successors and assigns; provided,  however, that (a) the Holding Company and its
Subsidiaries may not assign their rights or obligations  under this Agreement or
any other  Credit  Document  except for  mergers or  liquidations  permitted  by
Section  6.11,  and (b) the  Lenders  shall  be not  entitled  to  assign  their
respective  Percentage  Interests  in the credits  extended  hereunder  or their
Commitments except as set forth below in this Section 11.

       11.1.  Assignments by Lenders.

              11.1.1.  Assignees and Assignment Procedures.  Each Lender may (a)
       without the consent of the Agent or the Holding  Company if the  proposed
       assignee is already a Lender  hereunder or a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary  of
       the same corporate  parent of which the assigning  Lender is a Subsidiary
       or a Related Fund,  or (b)  otherwise  with the consents of the Agent and
       (so  long as no Event of  Default  exists)  the  Holding  Company  (which
       consents  will  not  be  unreasonably   withheld),   in  compliance  with
       applicable laws in connection with such assignment, assign to one or more
       commercial  banks or other financial  institutions or mutual funds (each,
       an "Assignee") all or a portion of its interests,  rights and obligations
       under this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents,  including all or a
       portion,  which need not be pro rata  between  the Loan and the Letter of
       Credit Exposure, of its Commitment,  the portion of the Term Loan A, Term
       Loan B, Revolving Loan and Letter of Credit Exposure at the time owing to
       it and the Notes held by it, but excluding its rights and  obligations as
       a Letter of Credit Issuer; provided, however, that:

                     (i) the aggregate amount of the Commitment of the assigning
              Lender subject to each such  assignment to any Assignee other than
              another Lender

                                      -96-


<PAGE>



              (determined  as of the date the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  with
              respect to such  assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall be in
              a minimum  amount of  $2,500,000  and in  increments of $1,000,000
              (or,  if  less,  the  entire  remaining  amount  of the  assigning
              Lender's Commitment); and

                     (ii) the parties to each such assignment  shall execute and
              deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance (the "Assignment
              and  Acceptance")  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  11.1.1,
              together with the Note subject to such  assignment  and, except in
              the event of a  transfer  pursuant  to clause (a) above or Section
              11.3, a processing  and  recordation  fee of $3,000 payable to the
              Agent by the assigning Lender or the Assignee.

       Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to Section 11.1.4,  from and after
       the effective  date specified in each  Assignment  and Acceptance  (which
       effective  date shall be at least five Banking  Days after the  execution
       thereof unless waived by the Agent):

              (A)    the  Assignee  shall be a party  hereto  and, to the extent
                     provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights
                     and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and

              (B)    the assigning  Lender shall, to the extent provided in such
                     assignment,  be released  from its  obligations  under this
                     Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance
                     covering  all  or the  remaining  portion  of an  assigning
                     Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement,  such
                     Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall  continue
                     to be entitled to the benefits of Sections  3.2.4,  3.5 and
                     9, as well as to any fees accrued for its account hereunder
                     and not yet paid).

              11.1.2.  Terms of  Assignment  and  Acceptance.  By executing  and
       delivering  an  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  the  assigning  Lender  and
       Assignee  shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the
       other parties hereto as follows:

              (a) other  than the  representation  and  warranty  that it is the
       legal and beneficial  owner of the interest  being assigned  thereby free
       and  clear  of  any  adverse  claim,   such  assigning  Lender  makes  no
       representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility  with respect to
       any statements,  warranties or  representations  made in or in connection
       with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
       genuineness,  sufficiency  or value of this  Agreement,  any other Credit
       Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;

              (b) such assigning Lender makes no  representation or warranty and
       assumes no responsibility  with respect to the financial condition of the
       Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by
       the Holding Company or any of its

                                      -97-


<PAGE>



       Subsidiaries  of any of its obligations  under this Agreement,  any other
       Credit Document or any other  instrument or document  furnished  pursuant
       hereto;

              (c) such  Assignee  confirms  that it has  received a copy of this
       Agreement,  together with copies of the most recent financial  statements
       delivered pursuant to Section 7.2 or Section 6.4 and such other documents
       and  information  as it has  deemed  appropriate  to make its own  credit
       analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;

              (d) such Assignee will independently and without reliance upon the
       Agent,  such  assigning  Lender  or any other  Lender,  and based on such
       documents  and  information  as it shall  deem  appropriate  at the time,
       continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking action
       under this Agreement;

              (e) such Assignee  appoints and  authorizes the Agent to take such
       action as agent on its  behalf and to  exercise  such  powers  under this
       Agreement  as are  delegated to the Agent by the terms  hereof,  together
       with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and

              (f) such Assignee  agrees that it will perform in accordance  with
       the terms of this Agreement all the obligations  which are required to be
       performed by it as a Lender.

              11.1.3.  Register. The Agent shall maintain at the Boston Office a
       register  (the  "Register")  for the  recordation  of (a) the  names  and
       addresses  of the  Lenders  and the  Assignees  which  assume  rights and
       obligations  pursuant to an  assignment  under  Section  11.1.1,  (b) the
       Percentage  Interest of each such Lender as set forth in Exhibit 10.1 and
       (c) the  amount of the Loan and Letter of Credit  Exposure  owing to each
       Lender  from  time  to  time.  The  entries  in  the  Register  shall  be
       conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent
       and the Lenders may treat each Person  whose name is  registered  therein
       for all  purposes as a party to this  Agreement.  The  Register  shall be
       available for  inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable
       time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

              11.1.4. Acceptance of Assignment and Assumption.  Upon its receipt
       of a completed  Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender
       and an Assignee (and any  necessary  consent of the Agent and the Holding
       Company)  together  with the Note  subject  to such  assignment,  and the
       processing and recordation  fee referred to in Section 11.1.1,  the Agent
       shall  (a)  accept  such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,   (b)  record  the
       information  contained therein in the Register and (c) give prompt notice
       thereof to the  Borrower.  Within  five  Banking  Days  after  receipt of
       notice,  the Borrower,  at its own expense,  shall execute and deliver to
       the Agent, in exchange for the surrendered  Note, a new Note to the order
       of such Assignee in a principal amount equal to the applicable Commitment
       and Loan assumed by it pursuant

                                      -98-


<PAGE>



       to such  Assignment  and  Acceptance  and,  if the  assigning  Lender has
       retained a Commitment and Loan, a new Note to the order of such assigning
       Lender in a principal amount equal to the applicable  Commitment and Loan
       retained by it. Such new Note shall be in an aggregate  principal  amount
       equal to the aggregate  principal  amount of such  surrendered  Note, and
       shall be dated the date of the surrendered Note which it replaces.

              11.1.5.  Federal  Reserve  Bank.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing
       provisions  of this  Section  11, any  Lender  may at any time  pledge or
       assign all or any portion of such  Lender's  rights under this  Agreement
       and the other  Credit  Documents  to a Federal  Reserve  Bank;  provided,
       however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from
       such Lender's obligations hereunder or under any other Credit Document.

              11.1.6.   Further   Assurances.   The  Holding   Company  and  its
       Subsidiaries  shall sign such  documents and take such other actions from
       time to time reasonably requested by an Assignee to enable it to share in
       the benefits of the rights created by the Credit Documents.

       11.2.  Credit  Participants.  Each Lender may, without the consent of the
Holding  Company or the Agent,  in compliance with applicable laws in connection
with such participation, sell to one or more commercial banks or other financial
institutions or mutual funds (each a "Credit Participant") participations in all
or a portion of its interests,  rights and obligations  under this Agreement and
the other Credit  Documents  (including all or a portion of its Commitment,  the
Loan and  Letter  of  Credit  Exposure  owing  to it and the  Note  held by it);
provided, however, that:

              (a) such Lender's  obligations  under this Agreement  shall remain
       unchanged;

              (b) such  Lender  shall  remain  solely  responsible  to the other
       parties hereto for the performance of such obligations;

              (c) the Credit Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of the
       cost protection  provisions  contained in Sections 3.2.4,  3.5 and 9, but
       shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment  thereunder than the
       selling  Lender  would have been  entitled to receive with respect to the
       interest so sold if such interest had not been sold; and

              (d) the Borrower,  the Agent and the other Lenders shall  continue
       to deal  solely and  directly  with such Lender in  connection  with such
       Lender's  rights and obligations  under this  Agreement,  and such Lender
       shall retain the sole right as one of the Lenders to vote with respect to
       the enforcement of the  obligations of the Obligors  relating to the Loan
       and  Letter  of  Credit  Exposure  and  the  approval  of any  amendment,
       modification  or waiver of any  provision of this  Agreement  (other than
       amendments, modifications, consents or waivers described in clause (b) of
       the proviso to Section 10.6).

                                      -99-


<PAGE>




Each Obligor agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that any
Credit Participant and any Lender purchasing a participation from another Lender
pursuant to Section 10.5 may exercise all rights of payment (including the right
of  set-off),  with  respect  to its  participation  as fully as if such  Credit
Participant or such Lender were the direct creditor of the Obligors and a Lender
hereunder in the amount of such participation.

       11.3.  Replacement  of  Lender.  In the event  that any Lender or, to the
extent applicable, any Credit Participant (the "Affected Lender"):

              (a) fails to perform  its  obligations  to fund any portion of the
       Loan or to issue any Letter of Credit on any Closing  Date when  required
       to do so by the terms of the Credit  Documents,  or fails to provide  its
       portion of any LIBOR  Pricing  Option  pursuant  to  Section  3.2.1 or on
       account of a Legal Requirement as contemplated by Section 3.2.5;

              (b)  demands  payment  under the  provisions  of Section 3.5 in an
       amount  materially in excess of the amounts with respect thereto demanded
       by the other Lenders;

              (c) refuses to consent to a proposed  extension of the  Applicable
       Maturity Date that is consented to by all of the other Lenders; or

              (d)  refuses to consent  to a  proposed  amendment,  modification,
       waiver or other  action  requiring  consent of the holders of 100% of the
       Percentage Interests under Section 10.6(b) that is consented to by all of
       the other Lenders;

then, so long as no Event of Default exists,  the Holding Company shall have the
right to seek a replacement lender which is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
(the "Replacement  Lender"). The Replacement Lender shall purchase the interests
of the Affected  Lender in the Loan,  Letters of Credit and its  Commitment  and
shall assume the  obligations  of the Affected  Lender  hereunder  and under the
other Credit Documents upon execution by the Replacement Lender of an Assignment
and Acceptance  and the tender by it to the Affected  Lender of a purchase price
agreed  between it and the Affected  Lender (or, if they are unable to agree,  a
purchase price in the amount of the Affected Lender's Percentage Interest in the
Loan and Letter of Credit Exposure, or appropriate credit support for contingent
amounts included therein, and all other outstanding Credit Obligations then owed
to the Affected Lender).  No assignment fee pursuant to Section 11.1.1(ii) shall
be required in connection with such assignment.  Such assignment by the Affected
Lender shall be deemed an early  termination  of any LIBOR Pricing Option to the
extent of the Affected  Lender's portion  thereof,  and the Borrower will pay to
the  Affected  Lender  any  resulting  amounts  due under  Section  3.2.4.  Upon
consummation of such  assignment,  the Replacement  Lender shall become party to
this  Agreement  as a  signatory  hereto  and  shall  have  all the  rights  and
obligations of the Affected Lender under this

                                      -100-


<PAGE>



Agreement and the other Credit Documents with a Percentage Interest equal to the
Percentage  Interest  of the  Affected  Lender,  the  Affected  Lender  shall be
released from its  obligations  hereunder and under the other Credit  Documents,
and no  further  consent  or  action by any party  shall be  required.  Upon the
consummation of such assignment, the Borrower, the Agent and the Affected Lender
shall make  appropriate  arrangements  so that a new Revolving Note is issued to
the  Replacement  Lender if it has acquired a portion of the Revolving Loan. The
Borrower  and the  Guarantors  shall  sign such  documents  and take such  other
actions reasonably  requested by the Replacement Lender to enable it to share in
the  benefits  of  the  rights  created  by  the  Credit  Documents.  Until  the
consummation  of an assignment in  accordance  with the foregoing  provisions of
this Section 11.3, the Borrower shall continue to pay to the Affected Lender any
Credit Obligations as they become due and payable.

12.  Confidentiality.  Each  Lender  will  make no  disclosure  of  confidential
information  furnished to it by the Holding  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
unless such information shall have become public, except:

              (a) in connection with operations under or the enforcement of this
       Agreement or any other  Credit  Document to Persons who have a reasonable
       need to be  furnished  such  confidential  information  and who  agree to
       comply with the restrictions contained in this Section 12 with respect to
       such information;

              (b) pursuant to any  statutory or  regulatory  requirement  or any
       mandatory court order, subpoena or other legal process;

              (c) to any parent or corporate  Affiliate of such Lender or to any
       Credit  Participant,  proposed Credit  Participant or proposed  Assignee;
       provided,  however,  that any such Person  shall agree to comply with the
       restrictions   set  forth  in  this  Section  12  with  respect  to  such
       information;

              (d) to its independent  counsel,  auditors and other  professional
       advisors  with an  instruction  to such  Person to keep such  information
       confidential; and

              (e) with the prior written consent of the Holding Company,  to any
       other Person.

13. Foreign Lenders.  If any Lender is not created or organized in, or under the
laws of, the United  States of America or any state  thereof,  such Lender shall
deliver  to the  Borrower  and  the  Agent  the  forms  described  in one of the
following two clauses:

              (a) Two fully  completed and duly executed  United States Internal
       Revenue  Service Form 1001 or 4224 or any successor form, as the case may
       be,  certifying  that such Lender is entitled to receive  payments of the
       Credit Obligations  payable to it without deduction or withholding of any
       United States federal income taxes; or

                                      -101-


<PAGE>



              (b) A statement, executed by such Lender under penalty of perjury,
       certifying that such Lender is not a "bank" within the meaning of section
       881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and two fully completed and duly executed United
       States  Internal  Revenue  Service  Forms  W-8  or  any  successor  form,
       certifying  that such Lender is not a "United  States  person" within the
       meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Each Lender that  delivers  any form or  statement  pursuant to this  Section 13
further  undertakes  to renew such forms and  statements  by  delivering  to the
Borrower and the Agent any updated form,  successor form or other certification,
as the case may be, on or before the date that any form or statement  previously
delivered  pursuant to this Section 13 expires or becomes  obsolete or after the
occurrence  of any  event  requiring  a  change  in  such  most  recent  form or
statement. If at any time the Borrower and the Agent have not received all forms
and statements  (including any renewals  thereof) required to be provided by any
Lender  pursuant to this Section 13, Section 3.5 shall not apply with respect to
any amount of United States  federal  income taxes  required to be withheld from
payments of the Credit Obligations to such Lender.

14. Notices. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement or any other Credit
Document,  any notice  required to be given  pursuant to this  Agreement  or any
other Credit Document shall be given in writing. Any notice, consent,  approval,
demand or other  communication  in connection  with this  Agreement or any other
Credit  Document  shall be  deemed  to be given if given in  writing  (including
telex, telecopy or similar teletransmission)  addressed as provided below (or to
the  addressee at such other address as the  addressee  shall have  specified by
notice actually received by the addressor), and if either (a) actually delivered
in  fully  legible  form to such  address  (evidenced  in the case of a telex by
receipt of the correct answerback) or (b) in the case of a letter, unless actual
receipt of the notice is  required by any Credit  Document  five days shall have
elapsed  after the same shall have been  deposited in the United  States  mails,
with first-class postage prepaid and registered or certified.

       If to the  Holding  Company  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  to it at its
address set forth in Exhibit 7.1 (as supplemented pursuant to Sections 6.4.1 and
6.4.2), to the attention of the chief financial officer.

         If to any Lender or the Agent,  to it at its  address  set forth on the
signature pages of this Agreement or in the Register, with a copy to the Agent.

15. Course of Dealing;  Amendments and Waivers. No course of dealing between any
Lender or the Agent, on one hand, and the Borrower or any other Obligor,  on the
other  hand,  shall  operate as a waiver of any of the  Lenders'  or the Agent's
rights under this Agreement or any other Credit  Document or with respect to the
Credit Obligations. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors acknowledges that if
the Lenders or the Agent,  without being  required to do so by this Agreement or
any other  Credit  Document,  give any notice or  information  to, or obtain any
consent from, the Borrower or any other Obligor, the Lenders and the Agent shall
not by  implication  have  amended,  waived or modified  any  provision  of this
Agreement or any

                                      -102-


<PAGE>



other  Credit  Document,  or  created  any  duty  to give  any  such  notice  or
information  or to obtain any such consent on any future  occasion.  No delay or
omission  on the part of any Lender or the Agent in  exercising  any right under
this  Agreement  or any other  Credit  Document  or with  respect  to the Credit
Obligations shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right hereunder
or  thereunder.  A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to
or waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion.  No waiver,  consent or
amendment with respect to this  Agreement or any other Credit  Document shall be
binding unless it is in writing and signed by the Agent or the Required Lenders.

16. No  Strict  Construction.  The  parties  have  participated  jointly  in the
negotiation  and drafting of this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents with
counsel  sophisticated in financing  transactions.  In the event an ambiguity or
question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents  shall be  construed  as if  drafted  jointly  by the  parties  and no
presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring  any party by
virtue of the  authorship  of any  provisions  of this  Agreement  and the other
Credit Documents.

17.  Defeasance.  When all  Credit  Obligations  have been paid,  performed  and
reasonably  determined  by the Lenders to have been  indefeasibly  discharged in
full,  and if at the time no Lender  continues  to be  committed  to extend  any
credit to the Holding Company hereunder or under any other Credit Document, this
Agreement and the other Credit  Documents  shall  terminate  and, at the Holding
Company's  written request,  accompanied by such certificates and other items as
the Agent shall  reasonably deem necessary,  the Credit Security shall revert to
the Obligors  and the right,  title and  interest of the Lenders  therein  shall
terminate. Thereupon, on the Obligors' demand and at their cost and expense, the
Agent  shall  execute  proper  instruments,  acknowledging  satisfaction  of and
discharging this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents,  and shall redeliver
to the Obligors any Credit Security then in its possession;  provided,  however,
that  Sections  3.2.4,  3.5, 9, 10.8.7,  10.11,  12, 18 and 19 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

18. Venue; Service of Process. Each of the Borrower and the other Obligors:

              (a) Irrevocably  submits to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction of the
       state courts of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and to the nonexclusive
       jurisdiction  of the United  States  District  Court for the  District of
       Massachusetts  for the  purpose of any suit,  action or other  proceeding
       arising out of or based upon this Agreement or any other Credit  Document
       or the subject matter hereof or thereof.

              (b) Waives to the extent not  prohibited  by  applicable  law that
       cannot be  waived,  and agrees  not to  assert,  by way of  motion,  as a
       defense  or  otherwise,  in any  such  proceeding  brought  in any of the
       above-named  courts,  any claim that it is not subject  personally to the
       jurisdiction  of such court,  that its  property is exempt or immune from
       attachment  or  execution,   that  such   proceeding  is  brought  in  an
       inconvenient  forum,  that the venue of such  proceeding is improper,  or
       that this

                                      -103-


<PAGE>



       Agreement or any other Credit  Document,  or the subject matter hereof or
       thereof, may not be enforced in or by such court.

Each of the  Borrower and the other  Obligors  consents to service of process in
any such  proceeding in any manner at the time  permitted by Chapter 223A of the
General Laws of The  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and agrees that service of
process by  registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  at its
address specified in or pursuant to Section 14 is reasonably  calculated to give
actual notice.

19. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  TO THE EXTENT NOT  PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE  LAW THAT
CANNOT BE WAIVED,  EACH OF THE BORROWER,  THE OTHER OBLIGORS,  THE AGENT AND THE
LENDERS  WAIVES,  AND COVENANTS  THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT  (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF,
DEFENDANT OR  OTHERWISE),  ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF
ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT
DOCUMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF OR ANY CREDIT  OBLIGATION OR IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF THE LENDERS,  THE AGENT,  THE BORROWER OR
ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN CONNECTION  WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW
EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  TORT OR OTHERWISE.  Each
of the Borrower and the other Obligors acknowledges that it has been informed by
the  Agent  that  the  provisions  of this  Section  19  constitute  a  material
inducement  upon which each of the  Lenders has relied and will rely in entering
into this Agreement and any other Credit Document,  and that it has reviewed the
provisions  of this  Section 19 with its  counsel.  Any Lender,  the Agent,  the
Borrower or any other Obligor may file an original counterpart or a copy of this
Section 19 with any court as written  evidence of the  consent of the  Borrower,
the other  Obligors,  the Agent and the Lenders to the waiver of their rights to
trial by jury.

20.  General.  Time is (and shall be) of the essence in this  Agreement  and the
other  Credit  Documents.   All  covenants,   agreements,   representations  and
warranties   made  in  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Credit  Document  or  in
certificates  delivered  pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to have been
relied on by each Lender,  notwithstanding  any investigation made by any Lender
on its behalf,  and shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery to the Lenders
hereof and thereof.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision hereof
shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other provision hereof.
The headings in this  Agreement are for  convenience of reference only and shall
not limit or otherwise  affect the meaning hereof.  This Agreement and the other
Credit Documents constitute the entire understanding of the parties with respect
to  the  subject   matter  hereof  and  thereof  and  supersede  all  prior  and
contemporaneous  understandings  and  agreements,  whether written or oral. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  which  together  shall
constitute one instrument.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of laws  rules)  of The
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                                      -104-


<PAGE>



       Each of the  undersigned  has caused this  Agreement  to be executed  and
delivered by its duly  authorized  officer as an agreement  under seal as of the
date first above written.

                                     PLAYCORE, INC.


                                     By /s/
                                        Title: Vice President


                                     PLAYCORE WISCONSIN, INC.


                                     By /s/
                                        Title: Vice President


                                     FLEET NATIONAL BANK


                                     By /s/
                                        Title: Vice President

                                     FLEET NATIONAL BANK
                                        Acquisition Finance Division
                                        One Federal Street
                                        Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                                        Telecopy: (617) 346-4806


                                     -105-


<PAGE>



                                     BANKBOSTON, N.A.


                                     By /s/
                                        Title: Vice President

                                     BANKBOSTON, N.A.
                                       Diversified Finance
                                       100 Federal Street
                                       Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                                       Telecopy: (617) 434-4929


                                     LASALLE NATIONAL BANK


                                     By /s/
                                        Title: Vice President

                                     LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                       135 South LaSalle Street
                                       Chicago, Illinois 60603
                                       Telecopy: (312) 904-5483


                                     MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                     COMPANY

                                      By/s/Michael P. Hermsen
                                        Title:Vice President

                                     MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                     COMPANY
                                       1295 State Street
                                       Springfield, Massachusetts 01111-0001
                                       Telecopy: (413) 744-6127

                                      -106-


<PAGE>



                                     MASSMUTUAL HIGH YIELD PARTNERS II, LLC
                                     By  HYP MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                                         as Managing Member


                                     By/s/Michael P. Hermsen
                                        Title:Vice President

                                     MASSMUTUAL HIGH YIELD PARTNERS II, LLC
                                       1295 State Street
                                       Springfield, Massachusetts 01111-0001
                                       Telecopy: (413) 744-6127


                                     FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.


                                     By/s/
                                        Title:Vice President

                                     FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.
                                        777 East Wisconsin
                                        Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
                                        Telecopy: (414) 765-4632


                                     M & I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                                     By/s/
                                        Title:Vice President

                                     By/s/
                                        Title:Senior Vice President

                                     M & I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK
                                       770 N. Water Street
                                       Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
                                       Telecopy: (414) 765-7625

                                      -107-


<PAGE>


                                    KEY CORPORATE CAPITAL INC.


                                     By/s/
                                        Title: Vice President

                                     KEY CORPORATE CAPITAL INC.
                                       190 South LaSalle Street - Suite 2840
                                       Chicago, Illinois 60603
                                       Telecopy: (312) 251-0687



                                     The  undersigned  joins  in and  becomes
                                     party to the  foregoing  Agreement  as a
                                     Guarantor  as  of  the  Initial  Closing
                                     Date:

                                     HEARTLAND INDUSTRIES, INC. (DE)



                                     By/s/
                                        Title:Vice President, and
                                              Chief Financial Officer


                                      -108-




                                                           PlayCore, Inc.
                                                           1212 Barberry Drive
                                                           Janesville, WI  53545





AT THE COMPANY:                     THE FINANCIAL RELATIONS BOARD:
Richard Ruegger                     General Inquiries         Analyst Inquiries
Chief Financial Officer             Jeff Wilhoit              Tracy Gutwillig
(608) 755-4777                      (312) 266-7800            (312) 266-7800

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 16, 1999


                     PLAYCORE, INC. COMPLETES ACQUISITION OF
                           HEARTLAND INDUSTRIES, INC.

Janesville,  WI,  February  16,  1999--PlayCore,  Inc.  (AMEX:  PCO),  a leading
commercial  and  consumer  playground  equipment  company,  announced  today the
closing of its transaction to acquire Heartland Industries, Inc. As announced on
February  5, 1999,  the Company had entered  into a  definitive  agreement  with
Heartland,  a  privately-held   manufacturer  and  marketer  of  wooden  storage
buildings based in Carmel, Indiana.  Heartland's products,  including yard barns
and  custom-built  garages,  are constructed  through its nationwide  network of
independent   contractors  and  marketed  through  52  company-owned   branches;
approximately  650  independent   dealers;   and  national  home  center  chains
throughout  the United States.  Sales for Heartland  totaled  approximately  $80
million in the twelve-month period ended January 31, 1999.

"The  addition of  Heartland  adds a new  Backyard  product line to the PlayCore
portfolio,"  said PlayCore Chief Executive  Officer  Frederic  Contino.  "One of
Heartland's  fundamental  strengths is its reputation for high quality and value
in its backyard products that the everyday consumer needs and appreciates.  This
emphasis on product  quality and value is consistent  with the solid  reputation
we've developed among our own Swing-N-Slide product lines. As a complement,  our
strength in home center distribution should assist Heartland's  penetration into
that  channel.  The  acquisition  will also bring to  PlayCore  wood  processing
capabilities,  installation  and facilities from which we can benefit across all
of our existing product lines. Heartland will enhance our leadership position in
backyard  products  throughout  the U.S. and abroad and enable our entrance into
the higher-priced playset market."

                                     -more-
<PAGE>

PlayCore, Inc.
Add -1-

                                                    

Commenting on the acquisition,  Heartland President Richard Hettlinger said, "In
the 23 years of Heartland's  existence,  the company has forged a reputation for
quality,  value and customer  service.  We are proud that  Heartland will become
part of a corporation that shares those same values and vision for leadership in
backyard products."

On  February  5,  1999,  PlayCore  announced  that net sales for the year  ended
December 31, 1998 increased 28 percent to $114,792,000  compared to 1997. Income
before  extraordinary  item  increased  130 percent to  $4,676,000,  and diluted
earnings per share before the  extraordinary  item increased 82 percent to $0.51
from $0.28 in 1997.

Headquartered in Janesville,  Wisconsin,  PlayCore, Inc. is a leading commercial
and consumer  playground  equipment  and backyard  products  company.  GameTime,
PlayCore's  commercial  products  company,  is  located in Ft.  Payne,  Alabama.
GameTime  markets  its  playground  systems  to  municipalities,  schools,  park
districts,  amusement  parks  and other  playground  equipment  users  through a
network of dedicated independent representatives. GameTime is one of the largest
manufacturers and marketers of modular and custom commercial  outdoor and indoor
playground equipment in the world.  Swing-N-Slide,  PlayCore's consumer products
company,   markets   through   hardware  and  home  center   customers  and  has
manufacturing  facilities in Janesville,  Wisconsin.  Its do-it-yourself  wooden
playground  equipment  is the market  leader in the U.S.  and is sold  worldwide
through more than 6,000 home center, building supply and hardware stores.

Certain  matters  discussed  herein  are  "forward-looking   statements."  These
forward-looking  statements  can  generally  be  identified  as such because the
context of the  statement  will  include  words such as the Company  "believes,"
"anticipates," "expects" or words of similar import. Similarly,  statements that
describe the  Company's  future plans,  objectives or goals are  forward-looking
statements.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are subject to certain risks and
uncertainties  which are  described in close  proximity to such  statements  and
which could  cause  actual  results to differ  materially  from those  currently
anticipated.  The forward-looking statements made herein are only made as of the
date of this report and the Company  undertakes no obligation to publicly update
such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

To receive PlayCore's latest news release and other corporate documents, free of
       charge via fax, simply dial 1-800-PRO-INFO. Use company code PCO.


                                       ###



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission